Owner Manual Mercedes C-Class Estate 206 - 2021
Owner Manual Mercedes C-Class Estate 206 - 2021
Owner Manual Mercedes C-Class Estate 206 - 2021
All
Daslanguage
folgende versions of the für
PDF-Dokument following PDF document for
dieses Fahrzeugmodell this sich
bezieht vehicle model
in allen
relate
The solely toversion
Sprachversionen
following vehicles intended
nur aufofdie for sale
theFahrzeuge,
Owner‘s on the
die für
Manual den German allmarket
deutschen
describes Marktand
models, which
bestimmt
series and
correspond
special to German
sind undequipment
die den regulations.
deutschen
of your Vorschriften entsprechen. Bitte
vehicle. Country-specific wenden
language Sie sich an
variations are
Ihren autorisierten
possible. Mercedes-Benz
Please note Servicestützpunkt,
that your vehicle might not be um equipped
ein gedrucktes
withExemplar
all the
Please
describedcontact
für andere your authorised
Fahrzeugmodelle
functions. Mercedes-Benz
und affects
This also Fahrzeugmodelljahre Service
safety-relevant Centreand
zu erhalten.
systems to obtain
functions.
a printed
Please version
contact forauthorised
your other vehicle models and vehicle
Mercedes-Benz model
dealership years.
if you Thislike
would PDF
document
Dieses
to receive aisprinted
the latest
PDF-Dokument version.
stellt
Owner‘s Possible
die Manual
aktuelle variations
Version
for otherdar. to your
Mögliche
vehicle vehicle
Abweichungen
models mayzu
and vehicle not
be taken
Ihrem
model into account
konkreten
years. Fahrzeugaskönnten
Mercedes-Benz constantlysein,
nicht berücksichtigt updates their vehicles to
da Mercedes-Benz
the
seinestate of the art
Fahrzeuge and introduces
ständig dem neuesten changes
Standinderdesign andanpasst,
Technik equipment.sowiePlease
therefore
The onlinenote
Änderungen that this
in Form
Owner‘s und PDF is
Manual document
Ausstattung in no
vornimmt.
the current way
and replaces
Bitte
validbeachten the
version. Itprinted
Sie daher,
is version
dass
possible that
which was affecting
deviations deliveredyour
dieses PDF-Dokument with yourFall
in keinem vehicle.
specific das gedruckte
vehicle could Exemplar ersetzt,
not be taken intodas mit
account
dem
as Fahrzeug ausgeliefert
Mercedes-Benz wurde.
constantly adapts its vehicles according to the latest
technology and makes changes to the form and the equipment.
Please also read the printed Owner‘s Manual, supplementary documents and
the digital Owner‘s Manual in the vehicle.
Copyright
All rights reserved. All texts, images and graphics are subject to copyright
and other laws for the protection of intellectual property. They may not be
copied or changed for any commercial use or for the purpose of being passed
on nor used on other webistes.
The illustrations in this Owner's Manual show a Keep these documents in the vehicle at all
left-hand drive vehicle. On right-hand-drive vehi‐ times. If you sell the vehicle, always pass all of
cles, the layout of car parts and control ele‐ the documents on to the new owner.
ments differs accordingly.
Mercedes-Benz is constantly developing its vehi‐
cles further.
2065843402Z102
2065843402Z102
2 Contents
Area permeable to radio waves on the Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical Battery (vehicle) ......................................... 340
windscreen ................................................. 147 system (EQ Boost technology) .................... 270 Tow-starting or towing away ....................... 346
Overview of status displays on the driver Electrical fuses ........................................... 351
display ........................................................ 270
Climate control ........................................ 148
Overview of climate control systems .......... 148 Wheels and tyres ..................................... 355
Operating the climate control system ......... 150 MBUX multimedia system ....................... 272 Notes on noise or unusual handling char‐
Overview and operation .............................. 272 acteristics ................................................... 355
System settings .......................................... 280 Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and
Driving and parking .................................. 161 Navigation and traffic ................................. 285 tyres ........................................................... 355
Driving ......................................................... 161 Telephone ................................................... 294 Notes on snow chains ................................ 355
DYNAMIC SELECT button ............................ 172 Mercedes me and apps .............................. 297 Tyre pressure .............................................. 356
Automatic transmission .............................. 174 Mercedes-Benz emergency call system ...... 306 Wheel change ............................................. 359
Refuelling .................................................... 178 Radio & media ............................................. 313 Emergency spare wheel .............................. 369
Parking ....................................................... 184 Sound settings ............................................ 317
Driving and driving safety systems ............. 192
Trailer hitch ................................................ 259 Technical data .......................................... 370
Bicycle rack function .................................. 262 Maintenance and care ............................. 318 Notes on technical data .............................. 370
Vehicle towing instructions ......................... 265 ASSYST PLUS service interval display ......... 318 On-board electronics .................................. 370
Engine compartment ................................... 319 Regulatory radio identification of small
Cleaning and care ....................................... 325 components ................................................ 372
Driver display ........................................... 266 Vehicle identification plate, VIN and
Notes on the driver display ......................... 266 engine number overview ............................ 459
Operating the driver display ....................... 266 Breakdown assistance ............................ 332 Operating fluids .......................................... 461
Menus on the driver display ........................ 267 Emergency .................................................. 332 Vehicle data ................................................ 470
Head-up display .......................................... 268 Flat tyre ...................................................... 334 Trailer hitch ................................................. 471
4 Contents
In this Owner's Manual, you will find the follow‐ # Observe notes on material damage.
ing symbols:
% These symbols indicate useful instructions
& DANGER Danger due to not observing or further information that could be helpful
the warning notices to you.
Warning notices draw your attention to haz‐ # Instruction
ards that may endanger your health or life, or (/ page) Further information on a topic
the health or life of others.
Display Messages in the central display
# Observe the warning notices.
4 Highest menu level, which is to be
selected in the multimedia system
+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental
damage due to failure to observe envi‐ 5 Relevant submenus, which are to be
ronmental notes selected in the multimedia system
* Indicates a cause
Environmental notes include information on
environmentally responsible behaviour or
environmentally responsible disposal.
# Observe environmental notes.
Left-hand-drive vehicles
At a glance – Cockpit 7
Driver display
At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps 9
Calling up the Digital Owner's Manual You can search for keywords using the search Some sections in the Digital Owner's Manual,
field Search, in order to find quick answers to such as warning notes, can be expanded and
Multimedia system: questions about the operation of the vehicle. collapsed.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Info
Additional methods of calling up the Digital
5 Owner's Manual
Owner's Manual:
5 Open Digital Owner's Manual
Driver display: call up brief information as dis‐
The Digital Owner's Manual describes the func‐ play messages in the instrument cluster
tions and operation of the vehicle and the multi‐
media system. MBUX Voice Assistant: call up via the voice
control system
# Select one of the following menu items in the
Digital Owner's Manual: Global search: call up search results for con‐
R Quick start: find the first steps towards set‐ tents of the Digital Owner's Manual in the home
ting up your vehicle. screen
R Tips: find information that prepares you for
For safety reasons, the Digital Owner's Manual is
certain everyday situations with your vehicle. deactivated while driving.
R Animations: watch animations of the vehicle
functions.
R Messages: receive additional information
about the messages in the driver display. 1 Menu
R Language: select the language for the Digital 2 Search
Owner's Manual. 3 Back
4 Contents section
General notes 17
Protection of the environment # Always have maintenance work carried Take-back of end-of-life vehicles
out at a qualified specialist workshop.
+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental EU countries only:
damage due to operating conditions and Personal driving style: Mercedes-Benz will take back your end-of-life
personal driving style vehicle for environment-friendly disposal in
# Do not depress the accelerator pedal
accordance with the European Union (EU) End-
The pollutant emission of the vehicle is when starting the engine. of-Life Vehicles Directive.
directly related to the way you operate the # Do not warm up the engine while the
A network of vehicle take-back points and dis‐
vehicle. vehicle is stationary. mantlers has been established for you to return
Operate your vehicle in an environmentally # Drive carefully and maintain a suitable your vehicle. You can leave it at any of these
responsible manner to help protect the envi‐ distance from the vehicle in front. points free of charge. This makes an important
ronment. Please observe the following rec‐ # Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration contribution to closing the recycling circle and
ommendations on operating conditions and and braking. conserving resources.
personal driving style. # Change gear in good time and use each For further information about the recycling and
Operating conditions: gear only up to Ô of its maximum disposal of end-of-life vehicles, and the take-
# Make sure that the tyre pressure is cor‐ engine speed. back conditions, please visit the national
rect. # Switch off the engine in stationary traf‐
Mercedes-Benz website for your country.
# Do not carry any unnecessary weight fic, e.g. by using the ECO start/stop
(e.g. roof luggage racks once you no function.
longer need them). # Drive in a fuel-efficient manner.
# Adhere to the service intervals. Observe the ECO display for an eco‐
A regularly serviced vehicle will contrib‐ nomical driving style.
ute to environmental protection.
18 General notes
Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts R Door pillars Mercedes-Benz tests original parts and conver‐
sion parts and accessory parts that have been
R Door sills specifically approved for your vehicle model for
+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental
damage caused by not using recycled R Seats their reliability, safety and suitability. Despite
reconditioned components R Cockpit ongoing market research, Mercedes-Benz is
unable to assess other parts. Mercedes-Benz
Mercedes‑Benz AG offers recycled recondi‐ R Instrument cluster
therefore accepts no responsibility for the use of
tioned components and parts with the same R Centre console such parts in Mercedes-Benz vehicles, even if
quality as new parts. The same entitlement R Lateral roof frame they have been officially approved or independ‐
from the implied warranty is valid as for new ently approved by a testing centre.
parts. # Do not install accessory parts such as
audio systems in these areas. Certain parts are only officially approved for
# Recycled reconditioned components installation or modification if they comply with
and parts from Mercedes‑Benz AG. # Do not carry out repairs or welding. legal requirements. All Mercedes-Benz Genuine‐
# Have accessory parts retrofitted at a Parts meet the approval requirements. The use
* NOTE Impairment of the operating effi‐ qualified specialist workshop. of non-approved parts may invalidate the vehi‐
ciency of the restraint systems from cle's general operating permit.
installing accessory parts or from repairs You could jeopardise the operating safety of your This is the case in the following situations:
or welding vehicle if you use parts, tyres and wheels as well
R The vehicle type is different from that for
as accessories relevant to safety which have not
Airbags and seat belt tensioners, as well as been approved by Mercedes-Benz. Safety-rele‐ which the vehicle's general operating permit
control units and sensors for the restraint vant systems, e.g. the brake system, may mal‐ was granted.
systems, may be installed in the following function. Only use Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts R Other road users could be endangered.
areas of your vehicle: or parts of equal quality. Only use tyres, wheels R The exhaust gas or noise level gets worse.
R Doors and accessory parts that have been specifically
approved for your vehicle model.
General notes 19
Always specify the vehicle identification number Touch-sensitive controls Some touch-sensitive control elements have a
(VIN) (/ page 459) when ordering Mercedes- symbol and integrated indicator lamps. When
Benz GenuineParts. In addition to conventional switches and but‐ operating, make sure to press on the symbol of
tons, your vehicle is equipped with touch-sensi‐ the control element.
tive controls.
Owner's Manual These are located in the following areas of your
This Owner's Manual describes all models and vehicle: Operating safety
all standard and optional equipment available for R Roof and door control panel
your vehicle at the time of this Owner's Manual & WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc‐
R Climate control tions or system failure
going to press. Country-specific differences are
possible. Note that your vehicle may not be fit‐ R Steering wheel
In order to avoid malfunctions or system fail‐
ted with all features described. This is also the R MBUX multimedia system ures:
case for systems and functions relevant to # Always have the specified service/
safety. Therefore, the equipment on your vehicle The controls have touch-sensitive user interface
surfaces. The surfaces are controlled by press‐ maintenance work as well as any nec‐
may differ from that in the descriptions and illus‐ essary repairs carried out at a qualified
trations. ing or swiping to adjust settings or to trigger
functions, for example. specialist workshop.
The original purchase agreement for your vehicle
contains a list of all of the systems in your vehi‐ When handling touch-sensitive user interface
surfaces, observe the following points to avoid & WARNING Risk of accident or injury due
cle.
problems operating: to improper modifications to electronic
Should you have any questions concerning components
R Do not affix stickers or similar objects on the
equipment and operation, please consult a
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre. surfaces Modifications to electronic components,
R Keep the surfaces protected from moisture their software or wiring can impair their func‐
The Owner's Manual and Service Booklet are tionality and/or the functionality of other
important documents and should be kept in the and wet conditions
vehicle. R Keep the surfaces free of dust and dirt
20 General notes
networked components or safety-relevant # When driving on unpaved roads or off- In situations such as these, damage to the
systems. road, regularly check the vehicle under‐ body, underbody, suspension components,
This can endanger the vehicle's operating side. wheels or tyres may not be visible. Compo‐
safety. # Remove trapped plants or other flam‐ nents damaged in this way can unexpectedly
mable material, in particular. fail or, in the case of an accident, may no lon‐
# You must not tamper with wiring, elec‐
ger absorb the resulting force as intended.
tronic components, or their software. # If there is damage, consult a qualified
specialist workshop immediately. If the underbody panelling is damaged, flam‐
# Always have work on electrical and
mable materials such as leaves, grass or
electronic devices carried out at a quali‐ twigs can collect between the underbody and
fied specialist workshop. * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to driv‐ the underbody panelling. These materials
ing too fast and due to impacts to the may ignite if they come into contact with hot
If you modify the on-board electronics, the gen‐ vehicle underbody or suspension compo‐ parts of the exhaust system.
eral operating permit is rendered invalid. nents
# Have the vehicle checked and repaired
Observe the "On-board electronics" section in In the following situations, in particular, there immediately at a qualified specialist
"Technical data". is a risk of damage to the vehicle: workshop.
& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable R the vehicle becomes grounded, e.g. on a or
materials on hot parts of the exhaust high kerb or an unpaved road # If driving safety is impaired while con‐
system R the vehicle is driven too fast over an tinuing your journey, pull over and stop
obstacle, e.g. a kerb, speed bump or pot‐ the vehicle immediately, while paying
Flammable material such as leaves, grass or
hole attention to road and traffic conditions,
twigs may ignite if they come into contact
with hot parts of the exhaust system. R a heavy object strikes the underbody or and contact a qualified specialist work‐
suspension components shop.
General notes 21
Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical sys‐ Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical system Wireless vehicle components
tem (EQ Boost technology) contain high voltage components. These compo‐
nents are marked with a high voltage label: For EU and EFTA countries only:
& DANGER Risk of fatal injury by touching The following information applies to all wireless
damaged high-voltage components components of the vehicle and of the informa‐
tion systems and communication devices inte‐
Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical sys‐ grated in the vehicle:
tem contain individual high-voltage compo‐
The manufacturers of the wireless components
nents. These high-voltage components are
ensure that all wireless components installed in
under high voltage.
the vehicle comply with Directive 2014/53/EU.
If you modify component parts of these high- The full texts of the EU declarations of conform‐
voltage components or touch damaged com‐ ity are available at the following website:
ponent parts, you may be electrocuted. https://moba.i.daimler.com/markets/ece-row/
High voltage components may be damaged baix/cars/certificates-of-conformity/en_GB/
in an accident, although the damage may not All work on high voltage components must be index.html
be visible. carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.
# Never perform modifications to compo‐
nent parts of high-voltage components. Declaration of conformity
# Never touch damaged component parts
Electromagnetic compatibility
of high-voltage components.
You can obtain further information from a
# Never touch component parts of high- The electromagnetic compatibility of the vehicle
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
voltage components after an accident. components has been checked and certified
according to the currently valid version of Regu‐ For Brazil only:
lation UN R10. Note on two-way radio systems in the vehicle:
22 General notes
These systems are not protected against harmful Ukraine only: Wireless applications in the vehicle
interference and must not cause interference in The manufacturer hereby declares that the wire‐ Besides the typical frequencies for mobile com‐
properly approved systems. less vehicle components meet the technical reg‐ munications, cars from Mercedes-Benz make
ulations for two-way radios. You can obtain fur‐ use of the following automotive radio applica‐
Nigeria only: ther information from a Mercedes-Benz Service tions:
Connection and use of the wireless communica‐ Centre.
tion equipment in this vehicle are permitted by
the Nigerian Communications Commission.
Information about the specific absorption The values were determined and tested in absorption rate (SAR) of wireless vehicle compo‐
rate accordance with the Décret n° 2019-1186 guide‐ nents.
For France only: line regarding the indication of the specific
TIREFIT kit meet all the essential requirements for the fol‐ Other technical standards and specifications
lowing guidelines: (4) applied:
Copy and translation of the original declaration
of conformity: 2006/42/EC (EC Machinery Directive) none (7)
EC declaration of conformity, CE 2014/30/EU (EC EMC Directive) Pietrzykowice, 23.04.2019
We, 2000/14/EC (EC Outdoor Noise Directive) [Signature, D. Gschwender]
Aircom Automotive Sp. z o.o. Sp.k. Person authorised to compile the technical Dominik Gschwender, general management
documents referred to in Annex VII A of Directive Note: this declaration loses its validity if techni‐
ul. Fabryczna 20B 2006/42/EC: cal or operational changes are made without the
55-080 Pietrzykowice Aircom Automotive Sp. z o.o. Sp.k. consent of the manufacturer.
Poland (1) Dominik Gschwender (5)
hereby declare that the product ul. Fabryczna 20B Diagnostics connection
Electric air pump (2) 55-080 Pietrzykowice The diagnostics connection is a technical inter‐
Models: (3) Poland face in the vehicle. It is used, for example, within
Applied harmonised standards: (6) the scope of repair and maintenance work or for
5N0 012 1EA 012 4L0 012 3220901 reading out vehicle data by a specialist work‐
615C 615 615 2 DIN EN 12100:2012 / DIN EN ISO 3744:1995 shop. Diagnostic devices should therefore only
5N0 012 8P0 012 760 012 8888002 DIN EN 60204-1:2006 / DIN EN ISO 2151:2009 be connected by a qualified specialist workshop.
615F 615A 615 695 DIN EN 60335-1:2012 / DIN EN ISO 4871:2009
9P1 012 8P0 012 A000583 DIN EN 1012-1:2011 / DIN EN ISO13732-1:2008
615A 615E 5001
DIN EN 55012:2010 / DIN EN 61000-6-3:2011
9P1 012 7P0 012 6898012
615B 617A DIN EN 61000-6-1:2016
28 General notes
& WARNING Risk of accident due to con‐ there is always sufficient room for the
necting devices to the diagnostics con‐ pedals.
nection # Do not use loose floor mats and do not
If you connect devices to the diagnostics place floor mats on top of one another.
connection of the vehicle, the function of
vehicle systems and operating safety may be * NOTE Battery discharging from using
impaired. devices connected to the diagnostics
# For safety reasons, we recommend that connection
you only use and connect products Using devices at the diagnostics connection
approved by your Mercedes-Benz drains the battery.
service centre.
# Check the charge level of the battery.
Moreover, connecting equipment to the diagnos‐ R Vehicles with 48 V on-board electrical It is advisable to register your vehicle with a
tics connection can lead to emissions monitor‐ system (EQ boost technology): work on Mercedes-Benz service centre.
ing information being reset, for example. This high voltage components of the 48 V on- Inform Mercedes-Benz as soon as possible
may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the board electrical system about any change in address or vehicle owner‐
requirements of the next emissions inspection ship. You can do this at a Mercedes-Benz service
during the main inspection. Mercedes‑Benz recommends a Mercedes‑Benz
service centre. centre, for example.
the REACH regulation (Regulation (EC) No. In addition, there are components installed in R transmission aerials
1907/2006, Article 33) stipulates a duty to sup‐ the vehicle that, regardless of the operating sta‐ R multimedia system and sound system
ply information about substances of very high tus of the vehicle, can generate magnetic fields
concern (SVHCs). on a par with permanent magnets. These fields If you have any queries or suggestions, consult a
Mercedes‑Benz AG acts to the best of its knowl‐ can be found, for example, in the area around qualified specialist workshop.
edge to prevent these SVHCs from being used the multimedia and sound system or also in the
and to enable customers to safely handle these area of the seats, depending on the vehicle
equipment. Implied warranty
substances. There are SVHCs known to
Mercedes‑Benz AG, according to supplier infor‐ For this reason, the following can occur in isola‐ * NOTE Damage to the vehicle arising
mation and internal product information, found ted cases, depending on the aids used: from violation of these operating instruc‐
in individual components of this vehicle in quan‐ R Medical aids malfunctioning tions.
tities of over 0.1 percent by weight.
R Adverse health effects Damage to the vehicle can arise from viola‐
Further information can be obtained at the fol‐
lowing addresses: Observe the notes and warnings of the manufac‐ tion of these operating instructions.
R https://reach.daimler.com/de/home/ turer of the medical aids; if in doubt, contact the This damage is not covered either by the
device manufacturer and/or your doctor. If there Mercedes-Benz implied warranty or by the
R https://reach.daimler.com/en/home/ is continuing uncertainty concerning the possi‐ New‑ or Used-Vehicle Warranty.
bility of medical aids malfunctioning, Mercedes- # Follow the instructions in these operat‐
Notes for persons with electronic medical Benz AG recommends using only few electrical ing instructions on proper operation of
aids vehicle systems and/or maintaining a distance your vehicle as well as on possible vehi‐
from the components. cle damage.
Mercedes-Benz AG cannot, despite carefully
Only have repairs and maintenance work in the
developing vehicle systems, completely rule out
area of the following components carried out by
the interaction of vehicle systems with electronic
a qualified specialist workshop:
medical aids such as cardiac pacemakers.
R vehicle components carrying live voltage
General notes 31
QR code for rescue card others enable convenience or infotainment func‐ a person. Depending on which vehicle data are
tions. available, it may be possible to make inferences
QR codes are attached in the fuel filler flap and about, for example, your driving behaviour, your
on the opposite side on the B-pillar. In the event The following provides you with general informa‐
tion regarding data processing in the vehicle. location, your route or your use patterns.
of an accident, rescue services can use the QR
code to quickly find the appropriate rescue card Additional information regarding exactly which Legal requirements regarding the disclosure
for your vehicle. The current rescue card con‐ data in your vehicle are collected, saved and of data
tains the most important information about your transmitted to third parties, and for what pur‐ If legally required to do so, manufacturers are, in
vehicle in a compact form, e.g. the routing of the pose, can be found in the information directly individual cases, legally obliged to provide gov‐
electric lines. related to the functional characteristics in ques‐ ernmental entities, upon request and to the
tion in their respective operating instructions. extent required, data stored by the manufac‐
Further information can be obtained at https:// This information is also available online and,
www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code. turer. For example, this may be the case during
depending on the vehicle equipment, digitally. the investigation of a criminal offence.
Personal data Governmental entities are themselves, in individ‐
Data storage Every vehicle is identified by a unique vehicle ual cases and within the applicable legal frame‐
Data processing in the vehicle identification number. Depending on the coun‐ work, authorised to read out data from the vehi‐
try, this vehicle identification number can be cle. In the case of an accident, information that
Electronic control units used by, for example, governmental authorities can help with an investigation can, therefore, be
Electronic control units are fitted in your vehicle. to determine the identity of the owner. There are taken from the airbag control unit, for example.
Control units process data which, for example, other possibilities to use data collected from the
they receive from vehicle sensors, generate vehicle to identify the owner or driver, such as Operational data in the vehicle
themselves or exchange between themselves. the licence plate number. This is data regarding the operation of the vehi‐
Some control units are required for the safe cle, which have been processed by control units.
operation of your vehicle, some assist you when Therefore, data generated or processed by con‐
trol units may be attributable to a person or, This includes the following data, for example:
driving, such as driver assistance systems, while R vehicle status information such as the speed,
under certain conditions, become attributable to
longitudinal acceleration, lateral accelera‐
32 General notes
tion, number of wheel revolutions or the fas‐ R information on events leading to vehicle functions and other faults may be transmitted
tened seat belts display damage along with the vehicle identification number to
R ambient conditions, such as temperature, the manufacturer. Furthermore, the manufac‐
In certain cases, it may be required to store data turer is subject to product liability. For this rea‐
rain sensor or distance sensor that would have otherwise been used only tem‐ son the manufacturer also uses operational data
Generally, the use of these data is temporary; porarily. This may be the case if the vehicle has from the vehicle, for example, for recalls. These
they will not be stored beyond the period of detected a malfunction, for example. data can also be used to examine the custom‐
operation and will only be processed within the If you use services, such as repair services and er's warranty and guarantee claims.
vehicle itself. Control units often contain data maintenance work, stored operational data as Fault memories in the vehicle can be reset by a
memories for vehicle keys, for example. Their well as the vehicle identification number can be service outlet or at your request as part of repair
use permits the temporary or permanent docu‐ read out and used. They can be read out by or maintenance work.
mentation of technical information about the service network employees, such as workshops
vehicle's operating state, component loads, and manufacturers or third parties, such as Convenience and infotainment functions
maintenance requirements and technical events breakdown services. The same is true in the You can store convenience settings and individ‐
or faults. case of warranty claims and quality assurance ual settings in the vehicle and change or reset
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the follow‐ measures. them at any time.
ing data are stored: In general, the readout is performed via the Depending on the vehicle equipment, this
R operating status of system components, legally prescribed port for the diagnostics con‐ includes the following settings, for example:
such as fill levels, tyre pressure or battery nection in the vehicle. The operational data that R seat and steering wheel positions
status are read out document technical states of the
R suspension and climate control settings
vehicle or of individual components and assist in
R malfunctions or faults in important system R individual settings, such as interior lighting
the diagnosis of malfunctions, compliance with
components, such as lights or brakes warranty obligations and quality improvement.
R system reactions in special driving situations, Depending on the selected equipment, you can
To that end, these data, in particular information
such as airbag deployment or the interven‐ import data into vehicle infotainment functions
about component loads, technical events, mal‐
tion of stability control systems yourself.
General notes 33
Depending on the vehicle equipment, this Smartphone integration (e.g. Android Auto or Online services
includes the following data, for example: Apple CarPlay®)
If your vehicle is accordingly equipped, you can Wireless network connection
R multimedia data, such as music, films or pho‐
connect your smartphone or another mobile end If your vehicle has a wireless network connec‐
tos for playback in an integrated multimedia tion, it enables data to be exchanged between
system device to the vehicle. You can then control them
by means of the control elements integrated in your vehicle and additional systems. The wire‐
R address book data for use in connection with less network connection is made possible by the
the vehicle. Images and audio from the smart‐
an integrated hands-free system or an inte‐ vehicle's own transmitter and receiver or by a
phone can be output via the multimedia system.
grated navigation system mobile end device that you have brought into the
Certain information is simultaneously transfer‐
R entered navigation destinations red to your smartphone. Depending on the type vehicle, for example, a smartphone. Online func‐
and integration, this includes position data, day/ tions can be used via the wireless network con‐
R data about the use of Internet services
night mode and other general vehicle statuses. nection. This includes online services and appli‐
These data for convenience and infotainment For more information please consult the Owner's cations/apps provided to you by the manufac‐
functions may be saved locally in the vehicle or Manual of the vehicle/infotainment system. turer or by other providers.
they may be located on a device which you have Manufacturer's services
connected to the vehicle, such as a smartphone, This integration allows the use of selected
smartphone apps, such as navigation or music Regarding the manufacturer's online services,
USB flash drive or MP3 player. If you have
player apps. There is no further interaction the individual functions are described by the
entered these data yourself, you can delete them
between the smartphone and the vehicle; in par‐ manufacturer in a suitable place, for example, in
at any time.
ticular, vehicle data is not directly accessible. the Owner's Manual or on the manufacturer's
This data is transmitted from the vehicle to third The type of additional data processing is deter‐ website, where the relevant data protection
parties only at your request. This applies, in par‐ mined by the provider of the app being used. information is also given. Personal data may be
ticular, when you use online services in accord‐ Which settings you can make, if any, depends on used for the provision of online services. Data
ance with the settings that you have selected. the specific app and the operating system of are exchanged via a secure connection, such as
your smartphone. the manufacturer's designated IT systems. Any
personal data which are collected, processed
34 General notes
and used, other than for the provision of serv‐ Data protection rights
ices, is done so exclusively on the basis of legal
permission. This is the case, for example, for a Depending on your country or the equipment
legally prescribed emergency call system, a con‐ and range of functions of your vehicle as well as
tractual agreement or when consent has been the services you use and the services on offer,
given. you are entitled to different data protection
rights. Further information on data protection
You can have services and functions, some of and your data protection rights can either be
which are subject to a fee, activated or deactiva‐ found on the manufacturer's website or you will
ted. This excludes legally prescribed functions receive this information as part of the various
and services, such as an emergency call system. services and service offers. There you will also
Third party services find the contact information for the manufac‐
If you use online services from other providers turer and its data protection officers.
(third parties), these services are the responsi‐ At a workshop, for example, with the support of
bility of the provider in question and subject to a specialist and possibly for a fee, you can have
that provider's data protection conditions and data read out which is stored only locally in the
terms of use. As a general rule, the manufac‐ vehicle.
turer has no influence on the content
exchanged.
Copyright
For this reason, when services are provided by
third parties, please ask the service provider in Information on licences for free and open-source
question for information about the type, extent software used in your vehicle can be found on
and purpose of the collection and use of per‐ the data carrier in your vehicle document wallet
sonal data. and with updates on the following website:
https://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource
Occupant safety 35
Restraint system In order for the restraint system to provide the Reduced restraint system protection
intended level of protection, each vehicle occu‐
Protection provided by the restraint system pant must observe the following information: & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
The restraint system includes the following com‐ R Fasten seat belts correctly. modifications to the restraint system
ponents: R Sit in an almost upright seat position with Vehicle occupants may no longer be protec‐
R Seat belt system their back against the seat backrest. ted as intended if alterations are made to the
R Airbags R Sit with their feet resting on the floor, if pos‐ restraint system.
R Child restraint system sible. # Never alter the parts of the restraint
R Child seat securing systems R Always secure persons under 1.50 m tall in system.
an additional restraint system suitable for # Never tamper with the wiring or any
The restraint system can help prevent the vehi‐ Mercedes-Benz vehicles. electronic component parts or their
cle occupants from coming into contact with software.
parts of the vehicle interior in the event of an However, no system available today can com‐
accident. In the event of an accident, the pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities in every If it is necessary to modify the vehicle to accom‐
restraint system can also reduce the forces to accident situation. In particular, the seat belt modate a person with disabilities, contact a
which the vehicle occupants are subjected. and airbag generally do not protect against qualified specialist workshop.
A seat belt can only provide the best level of pro‐ objects penetrating the vehicle from the outside.
It is also not possible to completely rule out the Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use driv‐
tection if it is worn correctly. Depending on the ing aids which have been approved for your vehi‐
detected accident situation, seat belt tensioners risk of injury caused by the airbag deploying.
cle by Mercedes-Benz.
and/or airbags supplement the protection
offered by a correctly worn seat belt. Seat belt
tensioners and/or airbags are not deployed in Restraint system functionality
every accident. When the ignition is switched on, a self-test is
performed, during which the 6 restraint sys‐
36 Occupant safety
tem warning lamp lights up. It goes out no later Function of the restraint system in an acci‐ only parts which are relatively easily deformed
than a few seconds after the vehicle is started. dent are affected and the rate of vehicle deceleration
The components of the restraint system are then is not high. Conversely, an airbag may be
functional. How the restraint system works depends on the deployed even though the vehicle suffers only
severity of the impact detected and the apparent minor deformation. If very rigid vehicle parts
type of accident: such as longitudinal members are hit, this may
Malfunctioning restraint system R Frontal impact result in sufficiently high levels of vehicle decel‐
A malfunction has occurred in the restraint sys‐ R Rear impact eration.
tem if: R Side impact Depending on the detected deployment situa‐
R the 6 restraint system warning lamp does
R Rollover
tion, the components of the restraint system can
not light up when the ignition is switched on be activated or deployed independently of each
R the 6 restraint system warning lamp The activation thresholds for the components of other:
lights up continuously or repeatedly during a the restraint system are determined based on R Seat belt tensioner: frontal impact, rear
journey the evaluation of the sensor values measured at impact, side impact, rollover
various points in the vehicle. This process is pre-
R Driver's airbag, front passenger airbag: fron‐
& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc‐ emptive in nature. The triggering/deployment of
the components of the restraint system must tal impact
tions in the restraint system
take place in good time at the start of the colli‐ R Knee airbag: frontal impact
Components in the restraint system may be sion. R Side airbag: side impact
activated unintentionally or not deploy as
Factors which can only be seen and measured R Centre airbag: side impact, rollover
intended in an accident.
after a collision has occurred cannot play a deci‐ R Window airbag: side impact, rollover, frontal
# Have the restraint system checked and sive role in airbag deployment. Nor do they pro‐
repaired immediately at a qualified spe‐ impact
vide an indication of airbag deployment.
cialist workshop. R PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side: side impact
The vehicle may be deformed significantly with‐
out an airbag being deployed. This is the case if
Occupant safety 37
The front passenger airbag can only be deployed If the seat belt tensioners are triggered or an air‐ & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF bag is deployed, you will hear a bang, and a incorrectly fastened seat belt
indicator lamp is off. If the front passenger seat small amount of powder may also be released:
is occupied, make sure, both before and during R The bang will not generally affect your hear‐
If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it can‐
the journey, that the status of the front ing. not perform its intended protective function.
passenger airbag is correct (/ page 46). In addition, an incorrectly fastened seat belt
R In general, the powder released is not haz‐
ardous to health but may cause short-term can also cause injuries, for example, in the
& WARNING Risk of burns from hot airbag event of an accident or when braking or
components breathing difficulties to persons suffering
from asthma or other pulmonary conditions. changing direction suddenly.
The airbag parts are hot after an airbag has Provided it is safe to do so, leave the vehicle
# Always ensure that all vehicle occu‐
been deployed. immediately or open the window in order to pants have their seat belts fastened
# Do not touch the airbag parts. prevent breathing difficulties. correctly and are sitting properly.
# Have a deployed airbag replaced at a
Always observe the instructions about the cor‐
qualified specialist workshop as soon rect driver's seat position and adjusting the seat
as possible. Seat belts
(/ page 95).
Protection provided by the seat belt
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the In order for the correctly worn seat belt to pro‐
Always fasten your seat belt correctly before vide the intended level of protection, each vehi‐
vehicle towed to a qualified specialist workshop
starting a journey. A seat belt can only provide cle occupant must observe the following infor‐
after an accident. Take this into account, partic‐
the best level of protection if it is worn correctly. mation:
ularly if a seat belt tensioner is triggered or an
airbag deployed. R The seat belt must not be twisted and must
fit tightly and snugly across the body.
38 Occupant safety
R The seat belt must be routed across the securing objects, luggage or loads the shoulder section of your seat belt is
centre of the shoulder and as low down (/ page 110). routed across the centre of your shoul‐
across the hips as possible. Also ensure that no objects, e.g. a cushion, der.
R The shoulder section of the seat belt should are ever placed between a person and the
not touch your neck nor be routed under seat. & WARNING Risk of injury or death when
your arm or behind your back. additional restraint systems are not used
If children are travelling in the vehicle, be sure to
R Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a winter observe the instructions and safety notes on for persons with a smaller stature
coat. "Children in the vehicle" (/ page 52). Persons under 1.50 m tall cannot wear the
R Push the lap belt down as far as possible seat belt correctly without a suitable addi‐
across your hips and pull tight with the shoul‐ Limitations of the protection provided by the tional restraint system.
der section of the belt. Never route the lap seat belt # Always secure persons under 1.50 m
belt across your abdomen.
tall in a suitable restraint system.
Pregnant women must also take particular & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
care with this. incorrect seat position & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
R Never route the seat belt across sharp, poin‐ The seat belt will not offer the intended level damaged or modified seat belts
ted, abrasive or fragile objects. of protection if you have not moved the seat Seat belts cannot provide protection in the
R Only one person should use each seat belt at backrest to an almost vertical position. following situations:
any one time. Never allow babies and chil‐ In particular, you may slip under the seatbelt
dren to travel sitting on the lap of another R the seat belt is damaged, has been modi‐
and injure yourself. fied, is extremely dirty, bleached or dyed
vehicle occupant.
# Adjust the seat properly before begin‐
R Never secure objects with a seat belt if the R the seat belt buckle is damaged or
ning your journey. extremely dirty
seat belt is also being used by one of the
# Always ensure that the seat backrest is
vehicle's occupants. Always observe the
instructions for loading the vehicle when in an almost vertical position and that
Occupant safety 39
R modifications have been made to the seat & WARNING Risk of injury or death from Fastening and adjusting seat belts
belt tensioner, seat belt anchorage or deployed pyrotechnic seat belt tension‐ If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply, the
seat belt retractor ers seat belt retractor locks. The seat belt strap can‐
Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage in Pyrotechnic seat belt tensioners that have not be pulled out any further.
an accident, e.g. due to glass splinters. been deployed are no longer operational and
Modified or damaged seat belts could tear or are unable to perform their intended protec‐
fail in the event of an accident, for example. tive function.
# Therefore, have deployed pyrotechnic
Modified seat belt tensioners could acciden‐
tally trigger or fail to function as intended. seat belt tensioners immediately
replaced at a qualified specialist work‐
# Never modify the seat belt system, for
shop.
example the seat belt, seat belt buckle,
seat belt tensioner, seat belt anchorage Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
and seat belt retractor. vehicle towed to a qualified specialist workshop
# Make sure that the seat belts are after an accident.
undamaged, not worn and clean.
# Always have the seat belts checked * NOTE Damage caused by trapping the
immediately after an accident at a seat belt
qualified specialist workshop. If an unused seat belt is not fully retracted, it
may become trapped in the door or in the
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use seat seat mechanism.
# Always engage seat belt tongue 2 of the
belts which have been approved for your vehicle seat belt into seat belt buckle 1 of the cor‐
# Always ensure that an unused seat belt
by Mercedes-Benz. responding seat.
is fully retracted.
40 Occupant safety
# Press and hold the seat belt outlet release % Observe the notes on correctly fastening the Activating/deactivating seat belt adjustment
and slide seat belt outlet 3 into the desired seat belt (/ page 37) and stowage options via the multimedia system
position. (/ page 110).
Information on fitting a child restraint sys‐ Multimedia system:
# Let go of the seat belt outlet release and
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
ensure that seat belt outlet 3 locks into tem and on children travelling in the vehicle
can be found in the "Children in the vehicle" 5 Occupant protection
position.
section (/ page 55). # Activate or deactivate Belt adjustment.
% A seat belt can only provide the best level of
protection if it is worn correctly. Observe the
notes on fastening the seat belt Seat belt adjustment function Releasing seat belts
(/ page 37).
Vehicles with PRE-SAFE®: after a front seat # Press the release button in the seat belt
belt has been fastened, the automatic seat belt buckle and guide the seat belt back with the
* NOTE Deployment of components of the
adjustment may apply a certain tightening force. seat belt tongue.
restraint system when the front
Do not hold the seat belt tightly while it is
passenger seat is unoccupied and a seat
adjusting.
belt is buckled Seat belt warning function for the driver and
You can activate and deactivate the seat belt front passenger
When the front passenger seat is unoccupied adjustment function using the multimedia sys‐
and the seat belt tongue of the seat belt is tem (/ page 40). The ü seat belt warning lamp in the driver's
engaged in the seat belt buckle, components display is a reminder that all vehicle occupants
of the restraint system may deploy unneces‐ must wear their seat belts correctly.
sarily on the front passenger side, e.g. the In addition, a warning tone may sound.
seat belt tensioner.
# Only buckle the seat belts as intended.
As soon as the driver and front passenger fasten
their seat belts, the seat belt warning goes out.
Occupant safety 41
Function of the rear seat belt status display R Green: the seat belt tongue of a rear seat Airbags
belt is engaged in the seat belt buckle of the
The rear seat belt status display is only available corresponding seat. Overview of airbags
for certain countries.
Every vehicle occupant must always fasten
their seat belt correctly before starting a
journey.
R Red: a vehicle occupant in the rear
passenger compartment has released the
seat belt buckle using the release button and
may not be properly secured.
If a vehicle occupant unfastens a seat belt in the
rear, the rear seat belt status display appears
again.
1 Knee airbag
When the ignition is switched on, the rear seat In addition, a warning tone may sound. 2 Driver's airbag
belt status display informs you for a certain
amount of time which rear seat belt is not fas‐ 3 Front passenger airbag
tened. 4 Window airbag
The status of the rear seat belt can be recog‐ 5 Side airbag
nised by the colour of the symbol in the driver 6 Centre airbag1
display: 1)Only for certain countries.
R Grey: the seat belt tongue of a rear seat belt
is not engaged in the seat belt buckle of the The installation location of an airbag is identified
corresponding seat. by the AIRBAG symbol. An additional arrow sym‐
42 Occupant safety
bol M indicates the installation location for cer‐ NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint * NOTE Deployment of components of the
tain airbags. system on a seat with an ENABLED FRONT restraint system when the front
When enabled, an airbag can provide additional AIRBAG; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the passenger seat is unoccupied
protection for the respective vehicle occupant. CHILD can occur.
In an accident, the components of the
Potential protection provided by each airbag: restraint system may deploy unnecessarily
When fitting a child restraint system to the front
R Knee airbag: thigh, knee and lower leg on the front passenger side if:
passenger seat, observe the vehicle-specific
R Driver's airbag, front passenger airbag: head information (/ page 67). Also, always observe R There are heavy objects on the front
and ribcage the notes on rearward-facing or forward-facing passenger seat.
R Window airbag: head child restraint systems on the front passenger R The seat belt tongue is engaged in the
seat (/ page 66). seat belt buckle of the front passenger
R Side airbag: ribcage, also pelvis for front seat
occupants Information on automatic front passenger seat and the front passenger seat is
airbag shutoff unoccupied.
R Centre airbag: head and ribcage
The front passenger airbag can only be deployed # Stow objects in a suitable place.
Information on child restraint systems on in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
the front passenger seat indicator lamp is off. If the front passenger seat
# Only one person should use each seat
is occupied, make sure, both before and during belt at any one time.
& WARNING Risk of injury or death if the the journey, that the status of the front
co-driver airbag is enabled passenger airbag is correct (/ page 46). Depending on the detected accident situation,
the window airbag on the front passenger side
If the co-driver airbag is enabled, a child on may deploy. The airbag is deployed regardless of
the co-driver seat may be struck by the co- whether the front passenger seat is occupied.
driver airbag during an accident.
Occupant safety 43
Protective capacity of the airbags To avoid the risks resulting from the deployment R Always stow and secure objects correctly.
of an airbag, each vehicle occupant must
Depending on the accident situation, an airbag observe the following information in particular: Objects in the vehicle interior may prevent an
may supplement the protection offered by a cor‐ airbag from functioning correctly. Each vehicle
rectly fastened seat belt. R Before starting your journey, adjust your seat occupant must always make sure of the follow‐
correctly; the driver's seat and front ing in particular:
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to passenger seat should be moved as far back
R There are no people, animals or objects
an incorrect seat position as possible.
between the vehicle occupants and an air‐
If you deviate from the correct seat position, When doing so, always observe the informa‐ bag.
the airbag cannot perform its intended pro‐ tion on the correct driver's seat position
R There are no objects between the seat, door
tective function. (/ page 95).
and door pillar (B-pillar).
R Only hold the steering wheel by the steering
Each vehicle occupant must make sure of the R There are no hard objects, e.g. coat hangers,
following: wheel rim. This allows the airbag to be fully
deployed. hanging on the grab handles or coat hooks.
R Fasten seat belts correctly. Pregnant R There are no accessory parts, such as mobile
R Always lean against the seat backrest when
women must take particular care to navigation devices, mobile phones or cup
ensure that the lap belt never lies across the vehicle is in motion. Do not lean forwards
or against the door or side window. You may holders, within the deployment area of an air‐
the abdomen. bag, e.g. on the cockpit, on the door, on the
otherwise be in the deployment area of the
R Adopt the correct seat position and keep airbags. side window or on the side trim.
as far away as possible from the airbags. In addition, no connecting cables, tensioning
R The occupants must always keep their feet
R Observe the following information. on the floor. Do not put your feet on the straps or retaining straps must be routed or
cockpit, for example. Your feet may other‐ attached to the vehicle within the deploy‐
# Always make sure that there are no ment area of an airbag. Always comply with
objects between the airbag and vehicle wise be in the deployment area of the airbag.
the accessory manufacturer's installation
occupant. R If children are travelling in the vehicle, instructions and, in particular, the notes on
observe the additional notes (/ page 52). suitable places for installation.
44 Occupant safety
R There are no heavy, sharp-edged or fragile In addition, the operation of the automatic # Have the vehicle towed to a qualified
objects in the pockets of your clothing. Store front passenger airbag shutoff could be specialist workshop in order to have the
such objects in a suitable place. restricted. deployed airbag replaced.
# You should only use seat covers that
Limited protection provided by airbags have been approved for the correspond‐ Have deployed airbags replaced immediately.
ing seats by Mercedes-Benz.
& WARNING Risk of injury due to modifi‐ Status of the front passenger front airbag
cations to the cover of an airbag & WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc‐ Function of the automatic front passenger
If you modify the cover of an airbag or affix tioning sensors in the door airbag shutoff
objects such as stickers to it, the airbag may The function of the airbags can be impaired The automatic front passenger airbag shutoff is
no longer function correctly. due to modifications or incorrect work per‐ able to detect whether the front passenger seat
# Never modify the cover of an airbag and formed on the doors or door trim, or if the is occupied by a person or a child restraint sys‐
do not affix objects to it. doors are damaged. tem. The front passenger airbag is enabled or
# Never modify the doors or parts of the
disabled accordingly.
The installation location of an airbag is identified doors.
by the AIRBAG symbol (/ page 41). & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
# Always have work on the doors or door
objects under the co-driver seat
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to trim carried out at a qualified specialist
workshop. Objects trapped under the co-driver seat can
the use of unsuitable seat covers interfere with the function of the automatic
Due to unsuitable seat covers, the airbags co-driver airbag shutoff or damage the sys‐
cannot protect vehicle occupants as inten‐ & WARNING Risk of injury due to deployed tem.
ded. airbag
# Do not store any objects under the co-
A deployed airbag no longer offers any pro‐ driver seat.
tection.
Occupant safety 45
# When the co-driver seat is occupied, # Make sure that the backrest of the & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
make sure that no objects are trapped forward-facing child restraint system is, a disabled front passenger airbag
under the co-driver seat. as far as possible, resting on the seat
backrest of the co-driver seat. The front passenger airbag is disabled when
When fitting a child restraint system to the front the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
# Always comply with the child restraint is lit.
passenger seat, observe the vehicle-specific system manufacturer's installation
information (/ page 67). Also, always observe instructions. A person in the front passenger seat could
the notes on rearward-facing or forward-facing then, for example, come into contact with
child restraint systems on the front passenger A person on the front passenger seat must the vehicle interior, especially if the person is
seat (/ page 66). observe the following information: sitting too close to the cockpit.
R Fasten seat belts correctly (/ page 37).
If the front passenger seat is occupied,
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to always ensure that:
objects between the seat surface and R Sit in an almost upright seat position with
R the classification of the person in the
the child restraint system their back against the seat backrest.
front passenger seat is correct and the
Objects between the sitting surface and the R Sit with their feet resting on the floor, if pos‐ front passenger airbag is enabled or disa‐
child restraint system could affect the func‐ sible. bled in accordance with the person in the
tion of the automatic co-driver airbag shut‐ The front passenger airbag may otherwise be front passenger seat.
off. disabled by mistake, for example, in the follow‐ R the front passenger seat has been moved
# Do not place any objects between the ing situations: as far back as possible.
sitting surface and the child restraint R The front passenger transfers their weight by R the person is seated correctly.
system. supporting themselves on a vehicle armrest.
# Make sure that the entire base of the
# Both before and during the journey,
R The front passenger sits in such a way that ensure that the status of the front
child restraint system is resting on the their weight is raised from the sitting sur‐
sitting surface of the co-driver seat. passenger airbag is correct.
face.
46 Occupant safety
If the front passenger seat is occupied, the clas‐ Function of the PASSENGER AIR BAG indica‐ Self-test of automatic front passenger airbag
sification of the person or child restraint system tor lamps shutoff
on the front passenger seat takes place after the When the ignition is switched on, a self-test is
front passenger airbag shutoff self-test. The performed during which the two PASSENGER
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps display the AIR BAG ON and OFF indicator lamps light up
status of the front passenger airbag. simultaneously.
Always observe the notes on the function of the The status of the front passenger airbag is dis‐
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps played via the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator
(/ page 46). lamps after the self-test:
R ON is lit: the front passenger airbag may
deploy during an accident.
The indicator lamp goes out after 60 sec‐
onds.
R ON and OFF are not lit: the front passenger
airbag may deploy during an accident.
R OFF is lit: the front passenger airbag is disa‐
bled. It will then not be deployed in the event
Vehicles without automatic front passenger air‐ of an accident.
bag shutoff have a special sticker affixed to the
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is
side of the cockpit on the front passenger side
off, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
(/ page 65).
lamp shows the status of the front passenger
airbag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp may be lit continuously or be off.
Occupant safety 47
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp & WARNING Risk of injury or death when OFF indicator lamp may be off. In this case, do
and the 6 restraint system warning lamp using a rearward-facing child restraint not fit the rearward-facing child restraint system
light up simultaneously, the front passenger seat system while the front passenger airbag to the front passenger seat.
may not be used. Also in this case, do not fit a is enabled Instead, fit the rearward-facing child restraint
child restraint system to the front passenger system to a suitable rear seat.
seat. Have the automatic front passenger airbag If you secure a child in a rearward-facing
shutoff checked and repaired immediately at a child restraint system on the front passenger After fitting a forward-facing child restraint
qualified specialist workshop. seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi‐ system to the front passenger seat: depend‐
cator lamp is off, the front passenger airbag ing on the child restraint system and the stature
Status display can deploy in the event of an accident. of the child, PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF may be lit
If the front passenger seat is occupied, ensure, continuously or be off. Always observe the fol‐
both before and during the journey, that the sta‐ The child could be struck by the airbag. lowing information.
tus of the front passenger airbag is correct for # Always ensure that the front passenger
the current situation. airbag is disabled. The PASSENGER AIR & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
After fitting a rearward-facing child restraint BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit. incorrect positioning of the forward-
system to the front passenger seat: # NEVER use a rearward-facing child facing child restraint system
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF must be lit continu‐ restraint system on a seat with an ENA‐ If you secure a child in a forward-facing child
ously. BLED FRONT AIRBAG. This can result in restraint system on the front passenger seat
the DEATH of or SERIOUS INJURY to the that is positioned too close to the cockpit, in
CHILD. the event of an accident, the child could:
R come into contact with the vehicle inte‐
When fitting a child restraint system to the front
passenger seat, observe the vehicle-specific rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi‐
information (/ page 66). cator lamp is lit, for example
R be struck by the airbag if the PASSENGER
Depending on the child restraint system and the
stature of the child, the PASSENGER AIR BAG AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off.
48 Occupant safety
# Always move the front passenger seat A person on the front passenger seat must - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
as far back as possible and fully retract always observe the following information: lamp is lit continuously: the person of
the seat cushion length adjustment. R If the front passenger seat is occupied by an smaller stature should not use the front
While doing so, always make sure that adult or a person with a stature correspond‐ passenger seat.
the shoulder belt strap is correctly ing to that of an adult, the PASSENGER AIR
routed from the seat belt outlet of the BAG OFF indicator lamp must be off. This & WARNING Risk of injury or death when
vehicle to the shoulder belt guide on indicates that the front passenger airbag is the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
the child restraint system. The shoulder enabled. lamp is lit
belt strap must be routed forwards and If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
downwards from the seat belt outlet. If lamp is lit continuously, an adult or person lamp remains lit after the self-test, the front
necessary, adjust the seat belt outlet with a build corresponding to that of an adult passenger airbag is disabled.
and the front passenger seat accord‐ must not use the front passenger seat. If the front passenger seat is occupied,
ingly. always ensure that:
Instead, they should use a rear seat.
# Always comply with the child restraint R The classification of the person in the
R If the front passenger seat is occupied by a
system manufacturer's installation front passenger seat is correct and the
instructions. person of smaller stature (e.g. a teenager or
small adult), the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF front passenger airbag is enabled or disa‐
indicator lamp is either lit continuously or bled in accordance with the person in the
When fitting a child restraint system to the front
remains off, depending on the classification. front passenger seat.
passenger seat, observe the vehicle-specific
information (/ page 66). - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator R The person is seated properly with a cor‐
lamp is off: move the front passenger rectly fastened seat belt.
If a person is sitting on the front passenger
seat: PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF may be lit con‐ seat as far back as possible, or the per‐ R The front passenger seat has been moved
tinuously or be off, depending on the person's son of smaller stature should use a rear as far back as possible.
stature. seat.
Occupant safety 49
Be sure to also observe the following further R Vehicles with memory function: move the You will need to perform certain settings your‐
related subjects: front passenger seat to a more favourable self.
R Child restraint system on the front passenger seat position. # If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced,
seat (/ page 66) R Vehicles with multicontour seat: increase move the seat backrest back slightly.
R Suitable positioning of the child restraint sys‐ the air pressure in the seat side bolsters of The locking mechanism releases.
tem (/ page 55) the seat backrest.
R PRE-SAFE® Sound: provided that the multi‐ Function of PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory
media system is switched on, generates a occupant protection plus)
PRE-SAFE® system brief noise signal to stimulate the innate pro‐
PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupant protec‐ tective mechanism of a person's hearing. PRE-SAFE® PLUS can detect certain impacts,
tion) particularly an imminent rear impact, and take
* NOTE Damage caused by objects in the pre-emptive measures to protect the vehicle
PRE-SAFE® is able to detect certain critical driv‐ footwell or behind the seat occupants. These measures cannot necessarily
ing situations and implement pre-emptive meas‐ prevent an imminent impact.
ures to protect the vehicle occupants. The automatic adjustment of the seat posi‐
tion may result in damage to the seat and/or PRE-SAFE® PLUS can implement the following
PRE-SAFE® can implement the following meas‐ the object. measures independently of each other:
ures independently of each other: R Tightening the seat belts on the driver's seat
# Stow objects in a suitable place.
R Tightening the seat belts on the driver's seat and front passenger seat.
and front passenger seat. R Activating the rear hazard warning lights at a
R Closing the side windows. Reversing the PRE-SAFE® system measures higher flashing frequency.
R Vehicles with sliding sunroof: close the If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive R Increasing brake pressure when the vehicle
sliding sunroof. measures that were taken are reversed. is stationary. This brake application is cancel‐
led automatically when the vehicle pulls
away.
50 Occupant safety
If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive rapidly inflating an air cushion in the outer seat accident, it is possible that the vehicle can
measures that were taken are reversed. side bolster of the seat backrest on the side on no longer be started.
which the impact is anticipated. This increases R switching off the fuel supply
System limits the distance between the door and the vehicle
The system will not initiate any action in the fol‐ occupant. R unlocking the vehicle doors
lowing situations: R lowering the side windows
If PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side has been deployed or
R when reversing is faulty, the PRE-SAFE impulse side inoperative R displaying the emergency guide in the central
or See Owner's Manual display message appears display
R when the vehicle is towing a trailer and there (/ page 475). R switching on the interior lighting
is a risk of a rear impact Function of the post-collision brake
The system will not initiate any braking applica‐ Automatic measures after an accident Depending on the accident situation, the post-
tion in the following situations: Depending on the type and severity of the acci‐ collision brake can minimise the severity of a fur‐
dent, and depending on the vehicle's equipment, ther collision or even avoid it.
R whilst driving
the following measures can be implemented, for If an accident is detected, the post-collision
or brake can implement automatic braking. When
example:
R when entering or exiting a parking space the vehicle has come to a standstill, the electric
R automatic braking (post-collision brake)
while using Active Parking Assist parking brake is automatically applied.
R activating the hazard warning lights
The driver can cancel automatic braking by tak‐
R triggering an automatic emergency call ing the following actions:
Function of PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side
(/ page 307)
R braking more strongly than automatic brak‐
If an imminent side impact is detected, PRE- R switching off the engine ing
SAFE® Impulse Side can pre-emptively move the
To restart the vehicle, switch the ignition off R fully depressing the accelerator pedal with
front seat vehicle occupant's upper body
and switch it back on (/ page 162). force
towards the centre of the vehicle. It does this by
Depending on the type and severity of the
Occupant safety 51
Safely transporting children in the vehicle R The vehicle seat must be suitable for fitting a Observe laws and legal requirements
child restraint system (/ page 55). Always observe the legal requirements when
Always observe when children are travelling using a child restraint system in the vehicle.
in the vehicle Accident statistics show that children secured
on the rear seats are generally safer than chil‐ Make sure that the child restraint system is
% Also strictly observe the safety notes for the approved in accordance with the valid test speci‐
dren secured on the front seats. For this reason,
specific situation. In this way you can recog‐ Mercedes-Benz strongly advises that you fit a fications and guidelines. Further information can
nise potential risks and avoid dangers if chil‐ child restraint system to a rear seat. be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop.
dren are travelling in the vehicle Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a
(/ page 52). The generic term child restraint system Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.
Be diligent The generic term child restraint system is used Only use approved child restraint systems
Bear in mind that negligence when securing a in this Owner's Manual. A child restraint system
is, for example: Only child restraint systems that meet the fol‐
child in the child restraint system may have seri‐ lowing UNECE standards are permitted for use in
ous consequences. Always be diligent in secur‐ R a baby car seat
the vehicle:
ing a child carefully before every journey. R a rearward-facing child seat
R UN-R44
To improve protection for children younger than R a forward-facing child seat
12 years old or under 1.50 m in height, R UN-R129 (i-Size child restraint systems)
R a child booster seat with a backrest and seat
Mercedes-Benz recommends you observe the Information on child restraint system approval
following information: belt guide
categories and details on the approval label on
R Always secure the child in a child restraint Mercedes-Benz recommends using a child the child restraint system (/ page 56).
system suitable for this Mercedes-Benz vehi‐ booster seat with a backrest.
cle. The child restraint system must be appropriate
R The child restraint system must be appropri‐ to the age, weight and size of the child.
ate to the age, weight and size of the child.
52 Occupant safety
Detecting risks, avoiding danger system. In this case, the child sits in the oppo‐ # Never place objects (e.g. cushions)
site direction to the direction of travel and faces under or behind the child restraint sys‐
Securing systems for child restraint systems backwards.
in the vehicle tem.
Babies and small children have comparatively # Use child restraint systems only with
Only use the following securing systems for child weak neck muscles in relation to the size and
restraint systems: the original cover designed for them.
weight of their head. The risk of injury to the cer‐
R the ISOFIX or i-Size securing rings vical spine during an accident can be reduced in
# Always replace damaged covers with
a rearward-facing child restraint system. genuine covers.
R the vehicle's seat belt system
R the Top Tether anchorages Always secure a child restraint system cor‐ & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
rectly unsecured child restraint systems in the
Fitting an ISOFIX or an i-Size child restraint sys‐
tem is preferred. vehicle
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
Simply attaching to the securing rings on the incorrect installation of the child If the child restraint system is incorrectly fit‐
vehicle can reduce the risk of fitting the child restraint system ted or not secured, it can come loose.
restraint system incorrectly. The child restraint system could be flung
The child can then not be protected or
When securing a child with the integrated seat restrained as intended. around and hit vehicle occupants.
belt of the ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint sys‐ # Always install child restraint systems
# Be sure to comply with the manufactur‐
tem, always comply with the permissible gross correctly, even when not in use.
weight for the child and child restraint system er's installation instructions for the
child restraint system and its correct # Always comply with the child restraint
(/ page 59).
use. system manufacturer's installation
Advantage of a rearward-facing child # Make sure that the entire base of the instructions.
restraint system child restraint system always rests on
It is preferable to transport a baby or a small the sitting surface of the seat. R Always observe the child restraint system
child in a suitable rearward-facing child restraint manufacturer's installation and operating
Occupant safety 53
instructions as well as the vehicle-specific Do not modify the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems which are in
information: proper working condition
- Fitting the ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint & WARNING Risk of injury due to modifi‐
system to the rear seat (/ page 59). cations to the child restraint system & WARNING Risk of injury or death caused
The child restraint system can no longer by the use of damaged child restraint
- Securing the child restraint system with systems
the seat belt on the rear seat function properly. This poses an increased
(/ page 64). risk of injury. Child restraint systems or their retaining sys‐
- Securing the child restraint system with # Never modify a child restraint system. tems that have been subjected to stress in
the seat belt on the front passenger seat an accident may not be able to perform their
# Only affix accessories which have been
(/ page 67). Observe the specific intended protective function.
specially approved for this child
instructions for the rearward-facing and restraint system by the child restraint It may be the case that the child cannot be
forward-facing child restraint systems system's manufacturer. properly restrained.
(/ page 66). # Always immediately replace child
If the front passenger seat is occupied, Mercedes‑Benz recommends Mercedes-Benz restraint systems that have been dam‐
ensure, both before and during the jour‐ care products for cleaning child restraint sys‐ aged or involved in an accident.
ney, that the status of the front tems recommended by Mercedes-Benz. # Have the securing systems for the child
passenger airbag is correct for the cur‐ restraint systems checked at a qualified
rent situation (/ page 46). specialist workshop before installing a
R Observe the warning labels in the vehicle child restraint system again.
interior and on the child restraint system.
R Also secure Top Tether if present.
54 Occupant safety
Avoid direct sunlight Observe when stopping or parking # When leaving the vehicle, always take
the key with you and lock the vehicle.
& WARNING Risk of burns when the child & WARNING Risk of accident and injury
seat is exposed to direct sunlight due to leaving children unattended in the
# Keep the vehicle key out of the reach of
vehicle children.
If the child restraint system is exposed to
direct sunlight or heat, parts could heat up. If children are left unattended in the vehicle, & WARNING Danger to life due to expo‐
Children could suffer burns from these parts, they could, in particular:
sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehi‐
particularly on metallic parts of the child R open doors, thereby endangering other cle
restraint system. persons or road users.
If people, particularly children, are exposed
# Always make sure that the child R get out and be struck by oncoming traf‐
to extreme temperatures over an extended
restraint system is not exposed to fic. period of time, there is a risk of serious
direct sunlight. R operate vehicle equipment and become injury or danger to life.
# Protect the child restraint system with a trapped, for example. # Never leave persons, children in partic‐
blanket, for example. ular, unattended in the vehicle.
In addition, the children could also set the
# If the child restraint system has been
vehicle in motion by, for example:
exposed to direct sunlight, allow it to
R releasing the parking brake. Overview of recommended child restraint
cool before securing a child into it.
# Never leave children unattended in the
R changing the transmission position. systems
vehicle. R starting the vehicle. % Further information on the correct child
# Never leave children unattended in the restraint system can be obtained at a quali‐
vehicle. fied specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz
recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz
Service Centre for this purpose.
Occupant safety 55
Securing with ISOFIX Securing with the vehicle seat belt Weight category II/III (15 to 36 kg and from
approximately 3 to 12 years)
Weight category 0+ (up to 13 kg and up to Weight category 0 (up to 10 kg and approx‐
approx. 15 months) imately 6 months) and weight category 0+ Type1 KIDFIX XP
BABY SAFE plus (up to 13 kg and approximately 15 months)
Type1 Approval E1 04 301 304
Type1 BABY SAFE plus II
Size category E Order number2 A 000 970 49 02
Approval E1 04 301 146
Approval E1 04 301 146 Type1 AMG KIDFIX XP
Order number2 A 000 970 38 02
Order number2 B6 6 86 8224 Approval E1 04 301 304
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer. 2 With colour code 9H95.
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer. 2 With colour code 9H95.
Order number2 A 000 970 33 02
Weight category I (9 to 18 kg and from
Weight category I (9 to 18 kg and from approximately 9 months to 4 years) 1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer. 2 With colour code 9H95.
approximately 9 months to 4 years)
Type1 DUO plus
Type1 DUO plus Overview of suitable seats in the vehicle for
Approval E1 04 301 133 fitting a child restraint system
Size category B1
Order number2 A 000 970 43 02 Left/right rear seat
Approval E1 04 301 133
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer. 2 With colour code 9H95. Preferred securing system:
Order number2 A 000 970 43 02
® ISOFIX child seat securing system
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer. 2 With colour code 9H95. (/ page 58)
or
56 Occupant safety
° i-Size child seat securing system Approval categories for child restraint sys‐ Approval categories in accordance with UN-
(/ page 59) tems R44
¯ Also secure Top Tether if present Only use approved child restraint systems
(/ page 61).
Only child restraint systems that meet the fol‐
Alternative securing system: lowing UNECE standards are permitted for use in
7 Vehicle seat belt (/ page 63) the vehicle:
R UN-R44
Front passenger seat
R UN-R129 (i-Size child restraint systems)
Securing system:
Identification on the child restraint system
7 Vehicle seat belt (/ page 63) Information about the approval category, weight
Be sure to observe: category and approval number, for example, is
R If the front passenger seat is occupied,
on the approval label on the child restraint sys‐
ensure, both before and during the journey, tem.
that the status of the front passenger airbag There may be further information such as the
is correct for the current situation ISOFIX size categories, depending on the
(/ page 46). approval category of the child restraint system.
R Notes on automatic front passenger airbag Example of an approval label
shutoff (/ page 44).
R Universal: child restraint systems in the
Centre rear seat "Universal" category are approved for instal‐
Securing system: lation in vehicles. They can be used, in
accordance with overviews of the suitability
7 Vehicle seat belt (/ page 63)
Occupant safety 57
of seats for securing child restraint systems, Approval categories in accordance with UN- suitability of seats for securing child restraint
on seats labelled U, UF or IUF. R129 systems, on seats labelled i‑U.
The identification IUF refers to ISOFIX child The identification i‑U refers to i‑Size child
restraint systems in the "Universal" category. restraint systems in the "Universal" category.
These child restraint systems must also be These child restraint systems must also be
secured using Top Tether or support points. secured using Top Tether or support points.
R Semi-Universal: child restraint systems in Observe the suitability of vehicle seats
the "Semi-Universal" category may only be
used if the vehicle and vehicle seat are listed Depending on the approval category, there are
in the child restraint system manufacturer's forward-facing and rearward-facing child
vehicle model list. restraint systems. Their use can be restricted for
certain vehicle seats:
R Vehicle-specific: child restraint systems in
R Suitability of seats for attaching ISOFIX child
the "vehicle-specific" category may only be
used if the vehicle and vehicle seat are listed restraint systems (/ page 58)
in the child restraint system manufacturer's R Suitability of seats for securing i‑Size child
vehicle model list. restraint systems (/ page 59).
R Suitability of seats for attaching belt-secured
child restraint systems (/ page 63)
Example of an approval label
R i‑Size: child restraint systems in the "i‑Size"
category are approved for installation in vehi‐
cles with i‑Size mounting brackets. They can
be used, in accordance with overviews of the
58 Occupant safety
Fitting an ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint sys‐ Weight group 0 (up to 10 kg and up to Size class – Left/right rear seat
tem on the rear seat approx. 6 months)
Equipment
Overview of suitability of the seats for Size class – Left/right rear seat
attaching ISOFIX child restraint systems Equipment C – ISO/R3 IL (1)
ISOFIX is a standardised securing system for IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems according to the
specially designed child restraint systems. E – ISO/R1 IL
table in "Overview of the recommended child restraint systems",
® The symbol indicates seats suitable for IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems according to the or if the vehicle and the seat are listed on the child restraint sys‐
attaching an ISOFIX child restraint system table in "Overview of the recommended child restraint systems", tem manufacturer's vehicle model list.
in accordance with UN R44 (/ page 56). or if the vehicle and the seat are listed on the child restraint sys‐
(1) When using a child restraint system of size class (ISO/R3),
Attach only child restraint systems that tem manufacturer's vehicle model list.
move the front seat into the highest position. Make sure that the
are approved in accordance with UN R44 seat backrest of the front seat does not rest against the child
as per the following ISOFIX tables. Weight group 0+ (up to 13 kg and up to
restraint system.
approx. 15 months)
Carry cot
Size class – Left/right rear seat Weight group 1 (9–18 kg and approx. 9
Size class – Left/right rear seat Equipment months to 4 years)
Equipment Size class – Left/right rear seat
E – ISO/R1 IL
F – ISO/L1 X Equipment
D – ISO/R2, IL
G – ISO/L2 X ISO/R2X D – ISO/R2, IL
X Not suitable for an ISOFIX child restraint system in this weight
ISO/R2X
group and/or size class. C – ISO/R3 IL (1)
B – ISO/F2 IUF
Occupant safety 59
Size class – Left/right rear seat in accordance with UN R129 Fitting an ISOFIX or i‑Size child restraint sys‐
(/ page 56). tem on the rear seat
Equipment
Child restraint systems that are permitted
in accordance with UN R44 as per the & WARNING Risk of accident if the rear
B1 – ISO/F2X IUF
ISOFIX tables (/ page 58) or UN R129 as bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest
A – ISO/F3 IUF per the following i‑Size tables may be are not engaged
IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems according to the attached. The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back‐
table in "Overview of the recommended child restraint systems", rest may fold forwards, even while the vehi‐
i‑Size child restraint systems (ISO/R2, ISO/ cle is in motion.
or if the vehicle and the seat are listed on the child restraint sys‐
F2X, ISO/B2, ISO/B3)
tem manufacturer's vehicle model list. R As a result, the vehicle occupant will be
Front passenger Left/right rear seat pressed into the seat belt with increased
IUF Suitable for forward-facing ISOFIX child restraint systems of seat force. The seat belt will not be able to
the "Universal" category in this weight group.
protect as intended and could cause
(1) When using a child restraint system of size class (ISO/R3),
X i‑U additional injury.
move the front seat into the highest position. Make sure that the X Not suitable for an i-Size i-U Suitable for forward-facing R Objects or loads in the boot or load com‐
seat backrest of the front seat does not rest against the child child restraint system in the and rearward-facing i-Size partment cannot be restrained by the
restraint system. "Universal" category. child restraint systems in the seat backrest.
"Universal" category.
# Make sure that the rear bench seat, the
Overview of suitability of the seats for rear seat and the seat backrest are
attaching i‑Size child restraint systems engaged before every trip.
i‑Size is a standardised securing system for spe‐
cially designed child restraint systems. If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and
° The symbol indicates seats suitable for locked in place, the red lock verification indica‐
attaching an i‑Size child restraint system tor will be visible.
60 Occupant safety
& WARNING Risk of injury or death if the Regularly check that the permissible gross mass restraint system in weight group 1 on a
permissible gross mass of the child and of the child and child restraint system is still rear seat: adjust the front seat so that the
child restraint system together is excee‐ complied with. seat does not touch the child restraint sys‐
ded. When fitting a child restraint system, observe tem.
the following: O When using a forward-facing child
Too much load may be placed on the ISOFIX restraint system in weight group 1:
or i‑Size child restraint systems and the child O Always observe the correct use of the seats
and consider their suitability for attaching a remove the head restraint from the respec‐
may not be restrained correctly in the event tive seat, if possible. In addition, the back‐
of an accident, for example. child restraint system.
rest of the child restraint system must lie as
# If the child and the child restraint sys‐ ISOFIX child seat securing system flat as possible against the backrest of the
tem together weigh more than 33 kg, (/ page 58) vehicle seat.
only use an ISOFIX or i‑Size child or After the child restraint system has been
restraint system with which the child is i‑Size child seat securing system removed, replace the head restraints again
secured with the vehicle seat belt. (/ page 59) immediately and adjust them correctly.
# Also secure the child restraint system
O Always comply with the manufacturer's O If the head restraint of the child seat cannot
with the Top Tether belt, if available. installation and operating instructions for be fully extended when it is installed in the
the child restraint system used. vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the
Always comply with the information about the
O Make sure that the child's feet do not touch maximum size setting for child restraint sys‐
mass of the child restraint system:
the front seat. If necessary, move the front tems in weight category II or III.
R in the manufacturer's installation and operat‐
seat slightly forwards. Contact with the roof when the head
ing instructions for the child restraint system
® When fitting an ISOFIX child restraint sys‐ restraint is fully extended and locked in
used
tem, also observe the following: place will not result in any restrictions on
R on a label on the child restraint system, if use.
present O When using a baby car seat in weight
group 0/0+ and a rearward-facing child
Occupant safety 61
O The child restraint system must not be put * NOTE Damage to the seat belt for the
under strain between the roof and the seat centre seat during installation of the
cushion and/or be fitted facing the wrong child restraint system
direction. Where possible, adjust the seat
cushion inclination accordingly. # Make sure that the seat belt is not trap‐
O The child restraint system must not be put ped.
under strain by the head restraint. Adjust
the head restraints as appropriate. # Attach the ISOFIX or i‑Size child restraint sys‐
tem to both mounting brackets in the vehicle.
° When fitting an i‑Size child restraint sys‐
tem, also observe the following: Securing Top Tether
O When using a rearward-facing child
restraint system: adjust the front seat so & WARNING Risk of injury or death if the
that it does not touch the child restraint sys‐ rear seat backrests are not locked after
tem. Top Tether belts are fitted
O When using a forward-facing child The rear seat backrests may fold forwards
restraint system: remove the head 1 ISOFIX mounting bracket
2 i‑Size mounting bracket when you are driving.
restraint from the respective seat, if possi‐
ble. In addition, the backrest of the child As a result, child restraint systems will no
Before every journey, make sure that the ISOFIX longer be able to perform their intended pro‐
restraint system must lie as flat as possible child restraint system or the i‑Size child restraint
against the backrest of the vehicle seat. tective function. This may also cause addi‐
system is engaged correctly in both mounting tional injuries.
After the child restraint system has been brackets in the vehicle. # Always lock rear seat backrests after
removed, replace the head restraints again
immediately and adjust them correctly. fitting Top Tether belts.
62 Occupant safety
# Observe the lock verification indicator. # If necessary, slide head restraint 1 upwards
(/ page 101).
If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and # Fit the ISOFIX or i‑Size child restraint system
locked in place, the red lock verification indica‐ with Top Tether. In doing so, comply with the
tor will be visible. child restraint system manufacturer's instal‐
¯ If the child restraint system is equipped lation instructions.
with a Top Tether belt: # Guide Top Tether belt 5 under head
The risk of injury may be reduced by Top restraint 1 between the two head restraint
Tether. The Top Tether belt enables an bars.
additional connection between the child # Hook Top Tether hook 6 of Top Tether belt
restraint system attached with ISOFIX or 5 into Top Tether anchorage 4 without
i‑Size and the vehicle. twisting.
# Tension Top Tether belt 5. In doing so, com‐
ply with the child restraint system manufac‐
turer's installation instructions.
# If necessary, slide head restraint 1 down‐
wards (/ page 101). Make sure that you do
not interfere with the correct routing of Top
Tether belt 5.
Occupant safety 63
Securing the child restraint system with the child restraint systems on the front
Centre rear seat1 U, L
seat belt passenger seat (/ page 67).
Notes on the suitability of seats for attach‐ Weight category III: 22 to 36 kg R Observe the specific instructions for the
ing belt-secured child restraint systems rearward-facing and forward-facing child
Left/right rear seat U, L restraint systems. If the front passenger seat
Rear seats is occupied, ensure, both before and during
Centre rear seat1 U, L
Weight category 0: up to 10 kg the journey, that the status of the front
1 Child restraint systems with a supporting bracket passenger airbag is correct for the current
Left/right rear seat U, L are not suitable for this seat. situation (/ page 46).
Centre rear seat1 U, L U Suitable for child restraint systems of the "Univer‐ Front passenger seat
Weight category 0+: up to 13 kg
sal" category in this weight category. Weight category 0: up to 10 kg
Left/right rear seat U, L L Suitable for semi-universal child restraint systems Front passenger airbag enabled1 X
according to the table in "Recommended child
Centre rear seat1 U, L restraint systems", or if the vehicle and the seat are Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L
listed in the child restraint system manufacturer's Weight category 0+: up to 13 kg
Weight category I: 9 to 18 kg
vehicle model list.
Left/right rear seat U, L Front passenger airbag enabled1 X
Notes on child restraint systems on the front
Centre rear seat1 U, L passenger seat Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L
R If it is absolutely necessary for you to fit a Weight category I: 9 to 18 kg
Weight category II: 15 to 25 kg
child restraint system to the front passenger
Left/right rear seat U, L seat, be sure to observe the information on Front passenger airbag enabled1 UF, L
64 Occupant safety
Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L L Suitable for semi-universal child restraint systems R Objects or loads in the boot or load com‐
according to the table in "Recommended child partment cannot be restrained by the
Weight category II: 15 to 25 kg restraint systems", or if the vehicle and the seat are seat backrest.
listed in the child restraint system manufacturer's
Front passenger airbag enabled1 UF, L # Make sure that the rear bench seat, the
vehicle model list. rear seat and the seat backrest are
Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L engaged before every trip.
UF Suitable for forward-facing child restraint systems
Weight category III: 22 to 36 kg of the "Universal" category in this weight category.
If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and
Front passenger airbag enabled1 UF, L locked in place, the red lock verification indica‐
Securing the child restraint system with the tor will be visible.
Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L seat belt on the rear seat
When fitting a belt-secured child restraint
1 Adjust the seat cushion inclination so that the front & WARNING Risk of accident if the rear system, observe the following:
edge of the seat cushion is in the highest position and bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest O Always comply with the manufacturer's
the rear edge of the seat cushion is in the lowest posi‐ are not engaged installation and operating instructions for
tion.
the child restraint system used.
The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back‐
rest may fold forwards, even while the vehi‐ O For a child restraint system in the "Univer‐
2 The vehicle is equipped with automatic front
cle is in motion. sal" or "Semi-Universal" category, make
passenger airbag shutoff. The PASSENGER AIR BAG sure that the system has been approved for
R As a result, the vehicle occupant will be the vehicle seat.
OFF indicator lamp must be lit.
pressed into the seat belt with increased
force. The seat belt will not be able to Observe the notes under "Suitability of
X Not suitable for children in this weight category.
protect as intended and could cause seats for attaching belt-secured child
U Suitable for child restraint systems of the "Univer‐ additional injury. restraint systems" (/ page 63).
sal" category in this weight category.
Occupant safety 65
O When using a weight category 0/0+ place will not result in any restrictions on Notes on vehicles without automatic front
baby car seat and a weight category I use. passenger airbag shutoff
rearward-facing child restraint system O The child restraint system must not be put
on a rear seat: adjust the front seat so that under strain between the roof and the seat
the seat does not touch the child restraint cushion and/or be fitted facing the wrong
system. direction. Where possible, adjust the seat
O When using a weight category I forward- cushion inclination accordingly.
facing child restraint system: remove the O The child restraint system must not be put
head restraint from the respective seat, if under strain by the head restraint. Adjust
possible. the head restraints as appropriate.
After the child restraint system has been O Make sure that the child's feet do not touch
removed, replace the head restraints again the front seat. If necessary, move the front
immediately and adjust them correctly. seat slightly forwards.
O The backrest of the forward-facing child
restraint system must, as far as possible, be
# Install the child restraint system.
resting on the seat backrest of the rear The entire base of the child restraint system
seat. must always rest on the sitting surface of the
rear seat.
O If the head restraint of the child seat cannot
be fully extended when it is installed in the
# Always make sure that the shoulder belt Sticker visible when the front passenger door
vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the strap is correctly routed from the seat belt is open
maximum size setting for child restraint sys‐ outlet of the vehicle to the shoulder belt
guide on the child restraint system. Vehicles without automatic front passenger air‐
tems in weight category II or III. bag shutoff have a special sticker affixed to the
The shoulder belt strap must be routed
Contact with the roof when the head forward from the seat belt outlet. side of the cockpit on the front passenger side.
restraint is fully extended and locked in
66 Occupant safety
Make sure you observe the following informa‐ Notes on rearward-facing and forward-facing Observe the specific instructions for the rear‐
tion: child restraint systems on the front ward-facing and forward-facing child restraint
R Never fit a rearward-facing child restraint passenger seat systems (/ page 67).
system to the front passenger seat
& WARNING Risk of injury or death when
R Always fit a rearward-facing child restraint
using a rearward-facing child restraint
system to a suitable rear seat system while the front passenger airbag
- Suitability of seats for attaching belt- is enabled
secured child restraint systems
(/ page 63) If you secure a child in a rearward-facing
child restraint system on the front passenger
- Secure the child restraint system with the seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi‐
seat belt on the rear seat (/ page 64). cator lamp is off, the front passenger airbag
R Notes on rearward-facing and forward-facing can deploy in the event of an accident.
child restraint systems on the front The child could be struck by the airbag. Warning notice on the front passenger sun visor
passenger seat (/ page 66)
# Always ensure that the front passenger
Always observe the status of the front passenger
airbag is disabled. The PASSENGER AIR
airbag on the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica‐
BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.
tor lamp:
# NEVER use a rearward-facing child
R If it is absolutely necessary to fit a child
restraint system on a seat with an ENA‐
restraint system to the front passenger seat,
BLED FRONT AIRBAG. This can result in
always observe the information on automatic
the DEATH of or SERIOUS INJURY to the
front passenger airbag shutoff (/ page 44).
CHILD.
R When using a rearward-facing child restraint
system on the front passenger seat, the front
Occupant safety 67
passenger airbag must always be disabled. Observe the notes under "Suitability of O The child restraint system must not be put
This is only the case if the PASSENGER AIR seats for attaching belt-secured child under strain between the roof and the seat
BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit continuously restraint systems" (/ page 63). cushion and/or be fitted facing the wrong
(/ page 46). O When using a forward-facing child restraint direction.
R If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator system in weight category I: remove the O The child restraint system must not be put
lamp is off, the front passenger airbag is ena‐ head restraint from the respective seat, if under strain by the head restraint. Adjust
bled. The front passenger airbag may deploy possible. the head restraints as appropriate.
during an accident. After the child restraint system has been O Never place objects (e.g. cushions) under or
Securing the child restraint system with the removed, replace the head restraints again behind the child restraint system.
seat belt on the front passenger seat immediately and adjust them correctly.
# Set the front passenger seat as far back as
When fitting a belt-secured child restraint sys‐ O The backrest of the forward-facing child possible and move the seat into the highest
tem on the front passenger seat, always observe restraint system must, as far as possible, be position if possible.
the following: resting on the seat backrest of the front
passenger seat.
# Fully retract the seat cushion length adjust‐
O Observe the notes on rearward-facing and ment.
forward-facing child restraint systems on O If the head restraint of the child seat cannot
be fully extended when it is installed in the
# Adjust the seat cushion inclination so that
the front passenger seat (/ page 66). the front edge of the seat cushion is in the
vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the
O Observe the child restraint system manufac‐ maximum size setting for child restraint sys‐ highest position and the rear edge of the
turer's installation and operating instruc‐ tems in weight category II or III. seat cushion is in the lowest position.
tions. # Set the seat backrest to the most vertical
Contact with the roof when the head
O For a child restraint system in the "Univer‐ restraint is fully extended and locked in position possible.
sal" or "Semi-Universal" category, make place will not result in any restrictions on
sure that the system has been approved for use.
the vehicle seat.
68 Occupant safety
# Install the child restraint system. Child safety locks # Never leave children unattended in the
The entire base of the child restraint system vehicle.
Activating or deactivating the child safety
must always rest on the sitting surface of the
lock for the rear doors # When leaving the vehicle, always take
front passenger seat.
the key with you and lock the vehicle.
# Always make sure that the shoulder belt & WARNING Risk of accident and injury
strap is correctly routed from the seat belt
# Keep the vehicle key out of the reach of
due to leaving children unattended in the children.
outlet of the vehicle to the shoulder belt vehicle
guide on the child restraint system.
The shoulder belt strap must be routed for‐ If children are left unattended in the vehicle, & WARNING Danger to life due to expo‐
wards and downwards from the seat belt out‐ they could, in particular: sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehi‐
let. R open doors, thereby endangering other cle
# If necessary, adjust the seat belt outlet and persons or road users. If people, particularly children, are exposed
the front passenger seat accordingly. R get out and be struck by oncoming traf‐ to extreme temperatures over an extended
fic. period of time, there is a risk of serious
R operate vehicle equipment and become injury or danger to life.
trapped, for example. # Never leave persons, children in partic‐
In addition, the children could also set the ular, unattended in the vehicle.
vehicle in motion by, for example:
R releasing the parking brake.
R changing the transmission position.
R starting the vehicle.
Occupant safety 69
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury There are child safety locks for the rear doors Activating and deactivating the child safety
due to children left unattended in the and the rear side windows. lock for the rear side windows
vehicle The child safety lock on the rear doors secures
each door separately. The doors can no longer
If children are travelling in the vehicle, they be opened from the inside.
could, in particular:
R open doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
R get out and be struck by oncoming traf‐
fic.
R operate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, for example.
# Always activate the installed child
safety locks if children are travelling in
the vehicle.
# Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take # To activate/deactivate: press button 2.
the key with you and lock the vehicle. The rear side window can be opened or
closed in the following cases:
Vehicles for the United Kingdom: observe the # Press the lever in direction 1 (activate) or
R indicator lamp 1 is lit: via the switch on
important safety notes in the "Notes on the addi‐ 2 (deactivate).
the driver's door
tional door lock" section. # Make sure that the child safety locks are
working properly.
70 Occupant safety
R indicator lamp 1 is off: via the switch on # Never leave animals unattended in the
the corresponding rear door or driver's vehicle.
door
# Always correctly secure animals while
driving, e.g. using a suitable animal car‐
Notes on pets in the vehicle rier.
Key # When leaving the vehicle, always take 3 Unlocks (with embossed surface)
Overview of key functions the key with you and lock the vehicle. 4 Opens/closes the tailgate
# Keep the vehicle key out of the reach of % If indicator lamp 1 does not light up after
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury children. pressing the Ü or s button, the bat‐
due to leaving children unattended in the tery is weak or possibly discharged. Replace
vehicle * NOTE Damage to the key caused by the battery as soon as possible.
If children are left unattended in the vehicle, magnetic fields Replace the key battery (/ page 73).
they could, in particular: # Keep the key away from strong mag‐ The key locks and unlocks the following compo‐
R open doors, thereby endangering other netic fields. nents:
persons or road users. R doors
R get out and be struck by oncoming traf‐
R fuel filler flap
fic.
R tailgate
R operate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, for example. If the vehicle is not opened within approximately
40 seconds after unlocking, it locks again. Anti-
In addition, the children could also set the theft protection is primed again.
vehicle in motion by, for example:
Do not keep the key together with electronic
R releasing the parking brake.
devices or metal objects. This can affect the
R changing the transmission position. key's functionality.
R starting the vehicle.
Vehicle key
# Never leave children unattended in the 1 Indicator lamp
vehicle. 2 Locks
72 Opening and closing
Activating/deactivating the acoustic locking Changing the unlocking settings possible with that particular key. Activate the
verification signal function of the key so that all its functions will
Possible unlocking functions of the key: again be available.
Multimedia system: R Central unlocking
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle You can also deactivate the function of the key
R Unlocking the driver's door and fuel filler flap to reduce the energy consumption of the key if
5 Opening/closing
# To switch between settings: press the you do not use the vehicle or a key for an exten‐
# Activate or deactivate Acoustic lock. ded period of time.
Ü and s buttons simultaneously for
% Please note: approximately six seconds until the indicator # To deactivate: press the s button on the
The selected setting for the acoustic locking lamp flashes twice. key twice in quick succession.
verification signal must comply with the rele‐ The key indicator lamp flashes twice briefly
Options if the unlocking function for the driver's
vant national road and traffic regulations. In and lights up once.
door and fuel filler flap has been selected:
some countries, including Germany, using # To activate: press any button on the key.
the acoustic locking verification signal is for‐ R To unlock the vehicle centrally: press the
bidden by traffic laws (in accordance with Ü button twice. % When the vehicle is started with the key in
§16 Para. 1 and §30 Para. 1 of the German R Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: if you touch
the stowage compartment of the centre con‐
national road traffic regulations). The driver the inner surface of the door handle on the sole, the function of the key is automatically
of the vehicle must comply with these regu‐ driver's door, only the driver's door and fuel activated (/ page 162).
lations. In countries where the use of this filler flap are unlocked.
function is forbidden, this function is not
activated in the vehicle and must not be acti‐
vated. Deactivating the function of the key
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: if you deactivate
the function of the key, the KEYLESS-GO func‐
tions are also deactivated. Access or drive
authorization by KEYLESS-GO is then no longer
Opening and closing 73
Removing/inserting the emergency key Inserting the emergency key There is a risk of fatal injury.
Removing the emergency key # Keep batteries out of the reach of chil‐
dren.
# If the cover and/or lid of the battery
compartment does not close securely,
do not use the key and keep it away
from children.
# If batteries are swallowed, seek medical
attention immediately.
# Check the battery using the indicator lamp You have lost a key The additional door lock is automatically activa‐
(/ page 71). # Have the key deactivated at a qualified spe‐ ted in the following situations:
# Replace the key battery, if necessary cialist workshop. R The vehicle is locked using the key.
(/ page 73). # If necessary, have the mechanical lock R The vehicle is locked using KEYLESS-GO.
# Use the replacement key. replaced as well.
If the vehicle has been locked via Mercedes me
# Use the emergency key to lock or unlock connect, the additional door lock is not activa‐
(/ page 78). Doors ted.
# Have the key checked at a qualified specialist Notes on the additional door lock If the additional door lock is activated, the doors
workshop. cannot be opened from the inside.
The additional door lock is only available for
There is interference from a powerful radio vehicles for the United Kingdom. % After locking you can issue a signal with the
signal source horn.
Possible causes if the function of the key is & WARNING Risk of injury to persons You can prevent the additional door lock from
impaired: inside the vehicle when the additional being activated by deactivating interior protec‐
R high voltage power lines door lock is activated tion before locking the vehicle (/ page 94).
R mobile phones If the additional door lock is activated, the
R electronic devices (notebooks, tablets) doors can no longer be opened from the Unlocking/opening the doors from the inside
inside. United Kingdom only: observe the notes on
R shielding due to metal objects or induction #
# Never leave persons, in particular chil‐ the additional door lock (/ page 75).
loops for electrical gate systems or auto‐
matic barriers dren, unattended in the vehicle.
# If there are persons in the vehicle, do
# Make sure that there is sufficient distance not activate the additional door lock.
between the key and the potential source of
interference.
76 Opening and closing
Centrally locking and unlocking the vehicle The vehicle is not unlocked:
from the inside R If you have locked the vehicle using the key.
R If you have locked the vehicle using KEY‐
LESS-GO.
# Make sure that the key is at a minimum # To unlock the vehicle: touch the inner sur‐ # Use the emergency key to lock or unlock
distance of 3 m away from the vehicle. face of the door handle. (/ page 78).
# To lock the vehicle: touch sensor surface # Have the vehicle and key checked at a quali‐
Observe the notes: 1 or 2. fied specialist workshop.
R on washing the vehicle in a car wash # Convenience closing: touch recessed sen‐ There is interference from a powerful radio
(/ page 325) sor surface 2 for an extended period. signal source
R on using a high pressure cleaner % Further information on convenience closing Possible causes if the function of KEYLESS-GO is
(/ page 326) (/ page 87). impaired:
R high voltage power lines
Problems with KEYLESS-GO, troubleshooting R mobile phones
You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle R electronic devices (notebooks, tablets)
using KEYLESS-GO R shielding due to metal objects or induction
Possible causes: loops for electrical gate systems or auto‐
R The function of the key has been deactivated. matic barriers
R The key battery is weak or discharged. # Make sure that there is sufficient distance
between the key and the potential source of
# Activate the function of the key (/ page 72). interference.
# Check the battery using the indicator lamp
(/ page 71).
# Replace the key battery, if necessary
(/ page 73).
# Use the replacement key.
78 Opening and closing
Locking the doors # To lock the right-hand side of the vehicle: * NOTE Damage to the tailgate caused by
turn the emergency key clockwise as far as it obstacles above the vehicle
will go.
The tailgate swings rearwards and upwards
If the locked door is then closed, it can no longer when it is opened.
be opened from the outside.
# Make sure that there is sufficient space
behind and above the tailgate.
Load compartment
Opening the tailgate
# If the tailgate is unlocked, pull the tailgate
handle and release it again immediately.
& DANGER Risk of exhaust gas poisoning # Vehicles with HANDS-FREE ACCESS: make
a kicking movement with your foot below the
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust bumper (/ page 82).
gases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust
gases can enter the vehicle interior if the tail‐
gate is open when the engine is running,
especially if the vehicle is in motion.
# Insert a suitable object, e.g. the emergency # Always switch off the engine before
key, into opening 1 on the door lock. opening the tailgate.
# To lock the left-hand side of the vehicle: # Never drive with the tailgate open.
will stop the tailgate. The automatic blockage belonging to the vehicle is detected in the vehi‐
detection function is only an aid. It is not a sub‐ cle, the tailgate will not be locked.
stitute for your attentiveness. Note that the tailgate will not be locked in the
following situation:
Closing the tailgate R You have locked the vehicle and close the
tailgate while a key belonging to the vehicle
& WARNING Risk of injury from unsecured is inside the vehicle.
items in the vehicle and
If objects, luggage or loads are not secured R A second key belonging to the vehicle is not
or not secured sufficiently, they could slip, detected outside the vehicle.
tip over or be thrown around and thereby hit
vehicle occupants. Automatic key recognition is only an aid and is
not a substitute for your attentiveness.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
# Before locking, ensure that at least one key
event of sudden braking or a sudden change
in direction. belonging to the vehicle is outside the vehi‐
# Pull remote operating switch 1 for the tail‐ # Always stow objects in such a way that
cle.
gate. # To close the tailgate: pull the tailgate down‐
they cannot be thrown around.
# Press and hold the H button on the key. # Before the journey, secure objects, lug‐
wards slightly. Release it as soon as it begins
# If the tailgate is stopped in an intermediate to close.
gage or loads against slipping or tipping
position, pull it upwards. Release it as soon over.
as it begins to open. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle. during automatic closing of the tailgate
If an obstacle obstructs the tailgate during the
automatic opening process, blockage detection Notes on closing the tailgate: your vehicle is Parts of the body could become trapped.
equipped with automatic key recognition. If a key There may be people in the closing area.
Opening and closing 81
Vehicles with HANDS-FREE ACCESS # Make sure that no body parts are in the With HANDS-FREE ACCESS you can open, close
# Make a kicking movement with your foot closing area. or stop the closing process of the tailgate by
below the bumper (/ page 82). performing a kicking movement under the rear
If someone is trapped, either: bumper.
Automatic reversing function for the tailgate R Press the H button on the key.
The kicking movement triggers the opening or
The tailgate is equipped with automatic blockage R Press or pull the remote operating switch closing process alternately.
detection with a reversing function. If an obsta‐ on the driver's door.
cle obstructs the tailgate during the automatic Observe the notes when opening (/ page 79)
R Press the closing or locking button on the and closing (/ page 80) the tailgate.
closing process, it will automatically open again
slightly. Automatic blockage detection with the tailgate. % Two warning tones sound when the tailgate
reversing function is only an aid and is not a sub‐ R Pull the tailgate handle. is opening or closing.
stitute for your attentiveness.
# During the closing process, make sure that & WARNING Risk of burns caused by a hot
no body parts are in the closing area. HANDS-FREE ACCESS function exhaust system
The vehicle exhaust system can become very
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped hot. If you use HANDS-FREE ACCESS, you
despite reversing function could burn yourself by touching the exhaust
The reversing function will not react: system.
# Always ensure that you only make a
R to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers.
kicking movement within the detection
R towards the end of the closing procedure.
range of the sensors.
In these situations in particular, the reversing
function cannot prevent someone being trap‐
ped.
Opening and closing 83
* NOTE Vehicle damage due to uninten‐ R The kicking movement must be towards the The tailgate can open or close unintentionally in
tional opening of the tailgate vehicle and back again. the following situations:
R A person's arms or legs are moving in the
R when using an automatic car wash sensor detection range, e.g. when polishing
R when using a high pressure cleaner the vehicle or picking up objects.
# Deactivate the function of the key in R Objects are moved or placed behind the vehi‐
these situations. cle, e.g. tensioning straps or luggage.
or R Clamping straps, tarpaulins or other cover‐
ings are pulled over the bumper.
# Make sure that the key is at a minimum
distance of 3 m away from the vehicle. R A protective mat with a length reaching over
the boot sill down into the detection range of
When making the kicking movement, make sure the sensors is used.
that you are standing firmly on the ground. You 1 Detection range of the sensors R The protective mat is not secured correctly.
could otherwise lose your balance, e.g. on ice. If several consecutive kicking movements are R Work is being done on the trailer hitch, trail‐
Observe the following notes: not successful, wait ten seconds. ers or rear bicycle racks.
R The key is behind the vehicle. System limits Deactivate the function of the key (/ page 72)
R Stand at least 30 cm away from the vehicle or do not carry the key about your person in
The system may be impaired or may not function
while performing the kicking movement. in the following cases: such situations.
R Do not come into contact with the bumper R The sensors are dirty, e.g. due to road salt or
while making the kicking movement. snow.
R Do not carry out the kicking movement too R The kicking movement is made using a pros‐
slowly. thetic leg.
84 Opening and closing
Limiting the opening angle of the tailgate Unlocking the tailgate with the emergency # Insert emergency key 2 into opening 1 in
key the trim and push it in.
Activating the opening angle limiter The tailgate will be unlocked.
You can limit the opening angle of the tailgate in Requirements:
the top half of its opening range up to a point R The rear seat backrest has been folded
shortly before the end position. forward. Side windows
# Stop the opening procedure of the tailgate at R The load compartment cover has been Opening and closing the side windows
the desired position. removed.
# Press and hold the closing button on the tail‐ & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped
gate until you hear a short acoustic signal. when opening a side window
The opening angle limiter will be activated. When you open a side window, parts of the
The tailgate will then stop in the stored posi‐ body could be drawn in or become trapped
tion when opened. between the side window and window frame.
To open the tailgate fully, pull the handle on the # When opening, make sure that nobody
outside of the tailgate again after it has stopped is touching the side window.
automatically. # If someone is trapped, release the but‐
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped Requirements: # To start automatic operation: press the
R The power supply or the ignition is switched W button beyond the point of resistance
when closing a side window
on. or pull and release it.
When closing a side window, body parts # To interrupt automatic operation: press or
could be trapped in the closing area in the
process. pull the W button again.
# When closing, make sure that no body When the vehicle is switched off, you can con‐
parts are in the closing area. tinue to operate the side windows.
# If someone is trapped, release the but‐ This function is available for around four minutes
ton immediately or press the button in or until a front door is opened.
order to reopen the side window. Automatic reversing function of the side win‐
dows
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped If an obstacle impedes a side window during the
when children operate the side windows closing process, the side window will open again
Children could become trapped if they oper‐ automatically. The automatic reversing function
ate the side windows, particularly when unat‐ is only an aid and is not a substitute for your
tended. attentiveness.
# During the closing process, make sure that
# Activate the child safety lock for the
rear side windows. no body parts are in the closing area.
1 Closing
# When leaving the vehicle, always take 2 Opening
the key with you and lock the vehicle.
The buttons on the driver's door take prece‐
# Never leave children unattended in the
dence.
vehicle.
86 Opening and closing
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped Rain is detected by a rain sensor on the Convenience opening (ventilating the vehicle
despite there being reversing protection windscreen. before starting a journey)
on the side window R in extreme temperatures
& WARNING Risk of entrapment when
The reversing function does not react: R after a certain time (depending on the on-
opening a side window
board electrical system voltage)
R to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers.
R if there is a malfunction in the power supply When opening a side window, parts of the
R during resetting. body could be drawn in or become trapped
The side windows will be closed as far as the between the side window and window frame.
The reversing function cannot prevent some‐ ventilation position.
one from becoming trapped in these situa‐ # When opening, make sure that nobody
tions. Vehicles with a sliding sunroof: the side win‐ is touching the side window.
# During the closing process, make sure
dows will be closed completely if the sliding sun‐ # Release the button immediately if
roof is open. somebody becomes trapped.
that no body parts are in the closing
area. If the side windows are obstructed during auto‐
# If someone becomes trapped, press the
matic closing, the side window concerned will # Press and hold the Ü button on the key.
open again slightly. The automatic function for The following functions are performed:
W button to open the side window the sliding sunroof and the side windows will
again. then be deactivated. R The vehicle is unlocked.
R The side windows are opened.
Automatic function of the side windows R The panoramic sliding roof is opened.
R The seat ventilation of the driver's seat is
In the following cases, the side windows will be
closed automatically when the vehicle is switched on.
switched off:
R if it starts to rain
Opening and closing 87
% If the roller sunblind of the panoramic sliding # Press and hold the s button on the key. # Make sure that no parts of the body are
sunroof is closed, the roller sunblind is The following functions are performed: in the closing area.
opened first.
R The vehicle is locked. # To stop the closing process, release the
# To interrupt convenience opening: release
R The side windows are closed. button or press the button again to
the Ü button. reopen the side window.
R The panoramic sliding roof is closed.
# To continue convenience opening: press
and hold the Ü button again. # To interrupt convenience closing: release A side window cannot be closed and you can‐
the s button. not see the cause.
# To continue convenience closing: press # Check to see whether any objects are in the
Convenience closing (closing the vehicle
from outside) and hold the s button again. window guide.
% Convenience closing also functions with # Adjust the side windows.
& WARNING Risk of entrapment due to not KEYLESS-GO (/ page 76).
paying attention during convenience Adjusting the side windows
closing Resolving problems with the side windows If a side window is obstructed during closing and
When the convenience closing feature is reopens again immediately:
operating, parts of the body could become & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped or # Immediately after this, pull and hold the cor‐
trapped in the closing area of the side win‐ fatally injured if reversing protection is responding button again until the side win‐
dow and the sliding sunroof. not activated dow has closed and hold the button for at
# When the convenience closing feature least one more second (re-adjustment).
If you close a side window again immediately The side window will be closed without the
is operating, monitor the entire closing after it has been blocked, the side window
process and make sure that no body automatic reversing function.
will close with increased or maximum force.
parts are in the closing area. The reversing function is then not active and If the side window is obstructed again and
body parts may become trapped. reopens again immediately:
88 Opening and closing
# Immediately after this, pull and hold the cor‐ & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped # Never leave children unattended in the
responding button again until the side win‐ when the sliding sunroof is being opened vehicle.
dow has closed and hold the button for at and closed
least one more second (follow-up adjust‐
# When leaving the vehicle, always take
ment). Body parts may become trapped in the range the key with you and lock the vehicle.
The side window will be closed without the of movement.
automatic reversing function. # During the opening and closing proc‐ & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped
ess, make sure that no body parts are when the roller sunblind is being opened
The side windows cannot be opened or and closed
closed using the convenience opening fea‐ in the sweep of the sliding sunroof.
# If someone is trapped, release the con‐
ture. Body parts may become trapped between
trol panel immediately. the roller sunblind and frame or sliding roof.
Possible causes:
or # During the opening or closing process,
R The key battery is weak or discharged.
# Touch the control panel during auto‐ make sure that no body parts are in the
# Check the battery using the indicator lamp matic operation. roller sunblind's range of movement.
(/ page 71). The opening/closing process will be # If someone is trapped, release the con‐
* NOTE Malfunction due to snow and ice has been tested and approved for The panorama sliding sunroof can be operated
Mercedes-Benz. only when the roller sunblind is open.
Snow and ice may cause the sliding sunroof # To open: swipe backwards across control
to malfunction. The panorama sliding sunroof may be raised panel 1 and hold.
# Open the sliding sunroof only if it is free to allow ventilation of the vehicle interior.
# To close: swipe forwards across control
of snow and ice. panel 1 and hold.
# To raise or lower: press control panel 1
* NOTE Damage caused by protruding briefly.
objects
# To start automatic operation: swipe for‐
Objects that protrude from the sliding sun‐ wards or backwards across control panel 1.
roof may damage the sealing strips. # To cancel automatic operation: press con‐
# Do not allow anything to protrude from
trol panel 1 again.
the sliding sunroof. The opening/closing process will be stop‐
ped.
* NOTE Damage to the panorama sliding Automatic reversing function of the sliding
sunroof due to non-approved roof lug‐ sunroof
gage racks If an obstacle obstructs the sliding sunroof dur‐
The panorama sliding sunroof may be dam‐ ing the closing process, the sliding sunroof will
aged by the roof luggage rack if you attempt open again automatically. The automatic revers‐
to open it when using a roof luggage rack not ing function is only an aid and is not a substitute
tested and approved for Mercedes-Benz. The sliding sunroof and the roller sunblind are for your attentiveness.
operated using control panel 1.
# When a roof luggage rack is fitted, open # During the closing process, make sure that
the panorama sliding sunroof only if this no body parts are in the closing area.
90 Opening and closing
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped # When closing the roller sunblind, make sure The sliding sunroof will be closed automatically
despite reversing function that no body parts are in the range of move‐ when the vehicle has been switched off in the
ment. following situations:
The reversing function will not react: R if it starts to rain
R to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped
despite reversing function Rain is detected by a rain sensor on the
R towards the end of the closing procedure. windscreen.
R during resetting. In particular, the reversing function does not R in extreme temperatures
react to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fin‐
# During the closing process, make sure gers. R after a certain time (depending on the on-
that no body parts are in the closing board electrical system voltage)
# When closing the roller sunblind, make
area. sure that no body parts are in the range R if there is a malfunction in the power supply
# If someone is trapped, release the con‐ of movement.
trol panel immediately. The sliding sunroof will rise at the rear in order
# If someone is trapped, release the con‐
to continue ventilating the vehicle interior.
or trol panel immediately.
If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during an
# Touch the control panel during auto‐ or automatic closing procedure, the roof will be
matic closing. # Touch the control panel during auto‐ opened again slightly. The automatic function for
The closing process will be stopped. matic closing. the sliding sunroof and the side windows will
The closing process will be stopped. then be deactivated.
Automatic reversing function of the roller
sunblind Rain-closing feature when driving
If an obstacle obstructs the roller sunblind dur‐ Automatic functions of the sliding sunroof Vehicles with a panorama sliding sunroof: if
ing the closing process, the roller sunblind will it starts to rain, the raised sliding sunroof will
open again automatically. The automatic revers‐ % The term "sliding sunroof" also refers to the automatically be lowered while the vehicle is in
ing function is only an aid and is not a substitute panorama sliding sunroof. motion.
for your attentiveness.
Opening and closing 91
Automatic lowering function Rectifying problems with the sliding sunroof If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing
Vehicles with a panorama sliding sunroof: if and reopens again slightly:
the sliding sunroof is raised at the rear, it will & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped or # Immediately after automatic reversing, swipe
automatically be lowered slightly at higher fatal injuries when the sliding sunroof is forwards across the control panel
speeds. At low speeds, it will be raised again closed again (/ page 88) and hold until the sliding sun‐
automatically. roof is closed.
If you close the sliding sunroof again immedi‐
ately after it has been blocked or reset, the The sliding sunroof will be closed with
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped by increased force.
sliding sunroof will close with increased or
automatic lowering of the sliding sunroof
maximum force.
At higher speeds, the raised sliding sunroof If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again and
There is a risk of becoming trapped or even opens again slightly:
will automatically be lowered slightly at the of fatal injuries!
rear. # Repeat the previous step.
# Make sure that no parts of the body are
# Make sure that nobody reaches into the The sliding sunroof will be closed again with
in the closing area. increased force.
sliding sunroof's range of movement # If someone is trapped, release the con‐
while the vehicle is in motion. Vehicles with a panorama sliding sunroof:
trol panel immediately. the sliding sunroof or the roller sunblind is
# If someone becomes trapped, touch the
or not operating smoothly.
control panel.
# Touch the control panel during auto‐ # Reset the sliding sunroof and the roller sun‐
matic closing. blind.
The closing process will be stopped.
Resetting the sliding sunroof and the roller
The sliding sunroof cannot be closed and you sunblind
cannot see the cause.
% The term "sliding sunroof" also refers to the
panorama sliding sunroof.
92 Opening and closing
# Repeatedly swipe forwards across the con‐ # Do not drive with the roller sun blind Anti-theft protection
trol panel (/ page 88) and hold until the hooked in and one or more side win‐
sliding sunroof is completely closed. Function of the immobiliser
dows open at the same time.
# Press and hold the control panel for another The immobiliser prevents your vehicle from
second. being started without the correct key.
# Press and hold the control panel until the The immobiliser is automatically activated when
roller sunblind is completely closed. the ignition is switched off and deactivated when
# Press and hold the control panel for another the ignition is switched on.
second.
# Use automatic operation to fully open and ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)
then close the sliding sunroof. Function of the ATA system
If the ATA system is primed, a visual and audible
Roller sunblinds alarm is triggered in the following situations:
Extending the rear side window roller sun‐ R when a door is opened
blinds R when the tailgate is opened
R when the bonnet is opened
* NOTE Damage to the inertia reel due to
R when interior protection is triggered
it snapping back
# Pull the roller sunblind out by tab 1 and (/ page 94)
If suddenly snapped back, the inertia reel R when tow-away protection is triggered
hook it onto brackets 2 at the top of the
may be damaged. (/ page 93)
window.
# Always move the roller sun blind man‐
ually.
Opening and closing 93
The ATA system is primed automatically after The ATA system is deactivated automatically in Function of tow-away protection
approximately ten seconds in the following situa‐ the following situations:
tions: An audible and visual alarm is triggered if an
R after unlocking the vehicle with the key alteration to your vehicle's angle of inclination is
R after locking the vehicle with the key R after unlocking the vehicle using KEYLESS- detected while tow-away protection is primed.
R after locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO GO Tow-away protection is automatically primed
R after pressing the start/stop button with the after approximately 60 seconds:
key in the stowage compartment R after locking the vehicle with the key
(/ page 162)
R after locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
% When the Mercedes‑Benz emergency call
system is active and the alarm stays on for Tow-away protection is only primed when the fol‐
more than 30 seconds, a message is auto‐ lowing components are closed:
matically sent to the Customer Assistance R doors
Centre (/ page 308). R tailgate
R when using HANDS-FREE ACCESS Interior protection is primed automatically after R when a side window is open
approximately ten seconds: R when a panoramic sliding sunroof is open
Information on collision detection on a parked
vehicle (/ page 189). R after locking the vehicle with the key
R after locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO Priming/deactivating interior protection
Priming/deactivating tow-away protection Interior protection is only primed when the fol‐ Multimedia system:
Multimedia system: lowing components are closed: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
# Prime or deactivate Tow-away protection. Interior protection is automatically deactivated: Interior protection is primed again in the follow‐
Tow-away protection is primed again in the fol‐ R after pressing the Ü or H button on ing cases:
lowing cases: the key R The vehicle is unlocked again.
R The vehicle is unlocked again. R after pressing the start/stop button with the R A door is opened.
R A door is opened. key in the stowage compartment R The vehicle is locked again.
(/ page 162)
R The vehicle is locked again.
R after unlocking the vehicle using KEYLESS-
GO
Function of interior protection
R when using HANDS-FREE ACCESS
When interior protection is primed, a visual and
audible alarm is triggered if movement is detec‐ The following situations can lead to a false
ted in the vehicle interior. alarm:
R when there are moving objects such as mas‐
cots in the vehicle interior
Seats and stowing 95
Notes on the correct driver's seat position R Your legs are not fully extended and you can
depress the pedals properly
& WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle set‐ R The back of your head is supported at eye
tings are adjusted while the vehicle is in level by the centre of the head restraint
motion R You can hold the steering wheel with your
You could lose control of the vehicle in par‐ arms slightly bent
ticular in the following situations: R You can move your legs freely
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head R You can see all the displays on the instru‐
restraints, the steering wheel or the mir‐ ment cluster clearly
ror while the vehicle is in motion. R You have a good overview of the traffic con‐
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi‐ ditions
cle is in motion. R Your seat belt sits snugly against your body
# Before starting the engine: adjust the and passes across the centre of your shoul‐
driver's seat, head restraints, steering der and across your hips in the pelvic area
wheel and mirror in particular and fas‐ Ensure the following when adjusting steering
ten your seat belt. wheel 1, seat belt 2 and driver's seat 3: Seats
R You are sitting as far away from the driver's
Adjusting the front seat mechanically
airbag as possible, taking the following
points into consideration:
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if
R You are sitting in an upright position the seats are adjusted by children
R Your thighs are slightly supported by the seat
Children could become trapped if they adjust
cushion the seats, particularly when unattended.
96 Seats and stowing
# When leaving the vehicle, always take # Always make sure that the driver's seat & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if
the key with you and lock the vehicle. is engaged before starting the vehicle. the seat height is adjusted carelessly
# Never leave children unattended in the If you adjust the seat height carelessly, you
vehicle. & WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle set‐ or other vehicle occupants could be trapped
tings are adjusted while the vehicle is in and thereby injured.
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped motion Children in particular could accidentally
during seat adjustment You could lose control of the vehicle in par‐ press the electrical seat adjustment buttons
When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle ticular in the following situations: and become trapped.
occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head # While moving the seats, make sure that
seat guide rail. restraints, the steering wheel or the mir‐ hands or other body parts do not get
# Make sure when adjusting a seat that ror while the vehicle is in motion. under the lever assembly of the seat
no one has any body parts in the sweep R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi‐ adjustment system.
of the seat. cle is in motion.
& WARNING Risk of injury due to head
Observe the safety notes on "Airbags" and "Chil‐ # Before starting the engine: adjust the
restraints not being fitted or being adjus‐
dren in the vehicle". driver's seat, head restraints, steering
ted incorrectly
wheel and mirror in particular and fas‐
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the ten your seat belt. If head restraints have not been installed or
driver's seat not being engaged have not been adjusted correctly, there is an
increased risk of injury in the head and neck
The driver's seat may move unexpectedly area, e.g. in the event of an accident or when
while driving. braking.
This could cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
Seats and stowing 97
# Always drive with the head restraints routed across the centre of your shoul‐
fitted. der.
# Before driving off, make sure for every
vehicle occupant that the centre of the & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
head restraint supports the back of the objects under the co-driver seat
head at about eye level.
Objects trapped under the co-driver seat can
Adjust the head restraint fore-and-aft position so interfere with the function of the automatic
that it is as close as possible to the back of your co-driver airbag shutoff or damage the sys‐
head. tem.
# Do not store any objects under the co-
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to driver seat.
incorrect seat position # When the co-driver seat is occupied,
The seat belt will not offer the intended level make sure that no objects are trapped
of protection if you have not moved the seat under the co-driver seat.
backrest to an almost vertical position. # To adjust the seat fore-and-aft position:
In particular, you may slip under the seatbelt * NOTE Damage to the seats when adjust‐ lift lever 1 and slide the seat into the
and injure yourself. ing desired position.
# Adjust the seat properly before begin‐ The seats may be damaged by objects when # Make sure that the seat is engaged.
ning your journey. adjusting the seats. # To adjust the seat height: push or pull lever
# Always ensure that the seat backrest is # When adjusting the seats, make sure 2 until the desired seat height has been
in an almost vertical position and that that there are no objects in the foot‐ reached.
the shoulder section of your seat belt is well, under or behind the seats.
98 Seats and stowing
% The head restraint height will be adjusted 3 Lower wheel and mirror in particular and fas‐
automatically when you adjust the seat 4 Firmer ten your seat belt.
height or the seat fore-and-aft position.
# Use buttons 1 to 4 to adjust the contour
of the backrest. & WARNING Risk of injury due to head
Adjusting the 4-way lumbar support restraints not being fitted or being adjus‐
ted incorrectly
Head restraints
If head restraints have not been installed or
Adjusting the front seat head restraints have not been adjusted correctly, there is an
mechanically (two-way head restraints) increased risk of injury in the head and neck
area, e.g. in the event of an accident or when
& WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle set‐ braking.
tings are adjusted while the vehicle is in # Always drive with the head restraints
motion
fitted.
You could lose control of the vehicle in par‐ # Before driving off, make sure for every
ticular in the following situations: vehicle occupant that the centre of the
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head head restraint supports the back of the
restraints, the steering wheel or the mir‐ head at about eye level.
ror while the vehicle is in motion.
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi‐ Adjust the head restraint fore-and-aft position so
cle is in motion. that it is as close as possible to the back of your
head.
1 Higher # Before starting the engine: adjust the
2 Softer driver's seat, head restraints, steering
100 Seats and stowing
Adjusting the head restraints of the rear # To set the centre head restraint in the # Release the rear seat backrest and fold it for‐
seats mechanically first position: pull the head restraint up. wards slightly (/ page 114).
Fitting/removing the rear seat head # Press release knob 2 and pull the head
restraints restraint upwards as far as it will go.
Release knob 1 will extend.
Removing # Push both release knobs 1 and 2 in the
You can remove the head restraints only in vehi‐ direction of the arrow and pull out the head
cles with folding rear seat backrests. restraint.
Installing
# Insert the head restraint such that the
notches on the bar are on the left when
viewed in the direction of travel.
# Push the head restraint down until it
engages.
# Fold the rear seat backrest back until it
engages.
# To raise: push release knob 1 in the direc‐
tion of the arrow and pull the head restraint
up.
# To lower: press release knob 1 in the direc‐
tion of the arrow and push the head restraint
down.
102 Seats and stowing
Configuring the seat settings # Set the size using the scale.
If there is a risk of someone becoming trap‐
Multimedia system: ped, stop the adjustment process immedi‐ # Select Start positioning.
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat ately: The driver's seat and steering wheel position
is adjusted to the body size that has been
# a) Tap the warning message on the cen‐
Adjusting the air cushions. set.
tral display.
# In the corresponding menu, adjust the air % If the driver's seat and steering wheel posi‐
or tion calculated by the vehicle is not practical
cushions for Lumbar or Side bolsters.
# b) Press a memory position button or a or comfortable, it can be manually adapted
seat adjustment switch on the driver's at any time via the control buttons.
Setting automatic seat adjustment door. The outside mirrors are not set via this func‐
The adjustment process will be stop‐ tion. Instead, they have to be set manually
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped ped. via the operating switches.
during adjustment of the driver's seat
after calling up a driver profile % You can also configure these settings via the
Multimedia system: Mercedes me user account for your user
Selecting a user profile may trigger an 4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat
profile. By synchronising the profiles in the
adjustment of the driver's seat to the posi‐ 5 Position seat automatically vehicle and the Mercedes me connect pro‐
tion saved under the user profile. You or files, you can carry over these settings for
other vehicle occupants could be injured in Adjusting driver's seat and steering wheel
your vehicle. Further information about syn‐
the process. position to body size
chronising user profiles .
The vehicle calculates a suitable driver's seat
# Make sure that when the position of
and steering wheel position on the basis of the
driver's seat is being adjusted using the driver's body size and sets this directly. Overview of massage programmes
multimedia system, no people or body
# To set the unit of measurement: select cm Relaxing MassageRelaxing back massage
parts are in the seat's range of move‐ R
ment. or ft/in. with increasing wave motions and then
soothing movements.
Seats and stowing 103
R Activating Massage Activating massage with Selecting the relaxation programme for the Switching the seat heating on/off
upward-moving massage waves. front seats
R Classic Massage Relaxing back massage. & WARNING Risk of burns due to repeat‐
Multimedia system:
edly switching on the seat heating
R Mobilizing Massage Mobilising massage with 4 © 5 Comfort 5 Massage
upward-moving massage waves. Can pro‐ Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can
# Select a massage programme (/ page 102).
mote slower, deeper respiration. This can cause the seat cushion and seat backrest
# Start the program for the desired seat ;. padding to become very hot.
improve the supply of oxygen to cells and the
brain. # To set the massage intensity: switch High In particular, the health of persons with limi‐
R Depth waves: Wave-like movements in the intensity on or off . ted temperature sensitivity or a limited ability
cushion can promote blood flow and meta‐ to react to high temperatures may be affec‐
bolic processes in the lower back and legs. Resetting seat settings ted or they may even suffer burn-like injuries.
R Deep workout: Wave movements in the cush‐ # Do not repeatedly switch on the seat
ion are combined with wave movements from Multimedia system: heating.
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat
the backrest and can stimulate blood circula‐
tion and metabolism in the lower back, but‐ # Select Reset. To protect against overheating, the seat heating
tocks and legs. may be temporarily deactivated after it is
# Select ß for the desired seat.
switched on repeatedly.
% The Depth waves and Deep workout pro‐
grams are available only for the driver's seat. * NOTE Damage to the seats caused by
objects or documents when the seat
heater is switched on
When the seat heater is switched on, over‐
heating may occur due to objects or docu‐
104 Seats and stowing
ments placed on the seats e.g. seat cushions 10 and 20 minutes until the seat heating
or child seats. This could cause damage to switches off.
the seat surface. % If you switch the power supply off and on
# Make sure that no objects or docu‐ again within 20 minutes, the previous setting
ments are on the seats when the seat of the seat heating for the driver's seat will
heater is switched on. remain active.
ventilation setting for the driver's seat will & WARNING Risk of entrapment for chil‐
remain active. dren when adjusting the steering wheel
Children could injure themselves if they
Steering wheel adjust the steering wheel.
Adjusting the steering wheel manually # Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
& WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle set‐ # When leaving the vehicle, always take
tings are adjusted while the vehicle is in the key with you and lock the vehicle.
motion
You could lose control of the vehicle in par‐
ticular in the following situations:
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraints, the steering wheel or the mir‐
ror while the vehicle is in motion.
# Press button 1 repeatedly until the desired R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi‐
blower setting has been reached. cle is in motion.
Depending on the blower setting, up to three
indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator # Before starting the engine: adjust the
lamps are off, the seat ventilation is switched driver's seat, head restraints, steering
off. wheel and mirror in particular and fas‐
ten your seat belt.
% If you switch the power supply off and on
again within 20 minutes, the previous seat
106 Seats and stowing
# To unlock: push release lever 1 down as # Before starting the engine: adjust the
far as it will go. driver's seat, head restraints, steering
# Adjust height 2 and distance 3 to the wheel and mirror in particular and fas‐
steering wheel. ten your seat belt.
Locking
& WARNING Risk of entrapment for chil‐
# Fold release lever 1 up as far as it will go. dren when adjusting the steering wheel
# Check and make sure that the steering col‐
umn is locked by moving the steering wheel. Children could injure themselves if they
adjust the steering wheel.
# Never leave children unattended in the
Adjusting the steering wheel electrically vehicle.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take
& WARNING Risk of injury if vehicle set‐
tings are adjusted while the vehicle is in the key with you and lock the vehicle.
motion
The steering wheel can be adjusted when the
You could lose control of the vehicle in par‐ 1 To move up
power supply is disconnected.
ticular in the following situations: 2 To move back
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head 3 To move down
restraints, the steering wheel or the mir‐ 4 To move forward
ror while the vehicle is in motion. # Save the settings with the memory function
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi‐ (/ page 110).
cle is in motion.
Seats and stowing 107
Switching the steering wheel heater on/off When you switch the ignition off, the steering Easy entry and exit feature
wheel heater will switch off.
Requirements: Using the easy entry and exit feature
R The power supply or the ignition is switched
on. Coupling the steering wheel heater to the & WARNING Risk of accident when pulling
seat heating away during the adjustment process for
Requirements: the easy exit feature
R The power supply or the ignition is switched You could lose control of the vehicle.
on. # Always wait until the adjustment proc‐
# Move the adjustment lever of the steer‐ & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if % The steering wheel will then move upwards
ing wheel. children activate the easy entry and exit only if it is not already as high as it will go.
The adjustment process will be stop‐ feature‑ The driver's seat will then move backwards
ped. only if it is not already at the rear of the seat
Children could become trapped if they acti‐ adjustment range.
If there is a risk of becoming trapped by the vate the easy entry‑ and exit feature, particu‐ The steering wheel and the driver's seat will
driver's seat: larly when unattended. move back to the last drive position in the fol‐
# Never leave children unattended in the lowing cases:
# Press the seat adjustment switch.
The adjustment process will be stop‐ vehicle. R you switch the power supply or the ignition
ped. # When leaving the vehicle, always take on when the driver's door is closed
# Never leave children unattended in the the key with you and lock the vehicle. R you close the driver's door with the ignition
vehicle. switched on
In order to use the easy entry and exit feature,
# When leaving the vehicle, always take
the automatic seat adjustment function must The last drive position will be saved when:
the key with you and lock the vehicle. have been switched on (/ page 102). R you switch the ignition off.
Vehicles with memory function: you can stop If the easy entry and exit feature is active, the R Vehicles with memory function: you call
the adjustment process by pressing one of the steering wheel will move upwards and the driv‐ up the seat settings via the memory function.
memory function position switches. er's seat will move back in the following situa‐
tions: R Vehicles with memory function: you save
the seat settings via the memory function.
R you switch the ignition off with the driver's
door open Vehicles with memory function: press one of
R you open the driver's door with the ignition the memory function memory position switches
switched off to stop the adjustment process.
Seats and stowing 109
Setting the easy entry and exit feature Memory function parts are in the area of movement of
Requirements: Function of the memory function the seat or the steering wheel.
R The automatic seat adjustment has been # If someone becomes trapped, press a
activated (/ page 102). & WARNING Risk of an accident if the preset position button or seat adjust‐
memory function is used while driving ment switch immediately.
Multimedia system: The adjustment process is stopped.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Comfort If you use the memory function on the driv‐
5 Easy entry and exit feature
er's side while driving, you could lose control
of the vehicle as a result of the adjustments & WARNING Risk of entrapment if the
# Select Steering wheel and seat, Steering being made. memory function is activated by children
wheel only or Off. # Only use the memory function on the Children could become trapped if they acti‐
% If you are using an individual user profile, driver's side when the vehicle is station‐ vate the memory function, particularly when
this information is used for the easy entry ary. unattended.
and exit feature. This will cause the driver's # Never leave children unattended in the
seat and steering wheel to move into the & WARNING Risk of entrapment when vehicle.
correct position automatically .
adjusting the seat with the memory func‐ # When leaving the vehicle, always take
tion the key with you and lock the vehicle.
When the memory function adjusts the seat,
you and other vehicle occupants – particu‐ You can use the memory function when the igni‐
larly children – could become trapped. tion is switched off.
Seat adjustments for up to three people can be
# During the adjusting process of the
stored and called up using the memory function.
memory function, ensure that no body
110 Seats and stowing
You can save the following settings for the front Operating the memory function # Press one of the preset position buttons
seat: 4, T or U within three seconds.
Storing An acoustic signal sounds. The settings are
R Seat, backrest, head restraint position and
contour of the seat backrest in the lumbar stored.
# To call up: press the preset position button
region
4, T or U.
R Seat heating: distribution of the heated sec‐
The seat is moved to the stored position.
tions of the seat cushion and seat backrest
After releasing the button, the front seat,
R Driver's side: steering wheel position and outside mirror, head-up display and steering
position of the outside mirrors on the driver's column continue to move into the stored
and front passenger sides position automatically.
R Head-up display % Driver's seat: to call up a stored position
while driving, you must press and hold the
preset position button.
Stowage areas
Notes on loading the vehicle
# Set the seat, the steering wheel, the head-up & DANGER Risk of exhaust gas poisoning
display and the outside mirror to the desired
position. Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
gases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust
# Press the V memory button and then gases can enter the vehicle interior if the tail‐
release it.
Seats and stowing 111
gate is open when the engine is running, & WARNING Risk of injury due to objects & WARNING Risk of accident from objects
especially if the vehicle is in motion. being stowed incorrectly in the driver's footwell and front-
# Always switch off the engine before
If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed passenger footwell
opening the tailgate. incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown Objects in the driver's footwell and front-
# Never drive with the tailgate open. around and hit vehicle occupants. In addi‐ passenger footwell may impede pedal travel
tion, cup holders, open stowage spaces and or block a depressed pedal.
& WARNING Risk of injury from unsecured mobile phone brackets cannot always retain This jeopardises the operating and road
items in the vehicle all objects they contain. safety of the vehicle.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the # Stow all objects in the vehicle securely
If objects, luggage or loads are not secured event of braking manoeuvres or abrupt
or not secured sufficiently, they could slip, so that they cannot get into the driver's
changes in direction. footwell or front-passenger footwell.
tip over or be thrown around and thereby hit
# Always stow objects so that they can‐
vehicle occupants. # Always fit the floor mats securely and
not be thrown around in such situa‐ as prescribed in order to ensure that
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the tions.
event of sudden braking or a sudden change there is always sufficient clearance for
# Always make sure that objects do not the pedals.
in direction.
protrude from stowage spaces, luggage # Do not use loose floor mats and do not
# Always stow objects in such a way that
nets or stowage nets. lay multiple floor mats on top of one
they cannot be thrown around.
# Close the lockable stowage spaces another.
# Before the journey, secure objects, lug‐
before starting a journey.
gage or loads against slipping or tipping Vehicles with automatic front passenger air‐
# Stow and secure objects that are heavy,
over. bag shutoff: objects trapped under the front
hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or
too large in the load compartment. passenger seat may interfere with the function
of the automatic front passenger airbag shutoff
or damage the system. Please observe the notes
112 Seats and stowing
on the function of the automatic front passenger * NOTE Damage to the cup holder * NOTE Damage to the stowage compart‐
airbag shutoff (/ page 44). ment under the ashtray due to intense
When the rear armrest is folded back the cup heat
& WARNING ‑ Risk of accident or injury holder could become damaged.
when using the cup holder while the # Only fold the rear armrest back when The stowage compartment under the ashtray
vehicle is in motion the cup holder is closed. is not heat resistant and could be damaged if
you rest a lit cigarette on it.
The cup holder cannot hold a container
secure while the vehicle is in motion. # Make sure that the ashtray is fully
* NOTE Damage to the rear armrest due to
body weight engaged.
If you use a cup holder while the vehicle is in
motion, the container may be flung around When folded out, the rear armrest can be
and liquids could be spilled. The vehicle & WARNING ‑ Risk of fire and injury from
damaged by body weight. the hot cigarette lighter
occupants may come into contact with the
# Do not sit or support yourself on the
liquid and if it is hot, they could be scalded. You can burn yourself if you touch the hot
You could be distracted from traffic condi‐ rear seat armrest.
heating element or the socket of the ciga‐
tions and you may lose control of the vehicle. rette lighter.
# Only use the cup holder when the vehi‐ & WARNING Risk of injury due to an open
load compartment floor In addition, flammable materials may ignite
cle is stationary. if:
# Only use the cup holder for containers If you drive with the load compartment floor R you drop the hot cigarette lighter
of the right size. open, objects could be flung around and hit
vehicle occupants as a result. There is a risk R a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to
# Always close the container, particularly
of injury, particularly in the event of sudden objects, for example
if the liquid is hot.
braking or a sudden change in direction. # Always hold the cigarette lighter by the
# Always close the load compartment knob.
floor before a journey.
Seats and stowing 113
# Always make sure that the cigarette The driving characteristics of your vehicle are R Drive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling
lighter is out of reach of children. dependent on the distribution of the load within away, braking and steering as well as rapid
the vehicle. You should bear the following in cornering.
# Never leave children unattended in the mind when loading the vehicle:
vehicle. R When transporting roof loads and when the
R never exceed the permissible gross mass or vehicle is fully loaded or fully occupied,
the permissible axle loads for the vehicle select drive programs ; and A. These
& WARNING Risk of burns from the tail‐ (including occupants). are designed to focus on stability
pipe and tailpipe trims (/ page 172).
Information can be found on the vehicle iden‐
The exhaust tailpipe and tailpipe trims can tification plate (/ page 459). % For more information on stowage compart‐
become very hot. If you come into contact R The load must not protrude above the upper ments and stowage areas, please refer to the
with these parts of the vehicle, you could edge of the seat backrests. Digital Owner's Manual.
burn yourself.
R When transporting objects in the load com‐
# Always be particularly careful around
partment, always install the load compart‐
the tailpipe and the tailpipe trims and ment cover and partitioning net.
supervise children especially closely in
this area. R Always place the load behind unoccupied
Stowage spaces in the vehicle interior % The rubber mat in the stowage compartment There is a risk of the following, in particular:
in front centre console 3 can be removed
Overview of the front stowage compart‐ R The vehicle occupant may be pressed
for cleaning with clear, lukewarm water.
ments against the seat belt. The seat belt can‐
Please comply with the notes on caring for
the interior (/ page 330). not protect as intended and could cause
additional injury.
R A child restraint system is no longer prop‐
Through-loading feature in the rear bench erly supported or properly positioned and
seat (EASY-PACK Quickfold) may no longer fulfil its function as inten‐
Folding the rear seat backrest forwards ded.
R The seat backrest cannot restrain objects
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped or goods in the boot‑ or load compart‐
when adjusting the seats ment.
When you adjust a seat, you may trap your‐ Always ensure that the seat backrest is
1 Stowage spaces in the doors self or a vehicle occupant. engaged, especially:
2 Stowage and telephone compartment # When adjusting a seat, make sure that
R After you have adjusted the seat
beneath the armrest with multimedia and no one has any body parts in the sweep
R After the load compartment enlargement
USB ports as well as stowage space, e.g. for of the seat.
an MP3 player has been folded forwards
3 Stowage compartment in the front centre & WARNING Risk of an accident because
console with cup holders, USB ports and Make sure that the red marking of the lock verifi‐
the seat backrest is not engaged
charging module for wireless charging of cation indicator is no longer visible. Otherwise,
mobile phones The seat backrest may fold forwards. the seat backrest will not be locked.
4 Glove compartment Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have
their seat belts fastened correctly and are sitting
Seats and stowing 115
You can fold the centre and right seat backrests will move forwards slightly, if necessary, to
forwards separately. avoid a collision.
The left seat backrest can be folded forwards
only together with the centre seat backrest.
If you no longer require the folded-down rear
seat backrest as a load area, fold the backrest
back into place.
# Ensure that the centre seat backrest is in an
upright position and engaged with the left
seat backrest (/ page 118).
Folding the centre rear seat backrest for‐ Folding back the rear seat backrest
wards separately.
If you no longer require the folded-down seat * NOTE Damage caused by trapping the
backrest as a loading area, fold the backrest seat belt when folding back the seat
back into place. backrest
The seat belt could become trapped and thus
be damaged when the seat backrest is folded
back.
# Make sure that the seat belt is not trap‐
ped when folding back the seat back‐
rest.
Locking and releasing the release catch of EASY-PACK load compartment cover and par‐
the centre rear seat backrest titioning net cassette
You can lock the release catch of the centre seat
Notes on the load compartment cover
backrest. The centre seat backrest can then be
folded forwards only together with the left seat & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
backrest.
poorly secured objects
The load compartment cover alone cannot
secure or restrain heavy objects, items of
luggage or heavy loads.
You could be hit by an unsecured load, par‐
ticularly in the event of abrupt changes in
direction, sudden braking or an accident.
# Always stow objects in such a way that
they cannot be thrown around.
# Move the driver's or front passenger seat for‐ # Secure objects, luggage or loads
# Do not place any objects above the # Pull the load compartment cover back by Removing the load compartment cover
lower edge of the side windows or on grab handle 1 and hook it into brackets 2
the load compartment cover. on the left and right.
Vehicles with an automatic tailgate: the load
Extending/retracting the load compartment compartment cover raises automatically when
cover the tailgate is opened and lowers again when the
Extending tailgate is closed.
Retracting
# Release the load compartment cover from
brackets 2 on the left and right.
# Guide the load compartment cover forwards
using grab handle 1 until it is fully retrac‐
ted.
Fitting/removing the load compartment
cover
Requirements: # Press end cap 1 on the left and right
R The load compartment cover is rolled up. inwards.
# Take the load compartment cover out by pull‐
ing it upwards.
120 Seats and stowing
Fitting the load compartment cover Fitting/removing the partitioning net cas‐ # Press release button 1 on the partitioning
sette net cassette on the left or right.
Requirements: # Remove the partitioning net cassette by lift‐
R The partitioning net has been rolled up. ing it upwards.
R Vehicles with load compartment enlarge‐ Removing with load compartment enlarge‐
ment: The seat backrest is folded forward. ment
Removing without load compartment
enlargement
# Remove the partitioning net cassette by lift‐ # With tab 1 facing backwards, push the par‐ Installing with load compartment enlarge‐
ing it upwards. titioning net cassette back from the rear seat ment
into brackets 2.
Installing without load compartment The partitioning net cassette will audibly
enlargement engage on the left and right.
% When installing the partitioning net cassette, Damaged partitioning nets can no longer fulfil Attaching
ensure that the sides are the right way their functions and must be replaced. Visit a
round. Otherwise, the partitioning net cas‐ qualified specialist workshop.
sette cannot be locked.
Requirements:
The partitioning net cassette has been installed
Attaching/removing the partitioning net correctly (/ page 120).
Removing
Partitioning net without load compartment
enlargement
Partitioning net with load compartment
enlargement
# Unhook the partitioning net from the eyelets
in roof lining 2 and pull it back.
# Guide the partitioning net downwards by the
rod using tab 1.
& WARNING Risk of injury when using bag & WARNING Risk of accident due to
hooks with heavy objects exceeding the maximum roof load
The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects The vehicle centre of gravity and the usual
or items of luggage. driving characteristics as well as the steering
Objects or items of luggage may be flung and braking characteristics alter.
around and hit vehicle occupants. If you exceed the maximum roof load, the
# Only hang light objects on the bag driving characteristics, as well as steering
hooks. and braking, will be greatly impaired.
# Never hang hard, sharp-edged or fragile # Never exceed the maximum roof load
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle You will find information on the maximum roof
(/ page 110). load in the "Technical data" section.
1 Bag hook
Subject the bag hooks to a maximum load of * NOTE Damage to the panorama sliding
3 kg and do not attach any goods to them. sunroof due to non-approved roof lug‐
gage racks
The panorama sliding sunroof may be dam‐
aged by the roof luggage rack if you attempt
to open it when using a roof luggage rack not
tested and approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Seats and stowing 125
# When a roof luggage rack is fitted, open # Observe the manufacturer's installation
the panorama sliding sunroof only if this instructions.
has been tested and approved for
Mercedes-Benz. Sockets
The panorama sliding sunroof may be raised Using the 12 V socket
to allow ventilation of the vehicle interior.
Requirements:
Notes on driving with a roof load R Only connect devices up to a maximum of
R Distribute roof load and cargo evenly and 180 W (15 A).
place heavy objects at the bottom. You Depending on the vehicle equipment, the vehicle
should also observe the notes on loading the has the following 12 V sockets:
vehicle (/ page 110). R In the front passenger footwell
R Drive carefully, avoiding abrupt pulling away,
R In the electronics compartment in the centre
braking and steering, as well as fast corner‐
console of the rear passenger compartment
ing.
R In the load compartment Example: 12 V socket in the front passenger
R When transporting roof loads and when the
footwell
vehicle is fully loaded or fully occupied,
select drive programs ; and A. These # Fold up socket cap 1.
are designed to focus on stability # Insert the plug of the device.
(/ page 172).
# Secure the roof luggage rack to the roof rail‐
ing.
126 Seats and stowing
USB port in the rear passenger compartment Wireless charging of the mobile phone and # Close the lockable stowage spaces
Depending on its equipment, the vehicle has the connection with the exterior aerial before starting a journey.
following USB ports: Notes on wirelessly charging the mobile # Always stow and secure heavy, hard,
R in the stowage compartment in the front phone pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky
centre console objects in the boot/load compartment.
R in the stowage compartment under the front
& WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
being stowed incorrectly Observe the notes on loading the vehicle.
armrest
R In the electronics compartment in the centre If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed & WARNING Risk of fire from placing
console of the rear passenger compartment incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown objects in the mobile phone stowage
around and hit vehicle occupants. In addi‐ compartment
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the vehicle tion, cup holders, open stowage spaces and
has either a single or a double USB port in the mobile phone receptacles cannot always Placing other objects in the mobile phone
stowage compartment in the front centre con‐ retain all objects within. stowage compartment could constitute a fire
sole and beneath the front armrest. There is a risk of injury, particularly in the hazard.
You can charge a USB device, such as a mobile event of sudden braking or a sudden change # Apart from a mobile phone, do not
phone, at the USB ports using a suitable charg‐ in direction. place any other objects in the mobile
ing cable. Depending on the vehicle equipment, # Always stow objects so that they can‐
phone stowage compartment, espe‐
the devices can be charged with up to 20 V (5 A) not be thrown around in such situa‐ cially those made of metal.
when the ignition is switched on. tions.
# Always make sure that objects do not
protrude from stowage spaces, luggage
nets or stowage nets.
Seats and stowing 127
* NOTE Damage to objects caused by R Depending on the vehicle equipment, the Wirelessly charging a mobile phone in the
placing them in the mobile phone stow‐ mobile phone is connected to the vehicle's front
age compartment exterior aerial via the charging module.
Requirements:
R The charging function and wireless connec‐ R The mobile phone is suitable for wireless
If objects are placed in the mobile phone tion of the mobile phone to the vehicle's
stowage compartment, they may be dam‐ charging.
exterior aerial are only available if the ignition
aged by electromagnetic fields. is switched on. A list of compatible mobile phones can be
# Do not place credit cards, data storage found at: https://www.mercedes-benz-
R Small mobile phones may not be able to be mobile.com/
devices, ski passes or other objects charged in every position of the mobile
sensitive to electromagnetic fields in phone stowage compartment.
the mobile phone stowage compart‐
ment. R Large mobile phones which do not rest flat in
the mobile phone stowage compartment may
not be able to be charged or connected with
* NOTE Damage to the mobile phone the vehicle's exterior aerial.
stowage compartment caused by liquids
R The mobile phone may heat up during the
If liquids enter the mobile phone stowage charging process. This may also depend on
compartment, the compartment may be the applications (apps) currently open in the
damaged. background.
# Ensure that no liquids enter the mobile R To ensure more efficient charging and con‐ Wirelessly charging a mobile phone in the front
phone stowage compartment. nection with the vehicle's exterior aerial, stowage compartment
remove the protective cover from the mobile
Always observe the notes for persons with elec‐ phone. Protective covers which are neces‐ # Place the mobile phone as close to the
tronic medical aids (/ page 30). sary for wireless charging are an exception. centre of mat 1 as possible with the display
facing upwards.
128 Seats and stowing
When a message is shown in the multimedia sys‐ Fitting/removing the floor mats Fitting floor mats
tem, the mobile phone is being charged. In addi‐
tion, malfunctions during the mobile phone's & WARNING Risk of accident due to
charging process are shown in the multimedia objects in the driver's footwell
system display.
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
% The mat can be removed for cleaning, e.g. pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
using clean, lukewarm water.
This jeopardises the operating and road
Radio equipment approval numbers for Brazil safety of the vehicle.
This device operates on a secondary basis, that # Stow all objects in the vehicle securely
is to say it has no protection against harmful so that they cannot get into the driver's
interference, not even from the same type of footwell.
stations, and must not cause interference with
# Always fit the floor mats securely and
systems operating on a primary basis.
as prescribed in order to ensure that
This product is permitted in accordance with the there is always sufficient room for the
procedure defined in Directive 242/2000 by the pedals.
Brazilian telecommunications agency ANATEL
# Do not use loose floor mats and do not
and meets the applicable technical require‐
place floor mats on top of one another. # Slide the corresponding seat backwards and
ments.
lay the floor mat in the footwell.
Further information is available on the ANATEL # Press studs 1 onto holders 2.
website. www.anatel.gov.br
# Further information on the declaration of
# Adjust the corresponding seat.
conformity for vehicle components which Removing floor mats
receive and/or transmit radio waves. # Slide the corresponding seat backwards.
Seats and stowing 129
Exterior lighting R The "motorway mode" and "enhanced fog Light switch
light" functions will not be available.
Notes on adjusting the lights when driving Operating the light switch
abroad
Information about lighting systems and your
The headlamps will automatically be adjusted responsibility
when the vehicle crosses the border into coun‐
tries in which traffic drives on the other side of The various lighting systems of the vehicle are
the road and will retain their full range of func‐ only aids. The driver of the vehicle is responsible
tions. If necessary, the headlamps can also be for correct vehicle illumination in accordance
adjusted manually in the Low beam menu with the prevailing light and visibility conditions,
(/ page 138). legal requirements and traffic situation.
In the following cases, check the setting of the
headlamps and change it manually if necessary:
R If the Dipped-beam setting (left/right-side
traffic) Manual adjustment only display mes‐
sage is displayed.
R If the Check dipped-beam setting (left/right-
side traffic) display message is displayed.
Following manual adjustment: 1 W Left-hand parking lights
2 X Right-hand parking lights
R Oncoming traffic will not be dazzled.
3 T Standing lights and licence plate light‐
R The edge of the road will not be illuminated
ing
as far or as high.
4 Ã Automatic driving lights (preferred light
switch position)
Light and sight 131
5 L Low beam/high beam If the battery is insufficiently charged, the stand‐ Automatic driving lights function
6 R Switches the rear fog light on/off ing lights or parking lights will be switched off The standing lights, low beam and daytime run‐
automatically to facilitate the next engine start. ning lights are switched on automatically
When low beam is activated, the T indicator The exterior lighting (except standing and park‐ depending on the ignition status and the light
lamp for the standing lights will be deactivated ing lights) will switch off automatically when the conditions.
and replaced by the L low-beam indicator driver's door is opened.
lamp. & WARNING Risk of accident when the
R Observe the notes on surround lighting
# Always park your vehicle safely using suffi‐ dipped beam is switched off in poor visi‐
(/ page 139). bility
cient lighting, in accordance with the rele‐
vant legal stipulations. Switching on accident scene lighting When the light switch is set to Ã, the
# Switch the ignition off. dipped beam may not be switched on auto‐
* NOTE Battery discharging by operating # Switch on the hazard warning light matically if there is fog, snow or other causes
the standing lights of poor visibility such as spray.
(/ page 133).
Operating the standing lights over a period of # In such cases, turn the light switch to
# Turn the light switch from the à position
hours puts a strain on the battery. to the L position. L.
# Where possible, switch on the The low beam light will be switched on
right X or left W parking light. despite the ignition being switched off. The automatic driving lights are only an aid. You
are responsible for vehicle lighting.
The accident scene lighting will be switched off
For vehicles that are wider than two metres or if: Switching the rear fog lights on or off
longer than six metres, single-sided parking
R you switch off the hazard warning lights. Requirements:
lighting is not permitted in some countries. In
this case, the standing lights are also switched R you turn the light switch back to Ã. R The light switch is in the L or à posi‐
on in the parking lights position. R the battery is insufficiently charged. tion.
# Press the R button.
132 Light and sight
Please observe the country-specific laws on the 3 Headlamp flashing Turn signal light
use of rear fog lamps. 4 Turn signal light, left # To indicate briefly: push the combination
switch briefly to the point of resistance in the
# Use the combination switch to activate the direction of arrow 2 or 4.
Operating the combination switch for the desired function.
lights The corresponding turn signal light will flash
Switches on high beam three times.
# Turn the light switch to the L or à # To indicate permanently: push the combi‐
Activating/deactivating the hazard warning When you pull away again, the hazard warning Active headlamps function
lights light system will switch off automatically at
approximately 10 km/h. You can also switch off
the hazard warning light system using the warn‐
ing lamp button.
Cornering light function Roundabout and junction function: the cor‐ R the navigation system
nering light will be activated on both sides based
on an evaluation of the vehicle's current naviga‐ The function is not active in the following cases:
tion position. It will remain active until after the R at speeds below 80 km/h
vehicle has left the roundabout or the junction. Enhanced fog light function
Motorway mode function The enhanced fog light function reduces self-
Motorway mode increases the range and bright‐ dazzling and improves the illumination of the
ness of the cone of light, enabling better visibil‐ edge of the carriageway.
ity.
The function is automatically deactivated under tually constant when you are driving on uphill or Adaptive Highbeam Assist
the following conditions: downhill gradients.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist function
R When speeds greater than 100 km/h are % Only vehicles with a multimedia system with
reached. navigation have this function. & WARNING Risk of accident despite
R When the rear fog light is switched off. Switching the Intelligent Light System Adaptive Highbeam Assist
Function of the bad weather light on/off Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not react to:
The bad weather light reduces reflections in Requirements: R road users without lights, e.g. pedes‐
rainy conditions by dimming individual areas of R The ignition is switched on. trians
the headlamps. The driver and other road users R road users with poor lighting, e.g. cyclists
are dazzled less as a result. Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Lights
R road users whose lighting is obstructed,
The city lighting function e.g. by a barrier
5 DIGITAL LIGHT
City lighting improves the illumination of road‐
sides in urban areas using a broad distribution of # Activate or deactivate Dynamic dipped beam. On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam
light. Assist may fail to recognise other road users
with their own lighting, or may recognise
The function is active in the following cases: them too late.
R At low speeds
In these, or in similar situations, the auto‐
R In illuminated parts of urban areas matic high beam will not be deactivated or
will be activated despite the presence of
Function of the topographical compensation
other road users.
Based on map data, the lighting system
responds pre-emptively to different road heights. # Always observe the road and traffic
This means that the headlamp range remains vir‐ conditions carefully and switch off the
high beam in good time.
136 Light and sight
Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into The high beam will switch off automatically in
account road, weather or traffic conditions. the following cases:
Detection may be restricted in the following R At speeds below 25 km/h
cases: R If other road users are detected
R In poor visibility, e.g. fog, heavy rain or snow R If street lighting is sufficient
R If there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors
are obscured % The system's optical sensor is located
behind the windscreen near the overhead
Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid. You are control panel.
responsible for adjusting the vehicle's lighting to
the prevailing light, visibility and traffic condi‐ Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on/off
tions. Switching on
# Turn the light switch to the à position.
# Switch on the high beam using the combina‐
tion switch.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist automatically If Adaptive Highbeam Assist is activated,
switches between the following types of light: the _ indicator lamp will light up on the
R Low beam driver's display.
R High beam Switching off
At speeds greater than 30 km/h: # Switch off the high beam using the combina‐
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus # Always observe the road and traffic
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus function conditions carefully and switch off the
high beam in good time.
& WARNING Risk of accident despite
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus cannot take into
account road, weather or traffic conditions.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus does not
react to: Detection may be restricted in the following
cases:
R road users without lights, e.g. pedes‐
R In poor visibility, e.g. fog, heavy rain or snow
trians
R If there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors
R road users with poor lighting, e.g. cyclists
are obscured
R road users whose lighting is obstructed,
e.g. by a barrier Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is only an aid.
You are responsible for adjusting the vehicle's
On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam lighting to the prevailing light, visibility and traf‐
Assist Plus may fail to recognise other road fic conditions.
users with their own lighting, or may recog‐ Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus automatically
nise them too late. switches between the following types of light:
R Low beam
In these, or in similar situations, the auto‐
matic high beam will not be deactivated or R Partial high beam
will be activated despite the presence of R High beam
other road users.
R ULTRA RANGE Highbeam
138 Light and sight
ULTRA RANGE Highbeam increases the bright‐ R If highly reflective signs are detected, ULTRA Setting low beam
ness of the cone of light to the legally permitted RANGE Highbeam will be switched off auto‐
maximum. matically. Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Lights
Partial high beam does not include other road % The system's optical sensor is located 5 DIGITAL LIGHT 5 Dipped beam
users in the high beam area. It does not dazzle behind the windscreen near the overhead
them but enables full high beam illumination for # Select Right-side traffic, Left-side traffic or
control panel.
the driver apart from the excluded vehicles. Automatic.
At speeds below 25 km/h or when there is suffi‐ Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus
cient street lighting: on/off
Setting the exterior lighting switch-off delay
R The partial high beam and the high beam will Switching on time
be switched off automatically. # Turn the light switch to the à position.
Requirements:
At speeds greater than 30 km/h: # Switch on the high beam using the combina‐ R The light switch is in the à position.
R If no other road users are detected, the high tion switch.
If Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is activated, Multimedia system:
beam will switch on automatically. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Lights
the _ indicator lamp will light up on the
R If other road users are detected, the partial 5 Interior/exterior lighting
driver's display. When partial high beam or
high beam will switch on automatically. high beam is active, the corresponding blue 5 Exterior lighting delayed switch off
At speeds above 40 km/h: indicator lamp will also light up. # Set the switch-off delay time.
R If no other road users are detected on a Switching off When the vehicle's engine is switched off,
straight road, ULTRA RANGE Highbeam will # Switch off the high beam using the combina‐ the exterior lighting will be activated for the
be switched on automatically. tion switch. set time.
R If other road users are detected, the partial
high beam will switch on automatically.
Light and sight 139
Activating/deactivating the locator lighting Interior lighting Operating unit inside the grab handle (rear)
Requirements: Adjusting the interior lighting
R The light switch is in the à position.
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Lights
5 Interior/exterior lighting
# Set the desired colour or colour combination. # Make sure that the functions and Greeting
Adjusting the brightness assists are switched on. R When you get into the vehicle, a special col‐
our animation will play.
# Select Brightness. % Observe the notes on driving systems and
# Adjust the brightness. your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to Multi-colour animat.
% Depending on the ambient light conditions, recognise dangers (/ page 192). R The chosen colour combination will change
the ambient lighting will automatically switch # Select Effects. at predefined intervals.
between day and night modes. # Activate the desired effect.
Activating the brightness for zones Switching the interior lighting switch-off
% Depending on the vehicle equipment, differ‐ delay time on/off
# Select Brightness. ent effects are available.
# Switch off Link zones . Operating feedback effects Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Lights
The Direct, Indirect and Accent zones can be R Climate: If changes are made to the tempera‐
5 Interior/exterior lighting
set separately. ture setting in the vehicle, the colour of the
ambient lighting will change briefly. 5 Interior lighting delayed switch off
Activating effects
# Switch Interior lighting delayed switch off on
Warning assistance effects:
& WARNING Risk of an accident despite or off.
R Warning when exiting: If an object is detec‐
activated effects of ambient lighting and When this function is active, the interior light‐
ted in the blind spot while you are getting out ing will light up for a short time after the
active ambient lighting of the vehicle, the ambient lighting in the vehicle is locked.
To use the Warning Assistance effects, the affected door will flash red.
respective functions must be activated in the Further information on the exit warning
driver assist menu. (/ page 228).
Light and sight 141
Windscreen wipers and windscreen washer 4 ° Continuous wiping, slow Switching the rear window wiper on/off
system 5 ¯ Continuous wiping, fast
Switching the windscreen wipers on/off # Turn the combination switch to the corre‐
sponding position 1 - 5.
# Single wipe/washing: push the button on
the combination switch in the direction of
arrow 1.
R í Single wipe
R î Wiping with washer fluid
% Observe the notes on washing the vehicle in
a car wash (/ page 325).
1 ô Single wipe/washing
2 è Intermittent wiping
1 g Windscreen wipers off # Single wipe: press button 1 to the point of
2 Ä Automatic wiping, normal resistance.
3 Å Automatic wiping, frequent # Wiping with washer fluid: press button 1
beyond the point of resistance.
142 Light and sight
# Switching intermittent wiping on/off: for approximately three seconds # Hold the wiper arm with one hand. With the
press button 2. (/ page 141). other hand, turn the wiper blade away from
The è symbol will appear on the instru‐ The wiper arms will move into the replace‐ the wiper arm in the direction of arrow 1 as
ment cluster when the rear window wiper is ment position. far as it will go.
switched on. # Press release knob 2.
Removing the wiper blades
# Fold the wiper arms away from the wind‐ # Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm
Replacing the windscreen wiper blades screen. in the direction of arrow 3.
# Push the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm Replacing the rear window wiper blade
in the direction of arrow 1 until release
knob 2 engages. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if
# Make sure that the wiper blade is seated cor‐ the windscreen wipers are switched on
rectly. while wiper blades are being replaced
# Fold the wiper arms back onto the wind‐ If the windscreen wipers begin to move while
screen. you are changing the wiper blades, you can
# Switch on the ignition. be trapped by the wiper arm.
# Always switch off the windscreen wip‐
# Press the î button on the combination
switch. ers and ignition before changing the
The wiper arms will return to the original wiper blades.
position.
Removing the wiper blade
# Switch the ignition off.
# switch the ignition off.
Maintenance display
There is a maintenance display at the tip of the # Remove protective film 1 from the mainte‐
newly mounted wiper blade. nance display.
When the colour of the maintenance display
changes from black to yellow, the wiper blades
should be replaced.
144 Light and sight
Fitting the wiper blade # Fold the wiper arm from the replacement
position back onto the rear window.
Mirrors
Operating the outside mirrors
& WARNING Risk of accident due to mis‐ Adjusting the outside mirrors % If the battery has been disconnected or has
judgement of distance when using the discharged, the outside mirrors must be
outside mirror moved briefly using button 3. Only then will
the automatic mirror folding function work
The outside mirrors reflect objects on a properly.
smaller scale. The objects in view are in fact
closer than they appear. Engaging the outside mirrors
# Therefore, always look over your shoul‐
If an outside mirror has been forcibly disen‐
gaged, proceed as follows.
der in order to ensure that you are
# Vehicles without electrically folding outside
aware of the actual distance between
you and the road users driving behind mirrors: manually move the outside mirror
you. into the correct position.
# Vehicles with electrically folding outside mir‐
rors: press and hold button 3.
You will hear a click and the mirror will audi‐
bly engage. The outside mirror will now be
set to the correct position.
# Use button 2 or 4 to select the desired
mirror.
# Use button 1 to adjust the position of the
selected mirror.
Folding the outside mirrors in/out (vehicles
with electrically folding outside mirrors)
# Briefly press button 3.
146 Light and sight
Automatic anti-dazzle mirrors function R Immediately change out of clothing The front-passenger outside mirror will swivel
which has been contaminated with downwards in the direction of the rear wheel on
& WARNING Risk of acid burns and poi‐ electrolyte. the front passenger's side when:
soning due to the anti-dazzle mirror elec‐ R the parking position is stored (/ page 147).
R If an allergic reaction occurs, seek
trolyte
medical attention immediately. R the front-passenger mirror is selected.
Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an R reverse gear is engaged.
automatic anti-dazzle mirror breaks. The inside rear-view mirror and the outside mir‐
The electrolyte is hazardous to health and ror on the driver's side will automatically go into The front-passenger outside mirror will move
causes irritation. It must not come into con‐ anti-dazzle mode if light from a headlamp hits back to its original position when:
tact with your skin, eyes, respiratory organs the sensor on the inside rear-view mirror. R you shift the transmission to another trans‐
or clothing or be swallowed. System limits mission position.
# If you come into contact with electro‐ R you are travelling at a speed greater than
The system will not go into anti-dazzle mode if:
lyte, observe the following: 15 km/h.
R Immediately rinse the electrolyte R The engine is switched off.
R you press the button for the outside mirror
from your skin with water and seek R Reverse gear is engaged. on the driver's side.
medical attention. R The interior lighting is switched on.
R If electrolyte comes into contact
with your eyes, immediately rinse Front-passenger outside mirror parking posi‐
them thoroughly with clean water tion function
and seek medical attention.
R If the electrolyte is swallowed, The parking position makes parking easier.
immediately rinse your mouth out
thoroughly. Do not induce vomiting.
Seek medical attention immediately.
Light and sight 147
Storing the parking position of the front- Calling up Area permeable to radio waves on the
passenger outside mirror using reverse gear # Select the front-passenger outside mirror windscreen
Storing using button 2.
# Engage reverse gear.
The front-passenger outside mirror will move
into the stored parking position.
Overview of the THERMATIC climate bar (two Overview of THERMOTRONIC climate bar
zones) 1 s Increases the temperature The indicator lamps indicate that the corre‐
The indicator lamps on the buttons indicate that 2 0 Switches the synchronisation function sponding function is activated.
the corresponding function is activated. on/off
3
Switches climate control on/off
4 ¬ Demists the windscreen
5 g Switches air-recirculation mode on/off
(/ page 153)
Climate control 149
2 Upper display area of the climate bar with A ± Calls up the air conditioning menu
(/ page 151)
B Ã Sets climate control to automatic
the examples of switching off the cli‐
mate control (/ page 150), ¿ switching mode, left (/ page 151)
the A/C function on/off (/ page 151) and C I Reduces the airflow or switches off cli‐
0 synchronisation function mate control(/ page 150)
(/ page 152) % The climate bar is visible even when the
3 ¬ Demists the windscreen vehicle is parked or the air conditioning is
4 g Switches air-recirculation mode on/off switched off (/ page 150).
(/ page 153) or
G Calls up the particulate status display
(/ page 151)
5 ¤ Switches the rear window heater
on/off
6 Depending on vehicle equipment and set‐
Front climate bar on the central display tings: temperature display, defrost function
(example) display, airflow, pre-entry climate control or
1 s Increases the temperature auxiliary heating
7 J Increases the airflow or switches on
climate control (/ page 150)
8 r Reduces the temperature
9 Ã Sets climate control to automatic
mode, right (/ page 151)
150 Climate control
Overview of the rear operating unit 3 Sets the airflow in the rear passenger com‐ The settings for the second row of seats can be
partment, left, or switches climate control configured via the rear operating unit or the mul‐
on/off (/ page 151) timedia system (/ page 152) depending on the
4 Switches climate control on/off vehicle's equipment.
(/ page 151)
5 Sets the airflow in the rear passenger com‐ Operating the climate control system
partment, right, or switches climate control
on/off (/ page 151) Switching climate control on/off
6 Sets the temperature in the rear passenger Switching on climate control
compartment, right # Set the airflow to level 1 or higher via J
7 Sets air distribution to the centre and side on the climate bar on the central display
air vents in the rear passenger compart‐ or
ment, right
# Press Ã, s, r or ±.
8 Sets rear climate control to automatic mode,
right Switching off climate control
9 Sets the air distribution to the right rear foot‐ # Set the airflow to level 0 via I on the cli‐
well vents mate bar on the central display
1 Sets air distribution to the centre and side A Synchronisation is activated (/ page 152) or
air vents in the rear passenger compart‐ B Sets the air distribution to the rear left foot‐ #
ment, left
well vents
2 Sets the temperature in the rear passenger Press .
C Sets rear climate control to automatic mode,
compartment, left If climate control is switched off, the windows
left
may mist up more quickly. Switch climate con‐
trol off only briefly.
Climate control 151
% If the climate control is switched off by Calling up the air conditioning menu Activating/deactivating the A/C function via
pressing j, fragrancing, if enabled, is the multimedia system
The air conditioning menu can be called up via
also switched off automatically.
the air conditioning line. The air conditioning line Multimedia system:
is always shown on the lower edge of the central 4 Climate menu 5 First row of seats
Switching climate control on/off via the rear display.
operating unit Depending on the external conditions, improved
# Select the Climate menu entry in the air con‐
cooling and dehumidification of the interior air
Switching on ditioning line. are supported when the A/C function is activa‐
# Press button 4. The First row of seats menu is opened. ted.
or # Select A/C (A/C).
Setting the air distribution Setting the rear climate control Activating/deactivating the climate control
synchronisation function via the air condi‐
Multimedia system: Multimedia system: tioning control panel
4 Climate menu 4 Climate menu
Climate control can be set centrally using the
# Select First row of seats or Second row of
Setting the temperature synchronisation function. The temperature and
seats. air distribution settings for the driver's side will
# Select Second row of seats.
# To set the air distribution: select ¯, P be adopted automatically for the front passenger
# Set the temperature.
or O. side.
# Set the airflow. Sets the airflow # Press the 0 button.
% Several air distribution options can be selec‐ # Select Second row of seats.
The synchronisation function will be deactivated
ted at the same time, for example to set the # Set the air flow with s or r. if the settings for one of the other climate con‐
climate control for the windscreen and the trol zones are changed.
footwells simultaneously. However, at least Controlling the rear climate control automat‐
one zone is always active. When the air con‐ ically
ditioning system is switched off, the buttons # Select AUTO. Activating/deactivating the climate control
remain operable and the last setting is auto‐ synchronisation function via the multimedia
% When the defrost function is activated, some system
matically saved. functions, such as the temperature setting,
The ¯ climate control for the windscreen are automatically deactivated. To deactivate Multimedia system:
can only be selected for the first seat row. the defrost function, either 4 Climate menu
% When the automatic mode is activated, the press ¬, Ã or j or set the air vol‐
buttons for adjusting the air distribution are ume to level 0 (/ page 151). Climate control can be set centrally using the
automatically disabled. synchronisation function. The driver's settings
Deactivating rear climate control for temperature, airflow and air distribution will
# Select REAR OFF. be adopted automatically for all climate zones.
Climate control 153
# Select First row of seats. # Press à on the climate bar on the central approximately 30 minutes, depending on the
# Select SYNC (SYNC). display. temperature set.
# To switch on: select Residual heat on the
Activating/deactivating the climate control Switching air-recirculation mode on/off climate bar on the central display.
synchronisation function via the rear operat‐ # Press the g button. Residual heat will be switched off automatically.
ing unit The interior air will be recirculated. % If residual engine heat utilisation is activa‐
The rear climate control can be set centrally Air-recirculation mode automatically switches to ted, the two buttons for setting the tempera‐
using the synchronisation function. The tempera‐ fresh air mode after some time. ture and air distribution are automatically
ture and air distribution settings for one side are deactivated.
automatically applied to the other side. % If air-recirculation mode is switched on, the
windows may mist up more quickly. Switch
# Press button A. Activating/deactivating ionisation
on air-recirculation mode only briefly.
Multimedia system:
Demisting the windows Switching residual heat on/off 4 Climate menu 5 Air quality
Windows misted up on the inside Requirements: Ionisation improves the quality of the vehicle's
# Press à on the climate bar on the central R The residual heat function is available. interior air. Ionisation of the interior air is odour‐
display. less.
R The vehicle is parked.
# If the windows remain misted up: press # Select Ionisation.
R The coolant temperature is sufficiently high.
¬ on the climate bar on the central dis‐ % The function can only be performed if the
play. It is possible to make use of the residual heat AUTO mode is activated or the air distribu‐
from the engine to continue heating or ventilat‐ tion is set to the side air vent. The function is
Windows misted up on the outside ing the front compartment of the vehicle for restricted if the side air vents on the driver's
# Switch on the windscreen wipers. side are closed.
154 Climate control
Fragrance system Setting the fragrance system Inserting or removing the flacon of the fra‐
grance system
Activating or deactivating the fragrance sys‐ Requirements:
tem R The THERMATIC or THERMOTRONIC air con‐
& WARNING Risk of injury from liquid per‐
ditioning control panel is available. fume
Requirements:
R The THERMATIC or THERMOTRONIC air con‐ R The climate control system is switched on.
If children open the flacon, they could drink
ditioning control panel is available. R The glove compartment is closed. the liquid perfume or it could come into con‐
R Automatic climate control is activated. R A flacon is inserted. tact with their eyes.
R The glove compartment is closed. # Do not leave children unattended in the
Multimedia system:
vehicle.
Multimedia system: 4 Climate menu 5 Air quality
# Consult a doctor immediately if liquid
4 VehicleVehicle The fragrance system distributes a pleasant fra‐ perfume has been drunk.
The fragrance system distributes a pleasant fra‐ grance throughout the vehicle interior from a fla‐
# If liquid perfume comes into contact
grance throughout the vehicle interior from a fla‐ con located in the glove box.
with your eyes or skin, rinse your eyes
con located in the glove box. # Select Air freshener.
with clean water.
# To call up the climate control bar: navigate # Keep pressing until the desired intensity is
# If symptoms continue, consult a doctor.
down until the climate control bar is active. reached.
# Call up the A/C (A/C) air conditioning menu.
Full flacons must be taken to Always refill the empty refillable flacon with the
a harmful substance collection point. same perfume. Observe the separate informa‐
tion sheet with the flacon.
1 Cap
Information on the windscreen heater
2 Flacon
# To insert: slide the flacon into the holder as & WARNING Risk of burns from touching
far as it will go. the windscreen when the windscreen
# To remove: after opening the glove box, wait heater is switched on
for approximately seven seconds and pull out The windscreen can become very hot when
the flacon. the windscreen heater is switched on.
156 Climate control
The health of persons with limited tempera‐ Pre-entry climate control for departure time # Do not repeatedly switch on the seat
ture sensitivity or a limited ability to react to Pre-entry climate control for departure time heating.
high temperatures may be affected or they function
may even suffer burn-like injuries. To protect against overheating, the seat heating
# Do not touch the windscreen while the & WARNING Danger to life due to expo‐ may be temporarily deactivated after it is
windscreen heater is switched on. sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehi‐ switched on repeatedly.
# Allow the windscreen to cool down cle % This function is available only in vehicles
before touching it. If people, particularly children, are exposed with a 48 V on-board electrical system (EQ
to extreme temperatures over an extended Boost technology).
The windscreen heater will be enabled automati‐ period of time, there is a risk of serious The air inside the vehicle can be heated, ventila‐
cally if ¬ is activated on the climate bar on injury or danger to life. ted or cooled to the set temperature when the
the central display. # Never leave persons, children in partic‐
vehicle is parked.
After the vehicle is started, the windscreen ular, unattended in the vehicle. When the vehicle is connected to power supply
heater is switched on automatically as required. equipment, priority is given to charging the 48 V
& WARNING Risk of burns due to repeat‐ battery to a specified minimum charge.
edly switching on the seat heating The running time of pre-entry climate control
may be reduced under the following conditions:
Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can
R The vehicle is not connected to power supply
cause the seat cushion and seat backrest
padding to become very hot. equipment.
R The 48 V battery is not fully charged.
In particular, the health of persons with limi‐
ted temperature sensitivity or a limited ability With active pre-entry climate control, the charge
to react to high temperatures may be affec‐ level of the 48 V battery may be reduced, even if
ted or they may even suffer burn-like injuries. the charging cable connector is connected.
Climate control 157
If present, seat ventilation is activated in cooling Setting pre-entry climate control for depar‐ Activating/deactivating pre-entry climate
and ventilation mode. ture time control for departure time
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the fol‐ Multimedia system:
Requirements:
lowing functions are activated in heating mode, 4 Climate menu 5 Pre-entry climate ctrl
R The 48 V battery is charged sufficiently.
if available:
Setting the departure time R The function has been activated via the mul‐
R Seat heating timedia system.
# Select Edit departure time ´ .
R Steering wheel heater
# Select a departure time or set a new depar‐ # To activate: set the departure time
R Mirror heater ture time. (/ page 157).
R Rear window heater Pre-entry climate control for departure time
Setting the repeat days switches on a maximum of 55 minutes
R Windscreen heater
# Select Edit departure time ´ . before the selected departure time. It will
When the set temperature is changed, climate # Set the desired departure time and select remain active for another five minutes if the
control mode will automatically be updated and the corresponding weekdays on which this departure is delayed.
switched from heating mode to ventilation or departure time is to apply. # To deactivate the pre-entry climate con‐
cooling mode, from cooling mode to ventilation trol for departure time early: press the
# Press OK to confirm.
or heating mode or from ventilation mode to
& button or switch off the preselection of
heating or cooling mode. Selecting seats the time in the climate menu.
# Select Driver, Passenger, Rear left or Rear If present, the following functions will remain
right. active once the vehicle has been started:
Pre-entry climate control will take place for R Seat heating
the selected seats.
R Seat ventilation
158 Climate control
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the fol‐ Switching the stationary heater/ventilation & WARNING Risk of fire due to hot station‐
lowing functions will also be adjusted during pre- on/off via the operating unit ary heater components and exhaust
entry climate control if they have already been gases
switched on during regular vehicle operation: & DANGER Risk of fatal injury due to poi‐
R Fragrancing sonous exhaust gases Flammable materials such as leaves, grass or
twigs may ignite.
R Ionisation If the tailpipe is blocked or sufficient ventila‐
# When the stationary heater is switched
tion is not possible, poisonous exhaust gases
such as carbon monoxide may enter the vehi‐ on, make sure that:
Stationary heater/ventilation cle. This is the case in enclosed spaces or if R hot vehicle parts do not come into
Stationary heater/ventilation function the vehicle gets stuck in snow, for example. contact with flammable materials.
R The air inside the vehicle is heated or ventila‐ # Always switch the stationary heater off R the exhaust gas can flow out of the
ted to the set temperature. in enclosed spaces without an air stationary heater exhaust pipe
R The air inside the vehicle cannot be cooled extraction systems, e.g. in garages. unhindered.
down to temperatures below the outside # Keep the tailpipe and the area around R the exhaust gas does not come into
temperature. the vehicle free from snow when the contact with flammable materials.
R If the outside temperature changes, ventila‐ engine or the stationary heater are run‐
tion mode automatically switches to heating ning. * NOTE Battery discharge caused by sta‐
mode or heating mode automatically # Open a window on the windward side of tionary heater or stationary ventilation
switches to ventilation mode. the vehicle to ensure an adequate sup‐ operation
The stationary heater and the exhaust gas outlet ply of fresh air. Operating the stationary heater or stationary
are situated behind the right-hand front wheel. ventilation drains the battery.
# After heating or ventilating the vehicle
twice, drive for a longer period of time.
Climate control 159
Driving # When leaving the vehicle, always take # To switch on the power supply: press the
the key with you and lock the vehicle. 1 button once.
Switching on the power supply or ignition
You can, for example, activate the wind‐
# Keep the vehicle key out of the reach of screen wiper.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury children.
due to leaving children unattended in the The power supply is switched off again if the fol‐
vehicle Requirements: lowing conditions are met:
R The key is in the vehicle and is recognised. R You open the driver's door.
If children are left unattended in the vehicle,
they could, in particular: R the brake pedal is not depressed. R You press button 1 twice more.
R open doors, thereby endangering other # To switch on the ignition: press the 1 but‐
persons or road users. ton twice.
R get out and be struck by oncoming traf‐ Indicator and warning lamps go on in the
fic. driver display.
R operate vehicle equipment and become The ignition is switched off again if one of the
trapped, for example. following conditions is met:
In addition, the children could also set the R You do not start the vehicle within
vehicle in motion by, for example: 15 minutes and the transmission is in posi‐
R releasing the parking brake.
tion j or the electric parking brake is
applied.
R changing the transmission position.
R You press button 1 once.
R starting the vehicle.
Starting the vehicle Requirements: Starting the vehicle with the key in the
R The key is in the vehicle and is recognised. marked space (emergency operation mode)
Starting the vehicle with the start/stop but‐
If the vehicle does not start and the display mes‐
ton # Shift the transmission to position j or i. sage Place the key in the marked space See
# Depress the brake pedal and press button Owner's Manual appears in the driver display,
& DANGER Risk of death caused by 1 once. you can start the vehicle in emergency operation
exhaust gases
# If the vehicle does not start: Switch off non- mode.
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust essential consumers and press button 1
gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling once.
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health # If the vehicle still does not start and the dis‐
and leads to poisoning.
play message Place the key in the marked
# Never leave the engine or, if present,
space See Owner's Manual also appears in
the auxiliary heating running in an the driver display: Start the vehicle with the
enclosed space without sufficient venti‐ key in the marked space (emergency opera‐
lation. tion mode) (/ page 162).
% You can switch off the engine while driving.
& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable By pressing button 1 for about three sec‐
material in the engine compartment or onds or by pressing button 1 three times # Make sure that the marked space 2 is
the exhaust system within three seconds. Be sure to observe the empty.
Flammable materials may ignite. safety notes under "Driving tips" # Remove the key 1 from the key ring.
# Therefore, check regularly that there
(/ page 166).
# Place the key 1 in the marked space 2.
are no flammable materials in the Observe the information regarding display mes‐
The vehicle will start after a short time.
engine compartment or on the exhaust sages that can be displayed on the driver dis‐
system. play. If you remove the key 1 from the marked
space 2 the engine continues running. For
Driving and parking 163
further engine starts however, the key 1 Starting the vehicle via Remote Online Serv‐ Ensure the following before starting the engine:
must be located in the marked space 2 dur‐ ices R the legal stipulations in the area where your
ing the entire journey. vehicle is parked allow engine starting via
Cooling or heating the vehicle interior before
# Have the key 1 checked at a qualified spe‐ starting the journey smartphone.
cialist workshop. R it is safe to start and run the engine where
Ensure the following before starting the engine:
If the vehicle does not start: your vehicle is parked.
R the legal stipulations in the area where your
# Leave the key 1 in the marked space 2. vehicle is parked allow engine starting via R the fuel tank is sufficiently full.
# Depress the brake pedal and start the vehi‐ smartphone. Starting the vehicle (Remote Online)
cle using the start/stop button. R it is safe to start and run the engine where
% You can also switch on the power supply or your vehicle is parked. & WARNING Risk of crushing or entrap‐
the ignition with the start/stop button. R the fuel tank is sufficiently full. ment due to unintentional starting of the
engine
Observe the information regarding display mes‐ R the starter battery is sufficiently charged.
sages that can be displayed on the driver dis‐ Limbs could be crushed or trapped if the
Charging the starter battery before starting engine is started unintentionally during
play. the journey service or maintenance work.
If the vehicle battery is discharged, you can
# Always secure the engine against unin‐
receive a message on your smartphone. You can
then start the vehicle with the smartphone to tentional starting before carrying out
charge the battery. The vehicle is automatically maintenance or repair work.
switched off after ten minutes.
Requirements:
R Park position j is selected.
R The anti-theft alarm system is not activated.
R The panic alarm is not activated.
164 Driving and parking
R The hazard warning light system is switched Securing the engine against starting before R Do not depress the accelerator pedal past
off. carrying out maintenance or repair work: the pressure point (kickdown).
# Switch on the hazard warning light system.
R The bonnet is closed. R Only increase the engine speed gradually and
R The doors are closed and locked. or accelerate the vehicle to full speed after
# Unlock the doors. 1,500 km.
R The windows and sliding sunroof are closed.
or This also applies when the engine or parts of the
# Start the vehicle using the smartphone. drivetrain have been replaced.
# Open a side window or the sliding sunroof.
After every engine start, the engine runs for
ten minutes. Please also observe the following running-in
Running-in notes notes:
You can carry out a maximum of two consecu‐ R In certain driving and driving safety systems,
tive starting attempts. You must start the engine To preserve the engine during the first 1,500 km: the sensors adjust automatically while a cer‐
with the key before trying to start the engine R Drive at varying road speeds and engine tain distance is being driven after the vehicle
again with the smartphone. speeds. has been delivered or after repairs. Full sys‐
You can switch off the engine at any time as fol‐ R Do not drive at speeds greater than tem effectiveness is not reached until the
lows: 140 km/h. end of this teach-in process.
R Via the Smartphone App R Brakepads, brake disks and tyres that are
R Drive the vehicle in drive program A
R By pressing the Ü or s button on the or ;. either new or have been replaced only ach‐
key ieve optimum braking effect and grip after
R Shift to the next highest gear at the very lat‐
several hundred kilometres of driving. Com‐
% Further information can be found in the est when the needle reaches the last third pensate for the reduced braking effect by
smartphone app. before the red area in the rev counter. applying greater force to the brake pedal.
R Do not shift down manually in order to brake.
R Avoid overstraining the vehicle, e.g. driving at
full throttle.
Driving and parking 165
Notes on optimised acceleration Requirements: # Depress and hold the brake pedal firmly with
R the vehicle is run in (/ page 164). your left foot.
If all necessary requirements and activation con‐
ditions are fulfilled, the best possible accelera‐ R the vehicle and tyres are in good condition. # With your right foot, fully depress the accel‐
tion can be achieved from a standstill. R you are on a high-grip roadway. erator pedal.
Do not use the optimised acceleration on public R the engine and transmission are at normal # After no more than five seconds, take your
roads. Individual wheels could spin and you operating temperature. left foot quickly off the brake, but keep the
could lose control of the vehicle. There is an accelerator pedal depressed.
increased risk of skidding and/or accident. * NOTE Increased wear due to optimised The vehicle pulls away at maximum accelera‐
acceleration tion.
Be sure to observe the safety notes and informa‐
tion on ESP® (/ page 194). When pulling away with optimised accelera‐
# Switch on ESP® once the acceleration proce‐
tion, all components of the drivetrain are dure is complete.
Moving away with optimised acceleration subjected to a very high load. Ending optimised acceleration
This can lead to increased component wear. # Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
& WARNING Risk of skidding and having # Do not always pull away with optimised # Reactivate the ESP®.
an accident from wheels spinning acceleration.
% After you pull away with optimised accelera‐
When you use optimised acceleration, indi‐ tion, components of the drivetrain can
vidual wheels could spin and you could lose # Engage the h drive position (/ page 176).
become very hot, which means that opti‐
control of the vehicle. # Move the steering wheel to the straight- mised acceleration values may be reached
If ESP® is deactivated, there is a risk of skid‐ ahead position. again only after a few minutes.
ding and accident! # Select the sportiest available drive program
# Make sure that no persons or obstacles B or C(/ page 173).
are in the close vicinity of your vehicle. # Deactivating ESP® (/ page 196).
166 Driving and parking
Notes on driving & WARNING Risk of accident due to incor‐ & DANGER Risk of death caused by
rect footwear exhaust gases
& WARNING Risk of accident due to
objects in the driver's footwell Incorrect footwear includes, for example: Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
R shoes with platform soles gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal. R shoes with high heels
and leads to poisoning.
This jeopardises the operating and road R slippers # Never leave the engine or, if present,
safety of the vehicle. the auxiliary heating running in an
There is a risk of an accident.
# Stow all objects in the vehicle securely enclosed space without sufficient venti‐
# Always wear suitable footwear so that
so that they cannot get into the driver's lation.
you can operate the pedals safely.
footwell.
# Always fit the floor mats securely and & WARNING Risk of skidding and of an
as prescribed in order to ensure that & WARNING Risk of accident if the ignition
accident due to shifting down on slippery
there is always sufficient room for the is switched off while driving
road surfaces
pedals. If you switch off the ignition while driving,
If you shift down on slippery road surfaces to
# Do not use loose floor mats and do not safety functions are restricted or no longer
increase the engine braking effect, the drive
place floor mats on top of one another. available.
wheels may lose traction.
This may affect the power steering system # Do not shift down on slippery road sur‐
and the brake force boosting, for example.
faces to increase the engine braking
You will need to use considerably more force effect.
to steer and brake, for example.
# Do not switch off the ignition while driv‐
ing.
Driving and parking 167
& DANGER Risk of fatal injury due to poi‐ # Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. * NOTE Damage to the drivetrain and
sonous exhaust gases # Do not depress the brake pedal and the engine when pulling away
If the tailpipe is blocked or sufficient ventila‐ accelerator pedal at the same time # Do not warm up the engine while the
tion is not possible, poisonous exhaust gases while driving. vehicle is stationary. Pull away immedi‐
such as carbon monoxide may enter the vehi‐ ately.
cle. This is the case when the vehicle * NOTE Engine damage due to excessively # Avoid high engine speeds and driving at
becomes stuck in snow, for example. high engine speeds full throttle until the engine has reached
# Keep the tailpipe and the area around its operating temperature.
The engine will be damaged if you drive with
the vehicle free from snow when the the engine in the overrevving range.
engine or the stationary heater are run‐ * NOTE Damage to the catalytic converter
# Do not drive with the engine in the over‐
ning. due to non-combusted fuel
revving range.
# Open a window on the side of the vehi‐
cle facing away from the wind to ensure The engine is not running smoothly and is
an adequate supply of fresh air. * NOTE Causing wear to the brake linings misfiring.
by permanently depressing the brake Non-combusted fuel may get into the cata‐
pedal lytic converter.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the
brake system overheating # Do not permanently depress the brake # Only depress the accelerator pedal
pedal while driving. slightly.
If you leave your foot on the brake pedal
when driving, the brake system may over‐ # To use braking effect of the engine, # Have the cause rectified immediately at
* NOTE Reduced battery life due to fre‐ R Drive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling Notes on aquaplaning
quent short-distance trips away, braking and steering as well as rapid Aquaplaning can take place once a certain
cornering. amount of water has accumulated on the road
The 12 V battery may not be sufficiently surface.
charged when the vehicle is used only for Notes on driving on salt-treated roads
The braking effect is limited on salt-treated Observe the following notes during heavy precip‐
short-distance trips. This reduces the life of itation or in conditions in which aquaplaning may
the battery. roads.
occur:
# Drive longer distances regularly to Therefore, observe the following notes:
R reduce speed
charge the battery. R due to salt build-up on the brake disks and
brakepads, the braking distance can increase R avoid tyre ruts
Notes on driving with a roof load, trailer or considerably or result in braking only on one R avoid sudden steering movements
fully laden vehicle side R brake carefully
When driving with a loaded roof luggage rack or R maintain a much greater safe distance to the
trailer as well as with a fully laden or fully occu‐ vehicle in front % Also observe the notes on regularly checking
pied vehicle, the vehicle's driving and steering wheels and tyres (/ page 355).
characteristics change. To remove salt build-up:
Notes on driving through water on the road
You should bear the following in mind: R brake occasionally while paying attention to surface
R Do not exceed the permissible roof load and
the traffic conditions Water which has entered into the vehicle can
towing capacity. Also observe the technical R carefully depress the brake pedal at the end damage the engine, electrics and transmission.
data in the printed Owner's Manual. of the journey and when starting the next Water can also enter the air intake of the engine
R Evenly distribute the roof load, and place
journey and cause engine damage.
heavy objects at the bottom. Also comply
with the notes on loading the vehicle
(/ page 110).
Driving and parking 169
Observe the following if you must drive through ECO start/stop function % If the system detects an intelligent stop
water: inhibitor, for example, a stop sign, the engine
ECO start/stop function
R The water, when calm, may only reach the will not stop.
% Depending on the engine, the ECO start/ If you activate the HOLD function or engage
lower edge of the vehicle body.
stop function is not available in all drive pro‐ the park position j, the engine can be
R Drive at a maximum speed of 10 km/h; grams. Observe the status display in the switched off in spite of an intelligent stop
water can otherwise enter the vehicle interior driver display for this. inhibitor.
or engine compartment.
The engine is switched off automatically in the The engine is restarted automatically if:
R Vehicles travelling in front, or oncoming vehi‐ following situations if all vehicle conditions for
cles, can create waves which may exceed the R You engage transmission position h or k.
an automatic engine stop are met:
maximum permissible depth of the water. R You depress the accelerator pedal.
R You brake the vehicle to a standstill in trans‐
The braking effect of the brakes is reduced after mission position h or i. R An automatic engine start is required by the
fording. Brake carefully while paying attention to R You depress the brake pedal when travelling
vehicle.
the traffic conditions until braking power has at a low speed. R You release the brake pedal.
been fully restored. R You release the brake pedal on a downhill
If the system has detected one of the following
gradient and the vehicle does not roll.
situations, the engine will not stop:
Function of rear axle steering R The vehicle rolls on a downhill gradient and
R You stop at a stop sign and there is no vehi‐
The rear axle steering is an electromechanical does not automatically enter glide mode at
cle in front of you.
auxiliary steering on the rear axle which adjusts 20 km/h.
R The vehicle that stopped in front of you
the steering of the rear wheels according to the starts up again. ECO start/stop function symbols in the driver
position of the front wheels, depending on the display:
speed. This results in greater manoeuvrability R You manoeuvre, turn the steering wheel
sharply or engage reverse gear. R The symbol è (green) appears when the
and improved driving stability, e.g. when corner‐
vehicle is at a standstill: The engine was
ing.
switched off by the ECO start/stop function.
170 Driving and parking
R The symbol ç (yellow) appears when the Deactivating or activating the ECO start/ ECO display function
vehicle is at a standstill: Not all vehicle condi‐ stop function
tions for an engine stop have been met.
R Neither the symbol è nor ç appears
when the vehicle is at a standstill: An intelli‐
gent stop inhibitor was detected, e.g. a stop
sign.
R The symbol s appears: The ECO start/
stop function is deactivated or there is a mal‐
function.
If the engine was switched off by the ECO start/
stop function and you leave the vehicle, a warn‐ The ECO display shows an evaluation of your
ing tone sounds and the engine is not restarted. driving style on the driver display depending on
In addition, the following display message the situation. This enables you to check the effi‐
appears in the driver display: ciency of your driving style and adjust it if neces‐
Vehicle is operational Switch off vehicle before sary. The ECO display menu shows a ball 2 that
exiting will roll forwards or backwards on a stylised road
in the direction of travel according to the driving
If you do not switch off the ignition, the ignition # Press button 1. characteristics.
is automatically switched off after three A display appears in the driver display when
minutes. switching the ECO start/stop function Above and below the road, lines mark the area
off/on. for an efficient driving style 3. Ball 2 will light
up in green if it is rolling within these lines. Out‐
% A continuous s display appears in the side the lines, the ball will light up in orange.
driver display while the ECO start/stop func‐
tion is deactivated.
Driving and parking 171
The ECO display assesses the following criteria event ahead and the vehicle nears the event, In addition, the ý symbol will be displayed
for an economical driving style: ECO Assist will calculate the optimum speed for until you take your foot off the accelerator or
R coasting at the right time maximum fuel economy and recuperative energy until you have passed the route event.
based on the distance, speed and downhill gradi‐ Symbol 2 will disappear as soon as ECO Assist
R consistent speed
ent. cannot identify any further recommendations
R moderate acceleration
from the route ahead.
The overall assessment of your driving style
"from start" is indicated with stars. It starts with
five empty stars, which you can fill one after the
other if you drive efficiently. When all five stars
are filled, a glow appears in the background.
% You can call up the ECO display function via
the Classic and Exclusive menus
(/ page 267).
ECO Assist function (vehicles with 48 V on- ECO Assist display on the driver's display on the
board electrical system) Assistance menu The following route events can be detected by
1 "Foot off the accelerator" recommendation ECO Assist:
% ECO Assist is active only in drive pro‐ 2 Route event ahead
grams ; and A. 3 Roundabout
ECO Assist analyses data for the vehicle's expec‐ If a route event that can be dealt with more effi‐ 4 S-bend
ted route. This allows the system to optimally ciently by adjusting your driving style is detected 5 Sharp bend
adjust the driving style for the route ahead, save ahead, corresponding symbol 2 will be dis‐
played. 6 T-junction
fuel and recuperate. If the system detects an
7 Downhill gradient
172 Driving and parking
R Recommended for all road conditions Selecting the drive program Configuring DYNAMIC SELECT (multimedia
system)
Depending on the drive program, the following
systems change their characteristics: Multimedia system:
R Drive 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
5 DYNAMIC SELECT
- Engine and transmission management
- Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Setting drive program I
- Availability of Glide mode # Select Individual.
% The prompt appears only if the previously within the country-specific guidelines for Calling up the fuel consumption indicator
active settings deviate from the standard permissible tolerances (basis: UN-ECE No.
settings. 85 or country-specific guidelines). Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Info
Function off: the next time the vehicle is star‐ Influencing variables that can influence this
ted the A drive program is set automatically. are, for example: # Select Consumption.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury # Keep the vehicle key out of the reach of i Neutral
due to leaving children unattended in the children. h Drive position
vehicle Engaging reverse gear R
Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the
If children are left unattended in the vehicle, transmission position. The current transmission # Depress the brake pedal and push the
they could, in particular: position is shown in the driver display. DIRECT SELECT lever upwards past the first
R open doors, thereby endangering other point of resistance.
persons or road users. Engaging neutral N
R get out and be struck by oncoming traf‐ # Depress the brake pedal and push the
fic. DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first
R operate vehicle equipment and become point of resistance.
trapped, for example. % To shift into neutral i with the ignition on,
push the selector lever up or down for sev‐
In addition, the children could also set the eral seconds to the first point of resistance.
vehicle in motion by, for example:
Subsequently releasing the brake pedal will
R releasing the parking brake.
allow you to move the vehicle freely, e.g. to push
R changing the transmission position. it or tow it away.
R starting the vehicle.
Proceed as follows if you want the automatic
# Never leave children unattended in the transmission to remain in neutral i, even if
vehicle. the ignition is switched off or the driver's
# When leaving the vehicle, always take door is opened:
the key with you and lock the vehicle. j Park position # Depress the brake pedal and engage neutral
k Reverse gear i when the vehicle is at a standstill.
176 Driving and parking
# Release the brake pedal. # When the vehicle is at a standstill, press but‐ R You switch off the engine, bring the vehicle
# Switch the ignition off. ton j. to a standstill and open the driver's door
When the transmission position display when the vehicle is stationary or when the
The Risk of vehicle rolling away N activated man- shows j, the park position is engaged. If no vehicle is rolling and the transmission posi‐
ually No automatic switch to P message appears transmission position display j appears, tion is i.
on the driver's display. secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling R Engaging park position j automatically is
% If you then exit the vehicle leaving the key in away. required by the vehicle.
the vehicle, the automatic transmission % Depending on the situation, it may take a
remains in neutral i. short time until j is engaged. Therefore, % To manoeuvre with an open driver's door,
always pay attention to the transmission open the driver's door while at a standstill
The park position j is automatically re-engaged and engage transmission position h or k
as soon as one of the following conditions is position display.
again.
met: Park position j is engaged automatically if one
R You switch to transmission position h or of the following conditions is met: Engaging drive position D
# Depress the brake pedal and push the
k. R You switch off the ignition when the vehicle
is stationary and the transmission position is DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first
R You press the button j.
h or k. point of resistance.
Engaging park position P When the automatic transmission is in transmis‐
R You open the driver's door when the vehicle
# Observe the notes on parking the vehicle sion position h, it shifts the gears automati‐
is at a standstill or when driving at a very low
(/ page 184). cally. This depends, among other things, on the
speed and the transmission position is h or
# Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle k. following factors:
comes to a standstill. R The selected drive program
R You switch off the engine and bring the vehi‐
cle to a standstill when the vehicle is rolling R The position of the accelerator pedal
and the transmission position is h or k. R The driving speed
Driving and parking 177
Glide mode is activated if the following condi‐ R Speed # Do not inhale fuel vapour.
tions are met: R Operating status of the engine # Keep children away from fuel.
R Drive program ; is selected. R Traffic situation # Keep doors and windows closed during
R The speed is within a suitable range. the refuelling process.
R The road's course is suitable, e.g. no steep
Refuelling If you or other people come into contact with
uphill or downhill inclines or tight bends.
Refuelling the vehicle fuel, observe the following:
R There is no trailer hitched up to the trailer
hitch, and no bicycle rack Fitted. # Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with
& WARNING Risk of fire or explosion from soap and water.
R You do not depress the accelerator or brake fuel
pedal (except for light brake applications). # If fuel comes into contact with your
Fuels are highly flammable. eyes, immediately rinse them thor‐
% Glide mode can also be activated if you have # Fire, naked flames, smoking and crea‐ oughly with clean water. Seek medical
selected the "Eco" setting for the drive in the tion of sparks must be avoided. attention immediately.
drive program =.
# Switch off the ignition and, if available, # If you swallow fuel, seek medical atten‐
Glide mode is deactivated again if one of the the stationary heater, before and while tion immediately. Do not induce vomit‐
conditions is no longer met. refuelling the vehicle. ing.
Glide mode can also be prevented by the follow‐ # Change immediately out of clothing that
ing parameters: & WARNING Risk of injury from fuels has come into contact with fuel.
R Incline
Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your
R Downhill gradient & WARNING Risk of fire and explosion due
health.
R Temperature to electrostatic charge
# Do not swallow fuel or let it come into
R Height contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Electrostatic charge can ignite fuel vapour.
Driving and parking 179
# Before you open the fuel filler cap or Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
take hold of the pump nozzle, touch the result in damage to the fuel system, the
metallic vehicle body. engine and the emission control system. * NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuel
# To avoid creating another electrostatic # Only refuel using unleaded, sulphur-free
charge, do not get into the vehicle again petrol that conforms to European Vehicles with a diesel engine:
during the refuelling process. EN 228, or an equivalent specification. Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could
result in damage to the fuel system, the
& WARNING Risk of fire from fuel mixture Fuel of this specification may contain up to engine and the emission control system.
10% ethanol. Your vehicle is suitable for use # Only refuel using sulphur-free diesel
Vehicles with a diesel engine: with E10 fuel. fuel that conforms to European stand‐
If you mix diesel fuel with petrol, the flash Never refuel with one of the following fuels: ard EN 590, or an equivalent specifica‐
point of the fuel mixture is lower than that of R diesel tion.
pure diesel fuel. In countries without sulphur-free diesel
R regular petrol with an octane number
While the engine is running, component fuel, refuel using only low-sulphur diesel
lower than 91 RON fuel with a sulphur content less than
parts in the exhaust system may overheat
R petrol with more than 10% ethanol by vol‐ 50 ppm.
without warning.
ume, e.g. E15, E20, E85, E100
# Never refuel using petrol. Never refuel using any of the following fuels:
R petrol with more than 3% methanol by
# Never mix petrol with diesel fuel. R petrol
volume, e.g. M15, M30
R petrol with additives containing metal R marine diesel
* NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuel R heating oil
If you have accidentally refuelled with the
Vehicles with a petrol engine: wrong fuel: R pure bio-diesel fuel or vegetable oil
If you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel: * NOTE Do not use petrol to refuel vehi‐ # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
# Do not switch the ignition on. cles with a diesel engine
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop. If you have accidentally refuelled with the * NOTE Fuel may spray out when you
wrong fuel: remove the fuel pump nozzle
* NOTE Do not use diesel to refuel vehi‐ R do not switch the ignition on. Otherwise, # Only fill the fuel tank until the pump
cles with a petrol engine fuel can enter the fuel system. nozzle switches off.
If you have accidentally refuelled with the Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel system Requirements:
wrong fuel: R The vehicle is unlocked.
and the engine. The repair costs are high.
R do not switch the ignition on. Otherwise
fuel can enter the engine. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. % Do not get into the vehicle again during the
refuelling process. Otherwise, electrostatic
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel # Have the fuel tank and fuel lines charge could build up again.
could result in damage to the fuel system drained completely.
and the engine. The repair costs are high. Observe the notes on operating fluids and fuel.
* NOTE Damage to the fuel system caused The recommended octane number for your vehi‐
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop. cle can be found on the information label in the
by overfilled fuel tanks
# Have the fuel tank and fuel lines fuel filler flap.
drained completely. # Only fill the fuel tank until the pump
nozzle switches off.
# Insert fuel filler cap from above into bracket AdBlue® (vehicles with a diesel engine only)
2.
Notes on refilling AdBlue®
# Completely insert the pump nozzle into the
tank filler neck, hook in place and refuel. AdBlue® is a water-soluble fluid for the NOx
exhaust gas aftertreatment of diesel engines. In
# Only fill the fuel tank until the pump nozzle order for the exhaust gas aftertreatment to func‐
switches off. tion properly, only use AdBlue® in accordance
% Vehicles with a diesel engine: the tank with ISO 22241.
filler neck is designed for refuelling at diesel AdBlue® is characterised by the following:
filling pumps. R non-toxic
% Vehicles with a diesel engine: when the R colourless and odourless
fuel tank is completely empty, top up with at
least 5 litres of diesel. R non-flammable
% Vehicles with a diesel engine: use a filler If you open the AdBlue® tank, small amounts of
neck with a large diameter for vehicles with ammonia vapour may be released. Only fill the
1 Fuel filler flap a diesel engine when topping up fuel from a AdBlue® tank in well-ventilated areas.
2 fuel can. Otherwise, the filler neck cannot
Bracket for fuel filler cap
slide into the tank. Do not let AdBlue® come into contact with skin,
3 Tyre pressure table eyes or clothes. Keep AdBlue® away from chil‐
# Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn
4 QR code for rescue card dren.
clockwise until it engages audibly.
5 Fuel type Do not ingest AdBlue®. If AdBlue® is swallowed,
# Close fuel filler flap 1.
immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly.
# Press on the back area of fuel filler flap 1. Drink plenty of water. Seek medical attention at
# Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise and once.
remove it.
182 Driving and parking
Observe the notes on operating fluids Topping up AdBlue® The following messages appear in order in the
(/ page 461). driver display when the AdBlue® tank requires
AdBlue® is available here: * NOTE Engine damage due to AdBlue® topping up:
R AdBlue® can be topped up by fast service at
being in the fuel R Refill AdBlue See Owner’s ManualThe
a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. a # AdBlue® must not be used to fill the AdBlue® level has fallen below the reserve
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre. fuel tank. range. Top up AdBlue® immediately.
R AdBlue® is available at many filling stations # Only use AdBlue® to fill the AdBlue® R Top up AdBlue Emergency op. in XXX km
from AdBlue® filling pumps. tank. See Owner's ManualThe low AdBlue® level
will lead to limited performance after the
R Alternatively, AdBlue® is available at qualified # Do not overfill the AdBlue® tank. remaining distance displayed has been
specialist workshops, e.g. Mercedes-Benz driven. Top up AdBlue® immediately.
Service Centres, and at many filling stations * NOTE Contamination of the vehicle inte‐ R XX,X l Top up AdBlue Emerg. op.: max. XXX
in AdBlue® refill canisters or AdBlue® refill rior due to AdBlue® leakage
bottles. km/h Start not poss. in XXX kmThe low
# After topping up, carefully close the AdBlue® level will lead to limited perform‐
% Ensure the connection between the refill AdBlue® refill container. ance from the speed displayed. After the
container and vehicle filler neck does not remaining distance displayed has been cov‐
drip. # Avoid carrying AdBlue® refill containers ered, it will no longer be possible to start the
permanently in the vehicle. engine. Top up with at least the amount of
Requirements: AdBlue® displayed.
R The vehicle is unlocked. R XX,Xl Top up AdBlue Switch vehicle on, wait
60 sec. or engine start not poss.The AdBlue®
tank is empty. You can no longer start the
engine. Top up with at least the amount of
Driving and parking 183
AdBlue® displayed. Switch on the ignition Opening the AdBlue® filler cap Topping up AdBlue®
and wait for approximately 60 seconds. Start Mercedes-Benz recommends topping up
the engine. AdBlue® at a filling pump. If no AdBlue® filling
pump is available, you can also top up AdBlue®
You can see the AdBlue® range and the level in
using a canister.
the Service menu in the driver display.
% The AdBlue® range shown depends strongly
on the driving style and operating condi‐
tions. The actual range can therefore deviate
from the calculated range.
# Screw disposable hose 3 onto the opening % Avoid storing AdBlue® refill containers per‐ # Park the vehicle so that no flammable
of AdBlue® refill canister 4 until hand-tight. manently in the vehicle. material can come into contact with hot
# Screw disposable hose 3 onto the filler vehicle components.
neck of the vehicle until hand-tight. Parking # In particular, do not park on dry grass‐
# Lift up and tip AdBlue® refill canister 4. land or harvested grain fields.
Parking the vehicle
The filling process stops when the AdBlue®
tank is completely full. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury & WARNING Risk of accident and injury
AdBlue® refill canister 4 can be removed caused by an insufficiently secured vehi‐ due to leaving children unattended in the
when it has been only partially emptied. cle rolling away vehicle
# Unscrew and close disposable hose 3 and If the vehicle is not securely parked suffi‐ If children are left unattended in the vehicle,
AdBlue® refill canister 4 in reverse order. ciently, it can roll away in an uncontrolled they could, in particular:
# Replace AdBlue® filler cap 2 and turn it way even at a slight downhill gradient. R open doors, thereby endangering other
clockwise until it audibly engages. # On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the persons or road users.
# Close fuel filler flap 1. front wheels so that the vehicle rolls R get out and be struck by oncoming traf‐
towards the kerb if it starts moving. fic.
# Switch on the ignition for at least 60 sec‐
# apply the parking brake. R operate vehicle equipment and become
onds.
# Switch the transmission to position j. trapped, for example.
% If the engine could not be started due to the
In addition, the children could also set the
AdBlue® tank being empty, it can take up to vehicle in motion by, for example:
& WARNING Risk of fire caused by hot
60 seconds for the top up to be detected.
exhaust system parts R releasing the parking brake.
# Start the vehicle.
Flammable materials such as leaves, grass or R changing the transmission position.
twigs may ignite.
Driving and parking 185
# Never leave the engine or, if present, % The garage door opener function is always # Release the previously pressed button.
the auxiliary heating running in an available when the ignition is switched on. Indicator lamp 4 continues to flash yellow.
enclosed space without sufficient venti‐ # Point remote control 5 from a distance of
lation. 1 cm to 8 cm towards button 1, 2 or 3.
# Press and hold button 6 of remote control
& WARNING Risk of injury by becoming 5 until one of the following signals appears:
trapped when opening and closing a R Indicator lamp 4 lights up green contin‐
garage door uously. Programming is complete.
When you operate or program a garage door R Indicator lamp 4 flashes green. Pro‐
with an integrated garage door opener, per‐ gramming was successful. Additionally,
sons can become trapped or struck by the synchronisation of the rolling code with
garage door if they stand within its range of the door system must be carried out.
movement. # If indicator lamp 4 does not light up or flash
# Always make sure that nobody is within green: repeat the procedure.
the range of the garage door's move‐ # Release all of the buttons.
ment. % The remote control for the door drive is not
included in the scope of delivery of the
Requirements: Press and hold button 1, 2 or 3 that you
# garage door opener.
R The vehicle has been parked outside the wish to program.
garage or outside the range of movement of Indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow. Synchronising the rolling code
the door.
% It can take up to 20 seconds before the indi‐ Requirements:
R The engine is switched off. R The door system uses a rolling code.
cator lamp flashes yellow.
R The ignition is switched on.
Driving and parking 187
R The vehicle must be within range of the Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the R On the Internet at https://
garage door or door drive. battery replaced at a qualified specialist work‐ www.homelink.com
R The vehicle as well as persons and objects shop.
Opening or closing the garage door
are located outside the range of movement # Hold remote control 5 at various angles
of the door. from a distance of 1 cm to 8 cm front of the Requirements:
inside rearview mirror. You should test every R The corresponding button is programmed to
# Press the programming button on the door position for at least 25 seconds before trying operate the door.
drive unit. another position.
Initiate the next step within approximately # Press and hold buttons 1, 2 or 3 until
# Hold remote control 5 at the same angles the door opens or closes.
30 seconds.
at various distances in front of the inside rear
# Press previously programmed button 1, 2 # If indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow after
view mirror. You should test every position
or 3 repeatedly until the door closes. approximately 20 seconds: press and hold
for at least 25 seconds before trying another
When the door closes, programming is com‐ the previously pressed button again until the
position.
pleted. door opens or closes.
# On remote controls that transmit only for a
% Please also read the operating instructions limited period, press button 6 on remote Clearing the garage door opener memory
for the door drive. control 5 again before transmission ends. # Press and hold buttons 1 and 3.
Troubleshooting when programming the # Angle the aerial line of the garage door
Indicator lamp 4 lights up yellow.
remote control opener unit towards the remote control. # If indicator lamp 4 flashes green: release
# Check if the transmitter frequency of remote buttons 1 and 3.
% Support and additional information on pro‐
control 5 is supported. The entire memory has been deleted.
gramming:
# Replace the batteries in remote control 5.
R On the HomeLink® Hotline on (0) 08000
466 354 65 or +49 (0) 6838 907-277
188 Driving and parking
Electric parking brake # Never leave children unattended in the R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is bringing
vehicle. the vehicle to a standstill.
Function of the electric parking brake (apply‐
ing automatically) # When leaving the vehicle, always take R In addition, one of the following condi‐
the key with you and lock the vehicle. tions must be fulfilled:
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury # Keep the vehicle key out of the reach of - The engine is switched off.
due to leaving children unattended in the children. - The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the
vehicle seat belt buckle of the driver's seat and
If children are left unattended in the vehicle, The electric parking brake is applied if the the driver's door is opened.
they could, in particular: transmission is in position j and one of the - There is a system malfunction.
R open doors, thereby endangering other following conditions is fulfilled:
R The engine is switched off.
- The power supply is insufficient.
persons or road users.
R The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the
- The vehicle is stationary for a lengthy
R get out and be struck by oncoming traf‐ period.
fic. seat belt buckle of the driver's seat and the
driver's door is opened. When the electric parking brake is applied, the
R operate vehicle equipment and become
% To prevent application: pull the handle of the red ! indicator lamp lights up in the driver
trapped, for example.
electric parking brake (/ page 189). display.
In addition, the children could also set the % The electric parking brake is not automati‐
vehicle in motion by, for example: In the following situations, the electric park‐ cally applied if the engine is switched off by
R releasing the parking brake. ing brake is also applied: the ECO start/stop function.
R The HOLD function is keeping the vehicle sta‐
R changing the transmission position.
tionary.
R starting the vehicle. R Active Parking Assist is keeping the vehicle
stationary.
Driving and parking 189
Function of the electric parking brake Applying/releasing the electric parking % The electric parking brake is only securely
(releasing automatically) brake manually applied if the red ! indicator lamp is lit
continuously.
The electric parking brake is released when Applying
the following conditions are fulfilled: Releasing
R The driver's door is closed. # Switch on the ignition.
R The engine is running. # Pull handle 1.
R The transmission is in position h or k and The red ! indicator lamp in the driver dis‐
you depress the accelerator pedal or you play goes out.
shift from transmission position j to h or
k when on level ground. Emergency braking
# Press and hold handle 1.
R If the transmission is in position k, the tail‐ As long as the vehicle is in motion, the
gate must be closed. Release parking brake message is displayed
R The seat belt tongue is inserted into the seat and the red ! indicator lamp flashes.
belt buckle of the driver's seat. When the vehicle has been braked to a
When the electric parking brake is released, the standstill, the electric parking brake is
red ! indicator lamp in the driver display applied. The red ! indicator lamp lights
goes out. up in the driver's display.
receive a notification in the multimedia system System limits Activating or deactivating the collision pho‐
when you switch on the ignition. Detection may be restricted in the following sit‐ tos function
You will receive information about the following uations: Please note possible legal restrictions in some
points: countries regarding automatic recording of the
R the vehicle is damaged without impact, e.g. if
vehicle surroundings.
R The area of the vehicle that may have been an outside mirror is torn off or the paint is
# Activate or deactivate Collision photos.
damaged. damaged by a key
R The force of the impact. R an impact occurs at low speed Transferring the collision photos with the
R the electric parking brake is not applied Mercedes me App
The following situations can lead to inadvertent
# Select Upload collision photos.
activation:
R The parked vehicle is moved, e.g. in a two- Setting collision detection on a parked vehi‐ # Scan the QR code on the central display with
# Select Copy (USB). Standby mode (extension of the starter bat‐ Charge the starter battery in the following situa‐
All collision photos are copied to the USB tery's period out of use) tions:
flash drive. R The vehicle's non-operational time must be
Standby mode function
% To ensure secure operation, only use FAT32 extended.
% This function is not available for all models.
or exFAT formatted USB storage devices. R The starter battery charge level is insufficient
If standby mode is activated, energy loss will be for standby mode.
Deleting collision photos minimised during extended periods of non-oper‐
# Select Manage collision photos. ation. % Standby mode is automatically deactivated
# Select Delete. Standby mode is characterised by the following: when the ignition is switched on.
All collision photos will be deleted. R The starter battery is preserved. Activating/deactivating standby mode (park‐
R The maximum non-operational time appears ing up the vehicle)
Notes on parking up the vehicle in the driver's display. Requirements:
If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer than R The connection to online services is interrup‐ R The engine is switched off.
six weeks, it may suffer damage through disuse. ted.
Multimedia system:
The 12 V battery may also be impaired or dam‐ If the following conditions are fulfilled, standby 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
aged by heavy discharging. mode can be activated or deactivated using the 5 Opening/closing
% Further information can be obtained at a multimedia system:
# Activate or deactivate Standby mode.
qualified specialist workshop. R The engine is switched off.
R The ignition is switched on.
Driving and driving safety systems Information on vehicle sensors and cameras 3 Front radar
Driving systems and your responsibility Some driving and driving safety systems use 4 Front camera
cameras as well as radar or ultrasonic sensors 5 Corner radars
Your vehicle is equipped with driving systems to monitor the area in front of, behind or next to
which assist you in driving, parking and manoeu‐ 6 Ultrasonic sensors
the vehicle.
vring the vehicle. The driving systems are only 7 Reversing camera
aids. They are not a substitute for your attention
to the surroundings and do not relieve you of & WARNING Risk of accident due to
your responsibility pertaining to road traffic law. restricted detection performance of vehi‐
The driver is always responsible for maintaining cle sensors and cameras
a safe distance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle
speed, for braking in good time and for staying If the area around vehicle sensors or cam‐
in lane. Pay attention to the traffic conditions at eras is covered, damaged or dirty, certain
all times and intervene when necessary. Be driving and safety systems cannot function
aware of the limitations regarding the safe use of correctly. There is a risk of an accident.
these systems. # Keep the area around vehicle sensors
Driving systems can neither reduce the risk of or cameras clear of any obstructions
accident if you fail to adapt your driving style nor and clean.
override the laws of physics. They cannot always # Have damage to the bumper, radiator
take into account road, weather or traffic condi‐ grille or stone chipping in the area of
tions. the front and rear windows repaired at
a qualified specialist workshop.
1 Multifunction camera
2 Cameras in the outside mirrors Particularly, keep the areas around the sensors
and cameras free of dirt, ice or slush
Driving and parking 193
(/ page 328). The sensors and cameras must R ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) Lane Keeping Assist and Active Emergency
not be covered and the detection ranges around (/ page 194) Stop Assist are also available without the
them must be kept free. Do not attach additional Driving Assistance Package, albeit with
licence plate brackets, advertisements, stickers,
R ESP® Crosswind Assist (/ page 196) restricted functionality.
foils or foils to protect against stone chippings in R ESP® trailer stabilisation (/ page 196) R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
the detection range of the sensors and cameras. R EBD (Electronic Brakeforce Distribution) (/ page 203)
Make sure that there are no overhanging loads (/ page 196)
protruding into the detection range. R Active Speed Limit Assist (country-depend‐
R STEER CONTROL (/ page 197) ent) (/ page 208)
If there is damage to a bumper or the radiator
grille, or after an impact, have the function of
R HOLD function (/ page 197) R Route-based speed adaptation (country-
the sensors checked at a qualified specialist R Hill Start Assist (/ page 198) dependent) (/ page 209)
workshop. Have damage or stone chipping in the R Adaptive Brake Lights (/ page 198) R Active Brake Assist (/ page 217)
area of the cameras on the front and rear win‐ R ATTENTION ASSIST (/ page 199) R Active Steering Assist (country-dependent)
dows repaired at a qualified specialist workshop. (/ page 211)
R Cruise control (/ page 200)
% The reversing camera can extend and retract R Active Emergency Stop Assist (country-
automatically for the purpose of calibration, R Limiter (/ page 201) dependent) (/ page 213)
even though there is no camera image in the R Speed Limit Assist (country-dependent) R Active Lane Change Assist (country-depend‐
display. (/ page 222) ent) (/ page 215)
R Traffic Sign Assist (/ page 224) R Active Stop-and-Go Assist (country-depend‐
Overview of driving systems and driving R Traffic light view (/ page 228) ent) (/ page 211)
safety systems
Driving Assistance package R Active Blind Spot Assist with exit warning
R ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) (/ page 228)
% Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, Active
(/ page 194) Active Lane Keeping Assist (/ page 232)
Blind Spot Assist, Active Brake Assist, Active R
R BAS (Brake Assist System) (/ page 194)
194 Driving and parking
R PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side (/ page 50) conditions and can serve as a reminder to take The Brake Assist System (BAS) supports your
extra care while driving. emergency braking situation with additional
Parking Package brake force.
% The reversing camera is also available with‐ System limits
R ABS is active from speeds of approx. If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS is
out the Parking Package in some countries. activated:
5 km/h.
% The availability of individual functions is R BAS automatically boosts the brake pres‐
R ABS may be impaired or may not function if a
country and equipment-dependent. sure.
malfunction has occurred and the yel‐
R Reversing camera (/ page 235) low ! ABS warning lamp lights up contin‐ R BAS can shorten the braking distance.
R 360° Camera (/ page 239) uously in the instrument cluster after the R ABS prevents the wheels from locking.
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC (/ page 245) engine is started.
The brakes will function as usual once you
R Active Parking Assist (/ page 248) release the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.
Function of BAS
Functions of ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) & WARNING Risk of an accident caused by Function of ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro‐
ABS regulates the brake pressure in critical driv‐ a malfunction in BAS (Brake Assist Sys‐ gram)
ing situations: tem)
R During braking, e.g. at maximum full-stop & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is
If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distance
braking or insufficient tyre traction, the in an emergency braking situation is deactivated
wheels are prevented from locking. increased. If you deactivate ESP®, ESP® cannot carry
R Vehicle steerability while braking is ensured. # Depress the brake pedal with full force out vehicle stabilisation.
If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel a in emergency braking situations. ABS # ESP® should only be deactivated in the
pulsing in the brake pedal. The pulsating brake prevents the wheels from locking. following situations.
pedal can be an indication of hazardous road
Driving and parking 195
ESP® can monitor and improve driving stability When the ÷ warning lamp flashes, one or ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System)
and traction in the following situations, within several wheels has reached its grip limit: ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP® and
physical limits: R Adapt your driving style to suit the current makes it possible to pull away and accelerate on
R When pulling away on wet or slippery carria‐ road and weather conditions. a slippery carriageway.
geways. R Do not deactivate ESP®. ETS/4ETS can improve the vehicle's traction by
R When braking. intervening in the following ways:
R Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as
is necessary when pulling away. R The drive wheels are braked individually if
If the vehicle deviates from the direction desired they spin.
by the driver, ESP® can stabilise the vehicle by Deactivate ESP® in the following situations to R More drive torque is transferred to the wheel
intervening in the following ways: improve traction: or wheels with traction.
R One or more wheels are braked. R When using snow chains.
R The engine output is adapted according to Influence of drive programs on ESP®
R In deep snow.
the situation. The drive programs enable ESP® to adapt to dif‐
R On sand or gravel. ferent weather and road conditions as well as
When ESP® is deactivated, the å warning the driver's preferred driving style. Depending on
% Spinning the wheels results in a cutting
lamp lights up continuously: the selected drive program, the appropriate
action, which enhances traction.
R Driving stability will no longer be improved. ESP® mode will be activated. You can select the
If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp lights up continu‐ drive programs using the DYNAMIC SELECT
R The drive wheels could spin.
ously, ESP® is not available due to a malfunction. switch (/ page 173).
R ETS/4ETS traction control is still active.
Observe the following information:
% When ESP® is deactivated, you are still assis‐ R Warning and indicator lamps (/ page 535)
ted by ESP® when braking. R Display messages (/ page 474)
196 Driving and parking
Function of ESP® Crosswind Assist # Always adapt your driving style to suit Activating/deactivating ESP® (Electronic Sta‐
the current road and weather condi‐ bility Program)
ESP® Crosswind Assist detects sudden gusts of
side wind and helps the driver to keep the vehi‐ tions. Multimedia system:
cle in the lane: 4 © 5 ß 5 y
ESP®
When driving with a trailer, can stabilise
R ESP® Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle # Select ESP.
your vehicle if the trailer begins to swerve from
speeds between approx. 75 km/h and side to side: # Select On or å Off.
200 km/h when driving straight ahead or
R ESP® trailer stabilisation is active above
cornering slightly. ESP® is deactivated if the å ESP® OFF warn‐
speeds of 65 km/h. ing lamp lights up continuously in the instrument
R The vehicle is stabilised by means of individ‐
R Slight swerving is reduced by means of a tar‐ cluster.
ual brake application on one side.
geted, individual brake application on one Observe any information on warning lamps and
side. display messages which may be shown in the
Function of ESP® trailer stabilisation R In the event of severe swerving, the engine instrument cluster.
output is also reduced and all wheels are
& WARNING Risk of accident in poor road braked.
and weather conditions Function of EBD
ESP® trailer stabilisation may be impaired or
In poor road and weather conditions, the Electronic Breakforce Distribution (EBD) is char‐
may not function if:
trailer stabilisation cannot prevent lurching of acterised by the following:
the vehicle/trailer combination. Trailers with R The trailer is not connected correctly or is
R Monitoring and regulating the brake pressure
a high centre of gravity may tip over before not detected properly by the vehicle.
on the rear wheels.
ESP® detects this. R Improved driving stability when braking,
especially on bends.
Driving and parking 197
R The electric parking brake is released. In the following situations, the vehicle is held by R The electric parking brake is released.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deacti‐ transmission position j and/or by the electric
parking brake: This gives you enough time to move your foot
vated. from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal
R The transmission is in position h, k or i. R The seat belt is unfastened and the driver's and depress it before the vehicle begins to roll
door is opened. away.
Activating the HOLD function R The vehicle is switched off.
# Depress the brake pedal, and after a short R There is a system malfunction. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury
time quickly depress further until the ë due to the vehicle rolling away
display appears in the driver display. R The power supply is insufficient.
After a short time, Hill Start Assist no longer
# Release the brake pedal. In addition, the Brake immediately message may holds the vehicle.
appear in the driver display and a horn tone may # Swiftly move your foot from the brake
Deactivating the HOLD function sound at regular intervals.
# Depress the accelerator pedal to pull away. pedal to the accelerator pedal. Do not
# Immediately depress the brake pedal firmly leave the vehicle when it is being held
or until the warning message disappears. by Hill Start Assist.
# Depress the brake pedal until the ë dis‐ The HOLD function is deactivated.
play disappears from the driver display. # Additionally secure the vehicle against rolling
The HOLD function is deactivated in the follow‐ away. Function of Adaptive Brake Lights
ing situations: Adaptive Brake Lights warn following traffic in an
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa‐ Function of Hill Start Assist emergency braking situation with the following
ted. actions:
R The transmission is shifted to position j.
Hill Start Assist holds the vehicle for a short
R By flashing the brake lamps
time when pulling away on a hill under the fol‐
R The vehicle is secured with the electric park‐ lowing conditions: R By activating the hazard warning lights
ing brake. R The transmission is in position h or k.
Driving and parking 199
If the vehicle is braked sharply from speeds take regular breaks in good time that allow for
above 50 km/h, the brake lamps flash rapidly. adequate recuperation.
This provides traffic travelling behind you with an You can choose between two settings:
even more noticeable warning.
R Standard: normal system sensitivity.
If the vehicle is travelling at speeds of more than
R Sensitive: increased system sensitivity: the
70 km/h at the beginning of the brake applica‐
tion, the hazard warning lights switch on once driver is warned earlier and the attention
the vehicle is stationary. When you pull away level detected by the system is adapted
again, the hazard warning lights will switch off accordingly.
automatically at approximately 10 km/h. You If drowsiness or increasing lapses in concentra‐
can also switch off the hazard warning lights tion are detected, the ATTENTION ASSIST: Take The following information is displayed in the
using the hazard warning button. a break! warning appears in the driver display. driver display:
You can acknowledge the message and take a R The length of the journey since the last break
ATTENTION ASSIST break where necessary. If you do not take a R The attention level determined by ATTENTION
break and ATTENTION ASSIST continues to ASSIST:
Function of ATTENTION ASSIST detect increasing lapses in concentration, you
ATTENTION ASSIST assists you on long, monoto‐ will be warned again after a minimum of - The more segments 1 of the circle dis‐
nous journeys, e.g. on motorways and trunk 15 minutes. played, the higher the detected attention
roads. If indicators of fatigue or increasing lap‐ level.
ses in concentration on the part of the driver are - Fewer segments 1 are displayed in the
detected, the system suggests taking a break. circle as the attention level decreases.
ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid. It cannot
always detect fatigue or lapses in concentration If ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the
in time. The system is not a substitute for a well- attention level and cannot issue a warning, the
rested and attentive driver. On long journeys, System suspended message appears.
200 Driving and parking
If a warning is given in the driver display, the R If you change lanes and vary your speed fre‐ You can store any speed above 20 km/h up to
multimedia system offers to search for a rest quently In active driving situations. the maximum design speed or up to the set win‐
area. You can select a rest area and start naviga‐ ter tyre limit.
tion to this rest area. Also observe any information regarding display
messages that can be displayed in the driver dis‐ Observe the notes on driving systems and your
ATTENTION ASSIST is activated automatically play. responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐
when the engine is re-started. The last selected nise dangers (/ page 192).
sensitivity level remains stored. The ATTENTION ASSIST drowsiness or alertness
assessment is reset and restarted when continu‐ Messages in the driver display
System limits ing the journey in the following situations: R h (grey): cruise control is selected but
ATTENTION ASSIST is active in the 60 km/h to R If you switch off the engine. not yet active, or temporarily passive.
200 km/h speed range. R h (green): cruise control is active.
R If you unfasten your seat belt and open the
Particularly in the following situations, ATTEN‐ driver's door (e.g. to change drivers or take a
TION ASSIST only functions in a restricted man‐ A stored speed appears under the h display
break). and is indicated in the speedometer.
ner and warnings may be delayed or not occur:
R If you have been driving for less than approx‐ System limits
Cruise control and limiter Cruise control may be unable to maintain the
imately 30 minutes.
R If the road condition is poor (uneven road Function of cruise control stored speed on uphill gradients. The stored
surface or potholes). Cruise control regulates the speed to the value speed is resumed when the gradient evens out.
selected by the driver. Change into a lower gear in good time on long
R If there is a strong side wind.
If you accelerate to overtake, for example, the and steep downhill gradients. Take particular
R If you adopt a sporty driving style (high cor‐ note of this when driving a laden vehicle. By
stored speed is not deleted. If you remove your
nering speeds or high rates of acceleration). foot from the accelerator pedal after overtaking, doing so, you will make use of the engine's brak‐
R If the Steering Assist function of Active Dis‐ cruise control will resume speed regulation back ing effect. This relieves the load on the brake
tance Assist DISTRONIC is active. to the stored speed. system and prevents the brakes from overheat‐
R If the clock is set to the incorrect time. ing and wearing too quickly.
Driving and parking 201
Do not use cruise control in the following situa‐ Observe the notes on driving systems and your Operating cruise control or the variable lim‐
tions: responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐ iter
R In traffic situations which require frequent nise dangers (/ page 192).
changes of speed, e.g. in heavy traffic, on & WARNING Risk of accident due to stored
Messages in the driver display speed
winding roads. R È (grey): variable limiter is selected but
R On slippery roads. Accelerating can cause not yet activated. If you call up the stored speed and this is
the drive wheels to lose traction and the R È (flashes grey): variable limiter is tempo‐
lower than your current speed, the vehicle
vehicle could then skid. rarily passive. decelerates.
R If you are driving when visibility is poor. # Take into account the traffic situation
R È (green): variable limiter is activated.
before calling up the stored speed.
Function of the limiter A stored speed appears under the È display
The limiter restricts the speed of the vehicle. To and is indicated in the speedometer. Requirements:
reduce the speed to the set speed, the limiter
applies the brakes automatically. If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the Cruise control
pressure point (kickdown), the variable limiter R Cruise control is selected.
You can limit the speed as follows: switches to passive mode. The È passive R ESP® must be activated, but not intervening.
R Variable: for a short-term speed restriction, message appears in the driver's display and the
e.g. in built-up areas È display flashes. R The vehicle speed is at least 20 km/h.
R Permanent: for a longer-term speed restric‐ The variable limiter is reactivated in the following R The transmission is in position h.
tion, e.g. in winter tyre mode situations: Variable limiter
You can store any speed above 20 km/h up to R If the vehicle speed drops below the stored
R The variable limiter is selected.
the maximum design speed or up to the set win‐ speed.
ter tyre limit. You can also perform settings R If the stored speed is called up.
while the vehicle is stationary if the vehicle has R If you store a new speed.
been started.
202 Driving and parking
Operating cruise control and the variable If the last stored speed has previously been
limiter deleted, the current vehicle speed is stored.
# Press the corresponding button with only % When you switch off the vehicle, the last
one finger or swipe on the control panel. speed stored is deleted.
When you activate cruise control or Active
Switching between cruise control and the Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the last speed
variable limiter stored for the variable limiter is deleted.
# To select cruise control: press h. Increasing/decreasing the stored speed
# To select the variable limiter: press È. # To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards
from the bottom of control panel 1.
% Vehicles with Active Distance Assist R The stored speed is increased by 1 km/h.
DISTRONIC: the variable limiter is selected
# To decrease the stored speed: swipe down‐
by a different button (/ page 206).
wards from the top of control panel 1.
Activating cruise control or the variable lim‐ R The stored speed is decreased by
iter 1 km/h.
Steering wheel control panel for cruise control and # Press M or N on control panel 1.
or
limiter The current vehicle speed is stored and the
# Briefly press M or N on control panel
J Adopts the stored/detected speed vehicle maintains this speed (cruise control)
± Deactivates cruise control/the variable or does not exceed it (variable limiter). 1.
The stored speed is increased or decreased
limiter or to the next increment of ten (e.g. to 50 km/h
h Selects cruise control # Press J. or 60 km/h).
È Selects the limiter The last stored speed is called up and the or
1 Control panel to increase/decrease speed vehicle maintains this speed (cruise control)
or does not exceed it (variable limiter).
Driving and parking 203
# Press and hold M or N on control # Press ±. Setting the limit speed for winter tyres
panel 1. % If you brake, deactivate ESP® or if ESP® Multimedia system:
The stored speed is increased or decreased intervenes, cruise control is deactivated. The 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Driving
to the next increment of ten and afterwards variable limiter is not deactivated. # Activate or deactivate Winter tyre limit.
by increments of 10 km/h.
or Information on the permanent limiter Setting a speed
If the vehicle should never exceed a specific # Select Z next to Winter tyre limit.
# Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed. speed (e.g. for driving in winter tyre mode), you
# Press M on control panel 1. can set this speed with the permanent limiter. # Select a speed.
% When the variable limiter is switched to pas‐ You do this by limiting the speed between
sive mode, you cannot increase or decrease 160 km/h and 240 km/h in the multimedia sys‐ Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
its stored speed in increments of 1 km/h. tem (/ page 203).
Function of Active Distance Assist
Adopting a detected speed Shortly before the set speed is reached, it is DISTRONIC
If cruise control/the variable limiter is activated shown in the driver display. When you confirm Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC maintains the
and Traffic Sign Assist has detected a speed the message, display messages no longer appear set speed on free-flowing roads. If vehicles in
restriction sign with a maximum permissible until you switch off the vehicle. The speed will front are detected, the set distance is main‐
speed and this is displayed in the driver display: only be displayed again once the vehicle has tained, if necessary, until the vehicle comes to a
# Press J.
been restarted or if the set speed is changed. halt. The vehicle accelerates or brakes depend‐
The maximum permissible speed shown by The permanent limiter does not switch to pas‐ ing on the distance to the vehicle in front and
the traffic sign is stored and the vehicle sive mode even during kickdown and the driven the set speed. The speed and distance to the
maintains or does not exceed this speed. speed remains below the set speed. vehicle in front are set and saved using the
steering wheel.
Deactivating cruise control or the variable
limiter
204 Driving and parking
Available speed range: % In the DYNAMIC SELECT menu, the driving Driver display in the Assistance menu
R Vehicles without Driving Assistance Pack‐ style of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
age: 20 km/h - 160 km/h can be set. Depending on which drive pro‐
gram is selected, the driving characteristics
R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Pack‐
can be geared towards fuel economy, com‐
age: 20 km/h - 210 km/h fort or dynamic performance. In the Active
Other features of Active Distance Assist Distance Assist menu, the driving style can
DISTRONIC: be permanently set to Comfort or Dynamic
(/ page 210).
R Adjusts the driving style depending on the
selected drive program (fuel-saving, comfort‐ Vehicles with Active Parking Assist and Driv‐
able or dynamic) (/ page 172) ing Assistance Package: if Active Distance
Assist DISTRONIC has braked the vehicle to a
R Initiates acceleration to the stored speed if 1 Vehicle in front
standstill, it can automatically follow the vehicle
the turn signal indicator is switched on to 2 Distance indicator
in front when driving off again within 30 sec‐
change to the overtaking lane
onds. If a critical situation is detected in the sur‐ 3 Set specified distance
R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Pack‐ rounding area when driving off, such as a person
age: in the vehicle path, a visual and acoustic warning Vehicle detected in front 1 is highlighted in
- Reacts to stationary vehicles detected in is given indicating that the driver must now take green. It may also be in the lane to the left of
urban speed ranges (except bicycles and control of the vehicle. The vehicle is not acceler‐ your vehicle in situations where it is not permit‐
motorcycles) ated any further. ted to overtake on the right, for example on
motorways.
- Takes one-sided overtaking restrictions Observe the notes on driving systems and your
into account on motorways or on multi- responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐ Permanent status display
lane roads with separate carriageways nise dangers (/ page 192). R ç (white): Active Distance Assist
(country-dependent) DISTRONIC selected, specified distance set
Driving and parking 205
R ç (green): Active Distance Assist System limits & WARNING Risk of accident from acceler‐
DISTRONIC active, specified distance set and The system may be impaired or may not function ation or braking by Active Distance
vehicle detected in the following situations, for example: Assist DISTRONIC
The stored speed is shown under the permanent R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel‐
status display and highlighted on the speedome‐ glare, in direct sunlight or in greatly varying erate or brake in the following cases, for
ter. When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is light conditions. example:
passive, the status display is greyed out. R The windscreen in the area of the camera is R If the vehicle pulls away using Active Dis‐
If the speed of the vehicle in front or the speed dirty, misted up, damaged or covered. tance Assist DISTRONIC.
adjustment is less than the stored speed due to R If the radar sensors are dirty or covered. R If the stored speed is called up and is
the route event ahead, the segments in the
speedometer light up. R In multi-storey car parks or on roads with considerably faster or slower than the
steep uphill or downhill gradients. currently driven speed.
When the set specified distance is increased or
R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such as R If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC no
decreased, the Ò display briefly appears
under the vehicle in the permanent status dis‐ bicycles or motorcycles. longer detects a vehicle in front or does
play. not react to relevant objects.
In addition, on slippery roads, braking or accel‐
% On motorways or high-speed major roads, erating can cause one or several wheels to lose # Always carefully observe the traffic con‐
the green ç vehicle symbol is displayed traction and the vehicle could then skid. ditions and be ready to brake at all
cyclically when the vehicle is ready to pull Do not use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC in times.
away. these situations. # Take into account the traffic situation
% If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond before calling up the stored speed.
the setting of the Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC, the system is switched to pas‐
sive mode. The ç suspended message
appears on the driver display.
206 Driving and parking
& WARNING Risk of accident due to insuf‐ R to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta‐ Variable limiter:
ficient deceleration by Active Distance tionary vehicles, or unexpected obstacles R The variable limiter is selected.
Assist DISTRONIC R to complex traffic conditions
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes R to oncoming vehicles and crossing traffic
your vehicle with up to 50% of the possible
deceleration. If this deceleration is not suffi‐ As a result, Active Distance Assist
cient, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC DISTRONIC may neither give warnings nor
alerts you with a visual and acoustic warning. intervene in such situations.
# Always observe the traffic conditions
# Adjust your speed and maintain a suita‐
ble distance from the vehicle in front. carefully and react accordingly.
# Brake the vehicle yourself and/or take
Operating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
evasive action. and the variable limiter
K Increases/decreases the specified dis‐ # To activate with a stored speed: press # Briefly press M on the upper section or
tance J. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC: N on the lower section of control panel
I Switches between the variable limiter and remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. 1.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC The last stored speed is called up and the The stored speed is increased or reduced by
vehicle maintains this speed (Active Distance 10 km/h.
# To operate Active Distance Assist Assist DISTRONIC) or does not exceed it (var‐ or
DISTRONIC or the variable limiter: press iable limiter).
the respective button with only one finger or # Press and hold M on the upper section or
If the stored speed has been deleted, the N on the lower section of control panel
swipe on the control panel. current vehicle speed is stored. 1.
Switching between the variable limiter and % When you switch off the vehicle, the stored The stored speed is increased or reduced in
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC speed is deleted. When you activate Active increments of 10 km/h.
# Press I. Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the last speed or
stored for the variable limiter is deleted.
Activating the variable limiter or Active Dis‐ # Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
tance Assist DISTRONIC Increasing or reducing the speed # Press M on the upper section of control
# To activate without a stored speed: press # To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards
panel 1.
M, N or J. Active Distance from the bottom of control panel 1.
Assist DISTRONIC: remove your foot from R The stored speed is increased by 1 km/h. Adopting the limit speed shown in the driver
the accelerator pedal. # To decrease the stored speed: swipe down‐
display
The current vehicle speed is stored and wards from the top of control panel 1. # Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
maintained (Active Distance Assist R The stored speed is decreased by or the variable limiter.
DISTRONIC) or limited (variable limiter) by 1 km/h. # Press J.
the vehicle. or The limit speed displayed in the driver display
or is adopted as the stored speed. The vehicle
adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in
208 Driving and parking
front, but only up to the stored speed, or lim‐ Deactivating Active Distance Assist automatically adopted as the stored speed
its its speed accordingly. DISTRONIC or the variable limiter (/ page 210).
Pulling away with Active Distance Assist The driven speed is adjusted when the vehicle is
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to level with the traffic sign at the latest. In the
DISTRONIC Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC being case of signs indicating entry into an urban area,
# Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC active when you leave the driver's seat the speed is adapted according to the speed
and remove your foot from the brake pedal. permitted within the urban area. The speed limit
# Press J.
If you leave the driver's seat while the vehicle
is being braked by Active Distance Assist display in the driver display is always updated
or DISTRONIC only, the vehicle can roll away. when the vehicle is level with the traffic sign.
# Depress the accelerator pedal briefly and # Always deactivate Active Distance If you are driving on German motorways and
firmly. Assist DISTRONIC and secure the vehi‐ there is no speed limit, the system uses the
The functions of Active Distance Assist cle to prevent it from rolling away speed stored for a stretch of road with no speed
DISTRONIC continue to be carried out. before you leave the driver's seat. limit as the set speed. If you do not alter the
Reducing or increasing the specified dis‐ stored speed on a stretch of road with no speed
tance from the vehicle in front # Press ±. limit, the recommended speed of 130 km/h is
% If you brake, deactivate ESP® or if ESP® adopted.
# Press K.
intervenes, Active Distance Assist If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been
The h display appears. The specified dis‐
DISTRONIC is deactivated. The variable lim‐ put into passive mode by pressing the accelera‐
tance is reduced by one level.
iter is not deactivated. tor pedal, only speed limits which are higher
If the lowest level is already selected, the than the set speed are adopted.
selection jumps to the highest level. Function of Active Speed Limit Assist
The maximum permissible speed does not take
If a change in the speed limit of 20 km/h or the road condition and current weather and traf‐
more is detected and automatic adoption of fic conditions into account. Adjust your speed
speed limits is activated, the new speed limit is accordingly, when necessary.
Driving and parking 209
Observe the notes on driving systems and your R in wet conditions or in fog R Roundabouts
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐ R T-junctions
nise dangers (/ page 192). R when towing a trailer
R Turns and exits
System limits # Ensure that the driven speed complies
with traffic regulations. R Traffic jams ahead (only with Live Traffic )
The system limits of Traffic Sign Assist apply to
the detection of traffic signs (/ page 224). # Adjust the driving speed to suit current Also, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indi‐
Speed limits below 20 km/h are not automati‐ traffic and weather conditions. cator is switched on and one of the following sit‐
cally adopted by the system as the stored speed. uations is detected:
Temporary speed restrictions (e.g. for a certain Function of route-based speed adaptation R Turning off at junctions
time or due to weather conditions) cannot be When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is acti‐
R Driving on slowing-down lanes
properly detected by the system. The maximum vated, the vehicle speed will be adapted accord‐
ingly to the route events ahead. Depending on R Driving on lanes adjacent to slowing-down
permissible speed applying to a vehicle with a
the drive program selected, the vehicle negoti‐ lanes
trailer is not detected by the system.
ates a route event ahead in a fuel-saving, com‐
Adjust the speed in these situations. The driver is responsible for choosing the right
fortable or dynamic manner. When the route
speed and observing other road users. This
event has been passed, the vehicle accelerates
& WARNING Risk of accident due to Active applies in particular to junctions, roundabouts
again to the stored speed. The set distance to
Speed Limit Assist adapting the vehicle's and traffic lights, as route-based speed adapta‐
the vehicle in front, vehicles detected ahead and
speed tion does not brake the vehicle to a standstill.
speed restrictions ahead are taken into account.
The speed adopted by Active Speed Limit If a corresponding route event is detected while
Route-based speed adaptation can be activated
Assist may be too high or incorrect in some route guidance is active, the first speed adjust‐
in the multimedia system (/ page 210).
individual cases, such as: ment is carried out automatically. If the turn sig‐
The following route events are taken into nal indicator is switched on, the selected route is
R at speed limits below 20 km/h account: confirmed and further speed adjustment is acti‐
R Bends vated.
210 Driving and parking
Speed adaptation is cancelled in the following hitch and the electrical connection has been Setting Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
cases: correctly established driving styles
R If the turn signal indicator is switched off In these situations the driver must intervene Requirements:
before the route event and it is therefore accordingly. R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa‐
assumed that the route event is not relevant ted.
to the driver. & WARNING Risk of accident in spite of
R If the driver depresses the accelerator or route-based speed adaptation Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
brake pedal during the process. Route-based speed adaptation can malfunc‐ 5 Driving 5 Active Distance Assist
System limits tion or be temporarily unavailable in the fol‐
Route-based speed adaptation does not take lowing situations: Selecting a driving style
right of way regulations into account. The driver R If the driver does not follow the calcula‐ # Select DYNAMIC SELECT based , Dynamic or
is responsible for complying with road traffic ted route Comfort.
regulations and driving at a suitable speed. R If map data is not up-to-date or available
In difficult conditions, the speed selection made Setting speed adaptation
R In the event of roadworks
by the system may not always be suitable. This # Select When cornering etc. or For limits.
applies to the following situations, for example: R In bad weather or road conditions When these functions are active, the vehicle
R unclear roads R If the accelerator pedal is depressed speed is adjusted according to a route event
R In the event of electronically displayed ahead or to speed limits detected by Traffic
R road narrowing
speed limitations Sign Assist.
R varying maximum permissible speeds in indi‐
% When one of the following systems is active,
vidual lanes, for example at toll stations # Adapt the speed to the traffic situation. the detected speed can be manually adopted
R wet road surfaces, snow or ice as the speed limit:
R if transport equipment, for example a trailer R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
or bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer
Driving and parking 211
R Cruise control Observe the notes on driving systems and your Active Steering Assist
R Variable limiter responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐
Function of Active Steering Assist
nise dangers (/ page 192).
Further information about Active Distance Active Steering Assist is only available up to a
Active Stop-and-Go Assist activates automati‐ speed of 210 km/h. The system helps you to
Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 206). cally when all of the following conditions are stay in the centre of the lane by means of mod‐
% Further information on speed adaptation met: erate steering interventions. Depending on the
(/ page 209). R You are in a traffic jam on a motorway or speed driven, Active Steering Assist uses the
Function of Active Stop-and-Go Assist high-speed major road. vehicles ahead and lane markings as a refer‐
Active Stop-and-Go Assist helps you when in R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa‐ ence.
traffic jams on multi-lane roads with separate ted and active (/ page 206). % Depending on the country, in the lower
carriageways by automatically pulling away R Active Steering Assist is activated and active speed range Active Steering Assist can use
within up to 60 seconds and with moderate (/ page 213). the surrounding traffic as a reference. If nec‐
steering manoeuvres. It orients itself using the essary, Active Steering Assist can then also
vehicle in front and lane markings. Active Stop- R You are travelling no faster than 60 km/h.
provide assistance when driving outside the
and-Go Assist automatically maintains a safe dis‐ When Active Stop-and-Go Assist is active the centre of the lane.
tance from the vehicle in front and vehicles cut‐ ¬ status display appears in the driver display. If the detection of lane markings and vehicles
ting in. ahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist
Active Stop-and-Go Assist requires you, as the System limits switches to passive mode. The system provides
driver, to keep your hands on the steering wheel The system limitations of Active Distance Assist no support in this case.
at all times so that you are able to intervene at DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist apply to
any time to correct the course of the vehicle and Active Stop-and-Go Assist (/ page 211). Permanent status display in the driver dis‐
keep it in lane. play
Ø Grey: activated and passive
Ø Green: activated and active
212 Driving and parking
Ø Red, flashing: prompt to the driver to Touch detection may be limited or inoperative in
actively confirm or transition from active the following situations:
to passive status, system limit detected R The driver is wearing gloves.
% During the transition from active to passive R There is a steering wheel cover on the steer‐
status, the Ø symbol is shown as ing wheel.
enlarged and flashing. Once the system is
passive, the Ø symbol is shown as grey in If Active Steering Assist detects that a system
the driver display. limit has been reached, a visual warning is
issued and a warning tone sounds.
Contact detection Observe the notes on driving systems and your
The driver is required to keep their hands on the If the system detects that the driver has not responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐
steering wheel at all times and be able to inter‐ steered the vehicle for a considerable period of nise dangers (/ page 192).
vene at any time to correct the course of the time or has removed their hands from the steer‐
vehicle and keep it in lane. The driver must ing wheel, an optical warning is given first. Dis‐ System limits
expect a change from active to passive mode or play message 1 appears in the driver display. If Active Steering Assist has a limited steering tor‐
vice versa at any time. the driver still does not steer the vehicle, or que for lateral guidance. In some cases, the
gives no confirmation to the system, a warning steering intervention is not sufficient to keep the
tone sounds in addition to the visual warning vehicle in the lane.
message. The system may be impaired or may not function
If the driver does not react to this warning for a in the following instances:
considerable period, an emergency stop is initi‐ R There is poor visibility, e.g. due to snow, rain,
ated (/ page 213). fog, heavy spray, greatly varying light condi‐
The warning is not issued or is stopped as soon tions or strong shadows on the carriageway.
as the system detects that the driver has R There is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic,
touched the steering wheel. direct sunlight or reflections.
Driving and parking 213
R Insufficient road illumination. R When crossing junctions. # Steer according to traffic conditions.
R The windscreen is dirty, misted up, damaged R At roundabouts or toll stations.
or covered in the vicinity of the camera, e.g. R When actively changing lane without switch‐ Activating/deactivating Active Steering
by a sticker. ing on the turn signal indicator. Assist
R No, or several, unclear lane markings are R When the tyre pressure is too low. Requirements:
present for one lane, or the markings change R ESP® is activated, but is not intervening.
quickly, for example, in a construction area & WARNING Risk of accident if Active
or junctions. R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa‐
Steering Assist unexpectedly stops func‐ ted.
R The lane markings are worn away, dark or tioning
covered up, e.g. by dirt or snow. Multimedia system:
If the system limits of Active Steering Assist
If the distance to the vehicle in front is too 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
R are reached there is no guarantee that the
short and thus the lane markings cannot be system will remain active or will keep the 5 Driving
detected. vehicle in lane. # Select Ø Act. Steering Asst.
R The road is narrow and winding. # Always keep your hands on the steering
R There are obstacles on the lane or projecting wheel and observe the traffic carefully. Function of Active Emergency Stop Assist
out into the lane, such as object markers. # Always steer the vehicle paying atten‐
tion to traffic conditions. Depending on vehicle equipment, Active Emer‐
R If transport equipment, for example a trailer
gency Stop Assist uses touch sensors or detects
or bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer
steering movements when monitoring the steer‐
hitch and the electrical connection has been & WARNING Risk of accident if Active ing wheel. If the system detects that the driver is
correctly established. Steering Assist unexpectedly intervenes no longer holding the steering wheel, it can ini‐
The system does not provide assistance in the The detection of lane markings and objects tiate an emergency stop, if necessary.
following conditions: may malfunction and cause unexpected
R On very tight bends and when turning. steering interventions.
214 Driving and parking
Vehicles without Driving Assistance Pack‐ driver still does not steer the vehicle, or gives no adjacent right-hand lane is carried out, if possi‐
age: the accelerator and brake pedal are moni‐ confirmation to the system, a warning tone ble.
tored as well as the steering wheel. sounds in addition to the visual warning mes‐ % It is only possible to change across one lane
Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: if sage. and only into the right-hand lane, and not
Active Steering Assist is deactivated, the accel‐ Also observe the instructions on the contact onto the hard shoulder.
erator and brake pedal are monitored as well as detection of Active Steering Assist When automatic braking is initiated, Active Dis‐
the steering wheel. (/ page 211). tance Assist DISTRONIC is deactivated. Depend‐
A warning is issued when the steering wheel is Active Emergency Stop Assist issues the follow‐ ing on the country, the hazard warning light sys‐
not being held or when a pedal is not depressed, ing warnings in order: tem is switched on.
and the vehicle is in danger of leaving the lane. R Display message 1 appears in the driver's When the vehicle is stationary, the following
display. actions are carried out:
R In addition to display 1 a warning tone R The vehicle is secured with the electric park‐
sounds. ing brake.
R The Beginning emergency stop message R The vehicle is unlocked.
appears in the driver display, a continuous R If possible, an emergency call is placed to
warning tone sounds, the vehicle no longer the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
accelerates, and there is a slight, repeated
tensioning of the seat belt. Before automatic braking is initiated, you can
R The vehicle speed is reduced in increments
cancel Active Emergency Stop Assist by steer‐
until it is at a standstill. Sharp brake impul‐ ing.
If the system detects that the driver has not ses are also produced.
steered the vehicle for a considerable period of
time or has removed their hands from the steer‐ Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
ing wheel, visual warning 1 is issued. If the depending on the country, a lane change to the
Driving and parking 215
You can cancel the intervention by Active Emer‐ markings, Active Emergency Stop Assist is not R The neighbouring lane is separated by a bro‐
gency Stop Assist after automatic braking is ini‐ active. ken lane marking.
tiated by one of the following actions: For the detection of vehicles and other obsta‐ R No vehicle or obstacle is detected in the
R Accelerating or braking: the emergency stop cles, observe the system limits of the following adjacent lane.
is cancelled, but the warning message, warn‐ functions: R Since the last time the vehicle was started,
ing tone and power steering remain active R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC the sensors have detected a vehicle at a suit‐
R Steering: power-assisted steering is cancel‐ (/ page 203) able distance behind your vehicle.
led, the warning message and warning tone R Active Steering Assist (/ page 211) R Active Lane Change Assist is selected in the
remain active and the vehicle continues to be multimedia system.
R Active Lane Change Assist (/ page 215)
braked
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active
% Active Emergency Stop Assist can initiate an Active Lane Change Assist Steering Assist are activated on motorways.
emergency stop a maximum of three times
within one ignition cycle. After this Active Function of Active Lane Change Assist The system is not available and must be reacti‐
Steering Assist and Active Emergency Stop Active Lane Change Assist supports the driver vated in the following situations:
Assist are deactivated for that ignition cycle. when changing lanes and is activated by indicat‐ R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active
ing briefly. Steering Assist were already activated before
System limits entering the motorway.
Vehicles without Driving Assistance Pack‐ For this, the following conditions must be fulfil‐
led: R The system briefly does not detect the road
age: if Active Lane Keeping Assist does not
detect lane markings or is deactivated, Active R You are on a motorway or high-speed major
you are on as a motorway or a motorway-like
Emergency Stop Assist is not active. road. road, e.g. on a motorway junction.
Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: if R The vehicle speed is between approximately As soon as Active Lane Change Assist detects a
Active Lane Keeping Assist does not detect lane 80 km/h and 180 km/h. suitable road, you can reactivate it with J,
M or N.
216 Driving and parking
Driver display in the Assistance menu play appears along with grey arrows in the driver R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC or Active
display. Steering Assist is deactivated.
If no vehicle or obstacle is detected in the adja‐ R The vehicle cannot make the lane change as
cent lane and a lane change is permitted, the planned.
lane change begins after the driver has indicated
briefly. The lane change is shown to the driver Cancellation of Active Lane Change Assist is dis‐
with a flashing green arrow next to the ± played as follows:
steering wheel symbol. Green arrow 1 is dis‐ R The arrow in the selected direction of travel
played in the appropriate adjacent lane in the turns red.
Assistance menu in the driver display. The Lane R A corresponding message appears on the
change to the left message, for example, also driver display.
appears. R In certain circumstances a warning tone
Active Lange Change Assist can be cancelled in sounds.
various situations, including the following:
R Change in the surrounding conditions (e.g. & WARNING Risk of accident when chang‐
detected obstacle). ing lane to an occupied adjacent lane
R The driver removes their hands from the Lane Change Assist cannot always clearly
1 Green arrow: lane change initiated
steering wheel. detect if the adjacent lane is free.
2 Red arrow: lane change cancelled
R The driver steers with too much force or in The lane change might be initiated although
When Active Lane Change Assist is available, the the opposite direction. the adjacent lane is not free.
± display appears along with green arrows in R The driver moves the turn signal indicator in # Before changing lanes, make sure that
the driver display. If the system has been activa‐ the opposite direction. the neighbouring lane is free and there
ted but is not currently available, the ± dis‐ is no danger to other road users.
Driving and parking 217
# Monitor the lane change. R The exterior lighting shows a defect. Active Brake Assist
R The system does not detect a suitable road, Function of Active Brake Assist
& WARNING Risk of accident if Lane for example, in tight bends or shortly after a
slip road. Active Brake Assist consists of the following
Change Assist unexpectedly stops func‐ functions:
tioning R The vehicle is on a construction site.
R Distance warning function
If the system limitations for Lane Change % The Active Lane Change Assist sensors R Autonomous braking function
Assist have been reached, there is no guar‐ adjust automatically while a certain distance
R Situation-dependent braking assistance
antee that the system will remain active. is being driven after the vehicle has been
delivered. Active Lane Change Assist is R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Pack‐
Lane Change Assist cannot then assist you
by applying steering torque. unavailable or only partially available during age: Evasive Steering Assist (country-spe‐
this teach-in process, and no arrows are dis‐ cific)
# Always monitor the lane change and
played next to the Ø Active Steering Active Brake Assist can help you to minimise the
keep your hands on the steering wheel. Assist symbol.
Observe the traffic conditions and steer risk of a collision with vehicles, cyclists or
and/or brake if necessary. Observe the notes on driving systems and your pedestrians or to reduce the effects of such a
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐ collision.
System limits nise dangers (/ page 192). If Active Brake Assist has detected a risk of colli‐
The system limitations of Active Steering Assist Selecting Active Lane Change Assist sion, a warning tone sounds and the L dis‐
apply to Active Lane Change Assist Multimedia system: tance warning lamp lights up.
(/ page 211). 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
The system may also be impaired or may not 5 Driving
function in the following situations:
# Select the function.
R The sensors are damaged, covered or dirty
(/ page 192).
218 Driving and parking
directly. In this case, the warning lamp and warn‐ additional preventive measures for occupant
ing tone occur simultaneously with the braking protection (PRE-SAFE®) may also be initiated.
application.
If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situa‐ & WARNING Risk of an accident caused by
tion or apply the brake during autonomous brak‐ limited detection performance of Active
ing, situation-dependent braking assistance Brake Assist
occurs. The brake pressure increases up to max‐ Active Brake Assist cannot always clearly
imum full-stop braking if necessary. identify objects and complex traffic situa‐
tions.
In such cases, Active Brake Assist might:
In the Assistance menu, an insufficient distance
1 to the vehicle in front is displayed in red. If R Give a warning or brake without reason
you further reduce the distance, the vehicle in R Not give a warning or not brake
front is also highlighted in red. When the system
detects a risk of collision, red radar waves 2 Active Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver
appear in front of the vehicle. is responsible for maintaining a sufficiently
safe distance to the vehicle in front, vehicle
Vehicles with PRE-SAFE®: depending on the speed and for braking in good time.
country, an additional haptic warning occurs in # Always pay careful attention to the traf‐
the form of slight, repeated tensioning of the If autonomous braking or situation-dependent fic situation; do not rely on Active Brake
seat belt. braking assistance has occurred, pop up 1 Assist alone.
If you do not react to the warning, autonomous appears in the driver display and then automati‐ # Be prepared to brake or swerve if nec‐
braking can be initiated in critical situations. cally goes out after a short time. essary.
In particularly critical situations, Active Brake If the autonomous braking function or the situa‐
Assist can also initiate autonomous braking tion-dependent braking assistance is triggered,
Driving and parking 219
% If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, æ occurs in the form of slight, repeated ten‐ Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
appears in the driver display. sioning of the seat belt. R At speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
If the system is unavailable or the functions when approaching vehicles ahead.
are restricted, Ä appears. If possible, brake immediately or manoeuvre to
avoid the obstacle. R At speeds up to approximately 120 km/h
Also observe the system limits of Active Brake when approaching crossing vehicles, pedes‐
Assist. Distance warning function trians and cyclists.
The distance warning function can aid you in the
The individual subfunctions are available in following situations with an intermittent warning R At speeds up to approximately 100 km/h
the following speed ranges: tone and a warning lamp: when approaching stationary vehicles.
The distance warning function issues a warning Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package: R At speeds up to approximately 80 km/h
in the following situations: when approaching cyclists ahead.
R At speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
R From approximately 30 km/h, if over several when approaching vehicles ahead. R At speeds up to approximately 70 km/h
seconds the distance maintained to the vehi‐ when approaching stationary pedestrians
R At speeds up to approximately 80 km/h
cle travelling in front is insufficient for the and cyclists.
driven speed, the L distance warning when approaching stationary vehicles,
pedestrians walking in the direction of travel Autonomous braking function
lamp lights up in the driver display.
and cyclists ahead If the vehicle is travelling at speeds above
R From approximately 7 km/h, if your vehicle approximately 7 km/h, the autonomous braking
R At speeds up to approximately 70 km/h
is critically close to a vehicle, cyclist or function may intervene in the following situa‐
pedestrian, you will hear an intermittent when approaching crossing pedestrians and
cyclists. tions:
warning tone and the L distance warning
lamp lights up in the driver display. R At speeds up to approximately 60 km/h Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package:
when approaching stationary pedestrians R At speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
Vehicles with PRE-SAFE®: depending on and cyclists. when approaching vehicles ahead.
the country, an additional haptic warning
R At speeds up to approximately 80 km/h
when approaching cyclists ahead, pedes‐
220 Driving and parking
trians walking in the direction of travel and Situation-dependent braking assistance R At speeds up to approximately 120 km/h
stationary vehicles. If the vehicle is travelling at speeds above when approaching crossing vehicles, pedes‐
R At speeds up to approximately 70 km/h approximately 7 km/h, situation-dependent trians and cyclists.
when approaching crossing pedestrians and braking assistance may intervene in the follow‐ R At speeds up to approximately 100 km/h
cyclists. ing situations. when approaching stationary vehicles.
R At speeds up to approximately 60 km/h Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package: R At speeds up to approximately 80 km/h
when approaching stationary pedestrians R At speeds up to approximately 250 km/h when approaching cyclists ahead.
and cyclists. when approaching vehicles ahead. R At speeds up to approximately 70 km/h
Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: R At speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when approaching stationary pedestrians
when approaching cyclists ahead, pedes‐ and cyclists.
R At speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
trians walking in the direction of travel and
when approaching vehicles ahead. stationary vehicles. Cancelling a brake application of Active
R At speeds up to approximately 120 km/h Brake Assist
R At speeds up to approximately 70 km/h
when approaching crossing vehicles, pedes‐ when approaching crossing pedestrians and You can cancel a brake application of Active
trians and cyclists. cyclists. Brake Assist at any time by:
R At speeds up to approximately 100 km/h R Fully depressing the accelerator pedal or
R At speeds up to approximately 60 km/h
when approaching stationary vehicles. when approaching stationary pedestrians with kickdown.
R At speeds up to approximately 80 km/h and cyclists. R Releasing the brake pedal.
when approaching cyclists ahead.
Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: Active Brake Assist may cancel the brake appli‐
R At speeds up to approximately 70 km/h cation when one of the following conditions is
when approaching stationary pedestrians R At speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
when approaching vehicles ahead. fulfilled:
and cyclists.
R you manoeuvre to avoid the obstacle
R there is no longer a risk of collision
Driving and parking 221
R an obstacle is no longer detected in front of Moreover, the steering support provided by R Assistance during swerving and straightening
your vehicle Evasive Steering Assist is not sufficient to of the vehicle.
Reaction to oncoming road users (only vehi‐ avoid a collision. R Reaction from a speed of approximately
cles with Driving Assistance Package) # Always pay careful attention to the traf‐ 20 km/h up to a speed of approximately
fic situation; do not rely on Evasive 110 km/h.
Active Brake Assist can also react to detected
oncoming road users: Steering Assist alone. The steering support of Evasive Steering Assist
# Be prepared to brake or swerve if nec‐ can be cancelled at any time by counter steer‐
R Reaction up to speeds of approximately
100 km/h essary. ing.
# End the support by actively steering in
R Warning for oncoming road users through System limits
acoustic warning and warning lamp non-critical situations. Full system performance is not available for a
# Drive at an appropriate speed if there few seconds after switching on the ignition or
R Autonomous braking application in order to
reduce the severity of an accident are pedestrians close to the path of after driving off.
your vehicle. If the system is unavailable or the functions are
Evasive Steering Assist (only vehicles with restricted, the Ä warning lamp appears in the
Driving Assistance Package) Evasive Steering Assist has the following charac‐ driver's display.
teristics:
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Eva‐ The system may be impaired or may not func‐
R Detection of pedestrians, cyclists and vehi‐
sive Steering Assist tion, particularly in the following situations:
cles.
R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is
Evasive Steering Assist cannot always recog‐ R Assistance through power-assisted steering if
nise objects or complex traffic situations glare, in direct sunlight or in greatly varying
it detects a swerving manoeuvre. light conditions.
clearly.
R Activation by an abrupt steering movement R If the sensors are dirty, misted up, damaged
during a swerving manoeuvre. or covered (/ page 192).
222 Driving and parking
R If the sensors are impaired due to interfer‐ partially available during the teach-in proc‐ % If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the
ence from other radar sources, e.g. strong ess. æ symbol appears in the status bar of the
radar reflections in multi-storey car parks. multifunction display.
Setting Active Brake Assist
R If a loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre
has been detected and displayed. Requirements: Speed Limit Assist
R The ignition is switched on.
R In complex traffic situations where objects Function of Speed Limit Assist
cannot always be clearly identified. Multimedia system: Speed Limit Assist detects speed limits with
R If pedestrians, cyclists or vehicles move 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance multifunction camera and displays them in the
quickly into the sensor detection range. 5 Avoid collision 5 Active Brake Assist driver display and optionally in the head-up dis‐
R If road users are hidden by other objects or # Select the desired setting.
play. The camera also detects speed limits with a
are located close to other objects. The setting is retained when the engine is restriction indicated by an additional sign (e.g.
R If the typical outline of a pedestrian or cyclist next started. when wet). The system detects stop signs,
cannot be distinguished from the back‐ thereby preventing the engine from being
ground. Deactivating Active Brake Assist switched off by the ECO start/stop function.
R If a pedestrian or cyclist is not detected as % It is recommended that you always leave Observe the notes on driving systems and your
such, e.g. due to special clothing or other Active Brake Assist activated. responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐
objects. # Select Off. nise dangers (/ page 192).
R If the driver's seat belt is not fastened. The distance warning function, the autono‐ Warning when the maximum permissible
mous braking function and the Evasive Steer‐ speed is exceeded
R On bends with a tight radius. ing Assist are deactivated. The system can warn you if you unintentionally
% The Active Brake Assist sensors adjust auto‐ When the engine is next started, the medium exceed the maximum permissible speed. To do
matically while a certain distance is being setting is automatically selected. this, you can specify in the multimedia system
driven after the vehicle has been delivered. by how much the maximum permissible speed
Active Brake Assist is unavailable or only can be exceeded before a warning is issued. You
Driving and parking 223
can specify whether the warning is to be just a missing signs), the following display appears in R If traffic signs are difficult to detect, e.g. due
visual warning or an acoustic one as well the driver display: to dirt, snow, ice, insufficient lighting or driv‐
(/ page 224). ing too close to the vehicle in front, or
because they are covered, faded, damaged,
Messages on the driver display badly positioned or twisted.
R Digital LED traffic signs may not be detected
This is displayed continuously if the vehicle is in correctly or at all due to technical factors,
a country where Speed Limit Assist is not sup‐ such as transmission frequency.
ported. Speed Limit Assist is not available in all R If signs or the road layout is ambiguous, e.g.
countries. traffic signs in roadworks, at exits and
System limits ramps, in neighbouring lanes or parallel
roads.
The system may be impaired or may not function
particularly in the following situations:
R If signs do not conform to the standard.
R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufficient illu‐
R If signs or road layouts are specific to the
mination of the road, highly variable shade country, for example, at or beyond construc‐
1 Permissible speed
conditions, rain, snow, fog, swirling dust or tion sites.
2 Permissible speed when there is a restriction
heavy spray. R After sharp turns and tight bends, when traf‐
3 Additional sign with restriction
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic,
fic signs are outside the camera's field of
% Traffic signs which have an impact on the direct sunlight or reflections. vision.
maximum permissible speed, e.g. signs indi‐ R If you overtake vehicles with traffic signs
R If the windscreen in the area of the multi‐
cating the beginning or end of dual carriage‐ which are affixed or attached to them.
ways, can also be detected. function camera is dirty, or if the camera is
misted up, damaged or covered. R If you are using transport equipment secured
If Speed Limit Assist cannot determine the cur‐ with a trailer coupling, such as a bicycle rack,
rent maximum permissible speed (e.g. due to
224 Driving and parking
the system may react to restrictions for car/ Traffic Sign Assist Also observe the following information:
trailer combinations. R select a speed adapted to the traffic, sur‐
Function of Traffic Sign Assist
Setting Speed Limit Assist Traffic Sign Assist detects traffic signs with the roundings and weather conditions
Multimedia system: multifunction camera and compares this with R observe actual traffic signs
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance information in the digital navigation map. It R observe applicable traffic rules and regula‐
5 Speed Limit Assist assists you by displaying detected speed limits tions
and overtaking restrictions in the driver display
Setting the type of warning and in the head-up display. The system can issue Observe the notes on driving systems and your
# Select Visual & audible, Visual or None. a warning when you exceed the maximum per‐ responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐
missible speed. nise dangers (/ page 192).
Setting the warning threshold Vehicles with the Driving Assistance Pack‐
This value determines the speed at which a age: in some countries, the system can provide
warning is issued when exceeded. you with further functions and can warn you
# Select Warning threshold. when you are approaching pedestrian crossings
# Set the desired speed. or when you are about to drive past stop signs or
red lights unintentionally.
% When one of the following systems is active,
the detected speed can be manually adopted The camera also detects and analyses traffic
as the speed limit: signs with a restriction indicated by an additional
sign (e.g. when wet).
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Traffic Sign Assist only visualises selected signs
R Cruise control
in the driver display. Actual traffic signs and
R Variable limiter speed limits have priority over traffic signs and
Further information (/ page 206). speed limits shown in the driver display.
Driving and parking 225
Messages in the driver display Assist DISTRONIC for adoption and is shown in Traffic Sign Assist can detect following addi‐
the head-up display. tional signs 3 and, if necessary, analyse the
relevance of the restrictions using other vehicle
sensors:
R when wet
R slippery road surfaces
R in fog
R temporary restrictions
R exits
R restrictions for car/trailer combinations
1 Permissible speed Traffic Sign Assist also uses data from the digital
2 Permissible speed when there is a restriction Examples of traffic signs which can be displayed street map in the navigation system. When you
3 Additional sign with restriction Traffic Sign Assist can detect and display follow‐ leave or enter a municipality or change roads, on
ing traffic signs 1: a motorway exit or slip road for example, or after
The system can show up to two traffic signs in you turn at a junction, the display in the driver
the driver display simultaneously. The system R speed limits
display can thus be updated without a traffic
always prioritises displaying speed limits. Up to R end of the speed limit sign having been detected.
one traffic sign with a maximum permissible R overtaking restrictions
speed can be shown in the head-up display. If In addition, the system can display speed limits
two speed signs are shown in the driver display, R play streets ahead on the driver display and the head-up dis‐
for example, when speed limits are detected, the R signs showing the start or end of motorways play. The driver display can also show the dis‐
value of left-hand speed limit 1 is transmitted tance to an upcoming lower limit speed. For this
R signs showing the start or end of dual carria‐
to the limiter, cruise control or Active Distance purpose, information from the digital road map
geways of the navigation system is used. Depending on
226 Driving and parking
the current situation and the assumed route, the by how much the maximum permissible speed sign can be confirmed using the digital naviga‐
display message is shown up to 350 m in can be exceeded before a warning is issued. You tion map. No warning can be issued if several
advance. The Assistance menu can also display can set the warning to visual only (the traffic different signs with differing information have
a dynamic visualisation of the speed limits sign flashes three times in the driver display) or been detected.
ahead. visual and acoustic, including a warning tone. Warning at red lights (vehicles with the Driv‐
If Traffic Sign Assist cannot determine the cur‐ Additional functions of Traffic Sign Assist ing Assistance Package): Traffic Sign Assist
rently applicable maximum permissible speed (country-specific) can warn you up to a speed of approximately
(e.g. due to missing signs), the following display Warning for no-entry signs: Traffic Sign Assist 70 km/h if you are about to drive through a red
appears in the driver display: can warn you if you drive the wrong way down a light unintentionally.
section of road, for example on motorway slip The following conditions must be fulfilled:
roads or one-way streets. R Several traffic lights have been detected.
Warning at pedestrian crossings (vehicles R All traffic lights detected are red.
with the Driving Assistance Package): if you
Traffic Sign Assist is not available in all coun‐ R At least one of the red traffic lights detected
approach pedestrian crossings, provided that
tries. If the vehicle is in a country where Traffic pedestrians are in the danger zone or are moving is on the front passenger side beside the
Sign Assist is not supported, this is displayed towards it, Traffic Sign Assist can warn you up to vehicle's own lane.
continuously. a speed of approximately 70 km/h. R The traffic lights are in the following
% Also observe the information on display mes‐ Warning at stop signs (vehicles with the sequence (from top to bottom): red, yellow,
sages in Traffic Sign Assist (/ page 474). Driving Assistance Package): Traffic Sign green.
Warning when the maximum permissible Assist can warn you up to a speed of approx‐ % If the function is available, you can activate
speed is exceeded imately 70 km/h if you are about to drive past a or deactivate the warnings at pedestrian
The system can warn you if you unintentionally stop sign unintentionally. For this to be possible, crossings, stop signs and red lights in the
exceed the maximum permissible speed. To do the signs must be clear, for example if the sys‐ Traffic Sign Assist menu under Further warn-
this, you can specify in the multimedia system tem detects more than one stop sign, or a stop ings (/ page 227).
Driving and parking 227
System limits R If signs or the road layout is ambiguous, e.g. Setting Traffic Sign Assist
The system may be impaired or may not function traffic signs in roadworks, at exits and Multimedia system:
particularly in the following situations: ramps, in neighbouring lanes or parallel 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
roads. 5 Assistance 5 Traffic Sign Assist
R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufficient illu‐
mination of the road, highly variable shade R If signs do not conform to the standard.
Activating or deactivating the speed warning
conditions, rain, snow, fog, swirling dust or R If signs or road layouts are specific to the
# Activate or deactivate Speed limit warning.
heavy spray. country and deviate from the route guidance
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, in the navigation system, e.g. at or beyond Setting the type of warning
direct sunlight or reflections. construction sites.
# Select ´ next to Speed limit warning.
R If the windscreen in the area of the multi‐ R After sharp turns and tight bends, when traf‐
# Select Visual & audible or Visual.
function camera is dirty, or if the camera is fic signs are outside the camera's field of
misted up, damaged or covered. vision. Setting the warning threshold
R If traffic signs are difficult to detect, e.g. R If you overtake vehicles with traffic signs This value determines the speed at which a
because they are dirty, covered, faded, cov‐ which are affixed or attached to them. warning is issued when exceeded.
ered with ice, damaged, badly positioned, R If you are using transport equipment secured # Set the desired speed under Warning thresh-
poorly lit or twisted. to the vehicle with a trailer coupling, such as old.
R Active traffic signs with LED displays may not a bicycle rack, restrictions for car/trailer
combinations may be considered valid if Activating or deactivating further functions
be detected correctly or at all due to techni‐ of Traffic Sign Assist
cal factors, such as transmission frequency. applicable.
# Activate or deactivate Further warnings.
R If the information on the navigation system's The available functions are activated or deac‐
digital map is incorrect, incomplete or out of tivated.
date.
228 Driving and parking
Setting the type of warning for further func‐ If the vehicle is in first position at a traffic light, Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot
tions the camera image with traffic light view is shown Assist
# Select ´ next to Further warnings. in the central display.
Function of Blind Spot Assist and Active
# Select Visual & audible or Visual. When the vehicle pulls away, the camera image Blind Spot Assist with exit warning
is faded out. Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
# Activate D or deactivate E Traffic use radar sensors to monitor the area up to
Traffic light view 40 m behind and 3 m next to your vehicle.
light view.
Information about the traffic light view The system can detect vehicles travelling from
The traffic light view supports the driver when Using other available functions
speeds of approximately 12 km/h and issue a
waiting in front of a red light by displaying the # Select Z.
warning if they move into the monitoring range.
camera image on the central display. The cam‐ # Select On request or Automatic.
Status display in the driver's display
era image is displayed when the driver is the first If On request is set and a traffic light view is
vehicle in front of the red light and faded out ¸ Grey: the system is activated but inopera‐
available, the Please tap here for traffic light
when the vehicle drives off. view. message is displayed. The camera tive.
image is shown after confirmation of the ¸ Green: the system is activated and opera‐
Displaying traffic light view
message. tional.
Requirements: When Automatic is set, the camera image is
R The Traffic light view option is switched on.
automatically displayed when the traffic light
R A traffic light view is available. view is available.
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
5 Assistance 5 Traffic light view
twice and the ambient lighting in the respective System limits Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
door and the warning lamps in the correspond‐ Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are not operational when reverse gear is
ing outside mirror flash red. may be limited in the following situations, in par‐ engaged.
% Vehicles with ambient lighting: the Warn- ticular: Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
ing assistance of the ambient lighting can be R if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors are not operational if transport equipment, for
activated and deactivated (/ page 139). are obscured example a trailer or bicycle rack, is attached to
% The warning assistance can differ depending the trailer hitch and the electrical connection
R in poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or
on the equipment and may vary according to has been correctly established.
snow
the setting. Additionally, the exit warning may be limited in
R if there are narrow vehicles, e.g. bicycles or
The exit warning is only available when Blind the following situations:
motorbikes
Spot Assist is activated and up to a maximum of R when the sensors are covered by adjacent
R if the road has very wide or narrow lanes
three minutes after the ignition has been vehicles in narrow parking spaces
switched off. The exit warning is no longer avail‐ R if vehicles are not driving in the middle of
R when people approach the vehicle
able once the warning lamp in the outside mirror their lane
R in the event of stationary or slowly moving
flashes three times. Warnings may be issued in error when driving objects
The exit warning is only an aid and not a substi‐ close to crash barriers or similar continuous lane
tute for the attention of vehicle occupants. The borders. Always make sure that there is suffi‐ Function of the brake application of Active
responsibility for opening and closing the doors cient distance to the side for other traffic or Blind Spot Assist
and for leaving the vehicle remains with the vehi‐ obstacles. % The brake application function is only availa‐
cle occupants. Warnings may be interrupted when driving along‐ ble for vehicles with a Driving Assistance
side long vehicles, for example lorries, for a pro‐ Package.
longed time. If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a side
impact in the monitoring range, a course-cor‐
Driving and parking 231
recting brake application is carried out. This is & WARNING Risk of accident despite If a course-correcting brake application occurs,
designed to help you avoid a collision. Active Blind Spot Assist the red warning lamp flashes in the outside mir‐
The course-correcting brake application is availa‐ ror and a warning tone sounds. In addition, a dis‐
ble in the speed range between approximately Active Blind Spot Assist does not react in the play 1 indicating the danger of a side collision
30 km/h and 200 km/h. following situations: appears in the driver's display.
R If you overtake vehicles at a high speed. In rare cases, the system may make an inappro‐
& WARNING Risk of accident despite R If vehicles approach and overtake you at priate brake application. This brake application
brake application of Active Blind Spot a greatly different speed. may be interrupted at any time if you steer
Assist slightly in the opposite direction or accelerate.
Active Blind Spot Assist may not give warn‐
A course-correcting brake application cannot ings or intervene in such situations. System limits
always prevent a collision. Either a course-correcting brake application
# Always pay careful attention to the traf‐
# Always steer, brake or accelerate your‐ appropriate to the driving situation, or none at
fic situation and maintain a safe dis‐
self, especially if Active Blind Spot tance at the side of the vehicle. all, may occur especially in the following situa‐
Assist warns you or makes a course- tions:
correcting brake application. R Vehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, are
# Always maintain a safe distance at the located on both sides of your vehicle.
sides. R A vehicle approaches too closely on the side.
R You have adopted a sporty driving style with
high cornering speeds.
R You brake or accelerate significantly.
R A driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP®
or Active Brake Assist.
232 Driving and parking
R ESP® is deactivated. system can guide you back into your lane lane, a steering intervention will occur regard‐
R A loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre is through a course-correcting steering interven‐ less of the turn signal indicator.
detected. tion and additionally warns you with vibration
pulses in the steering wheel. Active Lane Keep‐
R Transport equipment, for example a trailer or ing Assist is available in the speed range
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch between 60 km/h and 200 km/h.
and the electrical connection has been cor‐
rectly established. The system can intervene in the following situa‐
tions:
Activating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist or R Active Lane Keeping Assist detects a lane
Active Blind Spot Assist marking.
Multimedia system:
R One of your front wheels goes over a lane
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
marking.
5 Avoid contact
Display 1 will appear in the driver display and a
# Select Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot
If you activate the turn signal indicator, a steer‐
warning tone will sound in the following situa‐
ing intervention does not occur on the corre‐
Assist. tions:
sponding side.
# Select On or Off. R A steering intervention by Active Lane Keep‐
If you leave the lane without activating the turn
ing Assist lasts longer than approximately ten
signal indicator, but danger of a collision with a
seconds.
Active Lane Keeping Assist moving obstacle is detected in your lane, a steer‐
ing intervention does not occur. R The system carries out two or more steering
Function of Active Lane Keeping Assist interventions within approximately three
Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in Vehicles with Blind Spot Assist or Driving
minutes without any steering intervention
front of your vehicle by means of the multifunc‐ Assistance Package: if the system detects an
from the driver.
tion camera (/ page 192) and can warn you obstacle, such as another vehicle in the adjacent
before you leave your lane unintentionally. The
Driving and parking 233
In the Active Lane Keeping Assist settings, you wheel. The lane marking is shown in red red in the Assistance menu in the driver's dis‐
can set the sensitivity of the system and set the only on the side for which there is a play.
level of support. Additionally, you can set warning.
whether the system should react to discontinu‐ System limits
Vehicles without Driving Assistance
ous lane markings or only continuous lane mark‐ Package: if both lane markings are In the following situations, no lane-correcting
ings (/ page 234). simultaneously shown in red in the status steering intervention occurs but rather a warning
display, Active Lane Keeping Assist has in the steering wheel, depending on the situa‐
Status displays for Active Lane Keeping tion:
Assist initiated an emergency stop
(/ page 213). R You clearly and actively steer, brake or accel‐
ï White: Active Lane Keeping Assist is
deactivated. erate.
Active Lane Change Assist display in the R If a driving safety system intervenes, such as
ï Yellow: there is a malfunction. Please "Assistance" menu
also observe the display messages. ESP®, Active Brake Assist or Active Blind
Spot Assist.
ð Grey: Active Lane Keeping Assist is acti‐
R You have adopted a sporty driving style with
vated, but not operating.
high cornering speeds or high rates of accel‐
ð Green: Active Lane Keeping Assist is eration.
activated and operating. If the system is
R When ESP® is deactivated.
operational on only one side, the lane
marking is shown in green on the corre‐ R If transport equipment, for example a trailer
sponding side. or bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer
ð Red: Active Lane Keeping Assist has gui‐ hitch and the electrical connection has been
ded you back into your lane with a correctly established.
course-correcting steering intervention. If the front wheel of the vehicle drives over a R If a loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre
The status display will flash if there is detected lane marking, this will be highlighted has been detected and displayed.
also a haptic warning in the steering
234 Driving and parking
The system may be impaired or may not function R If the carriageway is very narrow and wind‐ Setting Active Lane Keeping Assist
particularly in the following situations: ing. Multimedia system:
R If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insuffi‐ 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
cient illumination of the road, if there are responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recog‐ 5 Avoid collision
highly variable shade conditions or in rain, nise dangers (/ page 192). 5 Active Lane Keeping Assist
snow, fog or heavy spray.
Activating/deactivating Active Lane Keeping Setting the sensitivity
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic,
the sun or reflections. Assist # Select ´.
Multimedia system: # Select Early, Med. or Late.
R If the windscreen in the area of the multi‐
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
function camera is dirty, or if the camera is The last selected setting will be adopted the next
5 Avoid collision
misted up, damaged or covered. time the engine is started.
5 Active Lane Keeping Assist
R If there are no lane markings, or several
# Switch the function on or off. % The standard setting for this function is
unclear lane markings are present for one dependent on the country.
lane, e.g. around roadworks. Alternatively, Active Lane Keeping Assist can be
R If the lane markings are worn, dark or cov‐ activated and deactivated in the Favourites Activating or deactivating assistance on dis‐
ered. menu. continuous lane markings
# Select Advanced support.
R If the distance to the vehicle in front is too % After starting the engine, the settings are
short and thus the lane markings cannot be country-specific. The last selected setting will be adopted the next
detected. time the engine is started.
R If the lane markings change quickly, e.g. % The standard setting for this function is
lanes branch off, cross one another or dependent on the country.
merge.
Driving and parking 235
% This function must be activated in vehicles Vehicles without Parking Package 2 Path marking the course the tyres will take
without Driving Assistance Package, so that The following camera views are available in the with the current steering wheel angle
Emergency Stop Assist is fully available. multimedia system: (dynamic)
Further information on Emergency Stop 3 Driven surface depending on the current
Assist (/ page 213) steering wheel angle (dynamic)
4 Guide line at a distance of approximately
Reversing camera 0.3 m from the rear area
Function of the reversing camera
The reversing camera monitors the area behind
your vehicle. If this function is activated
(/ page 244), the image from the reversing
camera is automatically displayed in the central
display when reverse gear is selected.
The reversing camera is only an aid. It is not a
substitute for your attention to the surroundings.
The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and
parking remains with you. Make sure that there
are no persons, animals or objects etc., in the
manoeuvring area while manoeuvring and park‐
ing. Standard view
1 Guide lines at a distance of approximately
% The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a 0.5 m, 1.0 m, 1.5 m and 3.0 m from the rear
mirror image, as in the inside rearview mir‐ area
ror.
Wide-angle view
236 Driving and parking
the Parking Package are equipped with % If the function is not available, the same
manoeuvring assistant functions symbol appears in grey.
(/ page 254). The pedestrian braking function is only an aid. It
The pedestrian braking function can prevent col‐ is not a substitute for your attention to the sur‐
lisions with pedestrians when the vehicle is roundings. The responsibility for safe manoeu‐
reversing at slow speeds. If the reversing camera vring and parking remains with you. Make sure
detects a person in the vehicle path, the vehicle that no persons, animals or objects etc. are in
can be braked to a standstill. the manoeuvring range.
The pedestrian braking function can intervene
under the following conditions: & WARNING Risk of accident caused by
limited detection of the pedestrian brak‐
R The vehicle is reversing at a speed below
ing function
15 km/h.
R The camera image is shown in the central
The pedestrian braking function cannot
display. always clearly detect people. Other obstacles
are not detected by the function.
Trailer view The function is automatically active when the In these cases, the function may brake
reversing camera is switched on and cannot be unnecessarily or not brake at all.
1 Yellow guide line, locating aid
deactivated separately (/ page 244).
2 Red guide line at a distance of approximately # Always pay careful attention to the traf‐
If automatic braking is triggered, the following fic situation; do not rely on the pedes‐
0.3 m from the ball head of the trailer hitch
symbol appears in red in the camera image: trian braking function alone.
3 Ball head of the trailer hitch
# Be ready to brake.
Pedestrian braking function
% This function is only available in vehicles
without the Parking Package. Vehicles with
Driving and parking 237
In the following situations, the pedestrian brak‐ Vehicles with Parking Package
ing function is not available:
R on inclines
R if transport equipment, for example a trailer
or bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer
hitch and the electrical connection has been
correctly established
R if the reversing camera is not operational
System limits Also observe the information on vehicle sensors the central display when reverse gear is selected
If the system is not ready for operation, the Sys- and cameras (/ page 192). (/ page 244).
tem inoperative message appears in the central % Do not use the reversing camera in these The 360° Camera includes the following cam‐
display. types of situations. You could otherwise eras and evaluates their images:
The reversing camera will not function or will injure others or collide with objects when R Reversing camera
only partially function in the following situations: parking the vehicle.
R Front camera
R You are driving forwards at a speed greater % The contrast of the display may be impaired
R Two side cameras in the outside mirrors
than approximately 16 km/h. by direct sunlight or by other light sources,
R The tailgate is open. e.g. when driving out of a garage. In this The cameras are only an aid and may show a dis‐
case, pay particular attention. torted view of obstacles, show them incorrectly
R The weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavy
rain, snow, fog, storm or spray. % Have the display repaired or replaced if, for or not show them at all. They are not a substi‐
example, pixel errors considerably restrict its tute for your attention to the surroundings. The
R The light conditions are poor, e.g. at night or responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking
use.
if light is shining into the camera. remains with you. Make sure that there are no
R The camera lens is obstructed, dirty or mis‐ persons, animals or objects etc., in the manoeu‐
ted up. Observe the notes on cleaning the 360° Camera vring area while manoeuvring and parking.
reversing camera (/ page 328). Function of the 360° Camera
R The camera or rear of your vehicle is dam‐ The 360° Camera is a system that consists of
aged. In this case, have the camera and its four cameras which cover the immediate sur‐
position and setting checked at a qualified roundings of the vehicle. The cameras assist you
specialist workshop. when you are parking, for example, or at exits
R The detection range is limited by additional
with reduced visibility.
vehicle attachments at the rear, such as a If the function is activated, the image from the
license plate bracket or bicycle rack. reversing camera is automatically displayed in
240 Driving and parking
Function of the guide lines % When Active Parking Assist is active, lanes 3D view, left/right-hand side of the vehicle
and guide lines are displayed in green
instead of yellow (/ page 248). * NOTE Risk of accident due to objects
being severely distorted in the display or
Top view with image from the front or revers‐ not displayed at all
ing camera
If the function is activated, the image from the Due to the projection of the cameras,
reversing camera is automatically displayed in objects in the 3D views may be severely dis‐
the central display when reverse gear is selected torted when displayed or not displayed at all.
(/ page 244). # Make sure that there are no persons,
animals or objects etc. in the manoeu‐
vring area while manoeuvring and park‐
1 Guide lines at a distance of approximately ing.
0.5 m, 1.0 m, 1.5 m and 3.0 m from the rear
area
2 Path marking the course the tyres will take
with the current steering wheel angle
(dynamic)
3 Driven surface depending on the current
steering wheel angle (dynamic)
4 Guide line at a distance of approximately 1 Warning display of Parking Assist
0.3 m from the rear area PARKTRONIC (/ page 256, 245)
2 Your vehicle from above
3 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will
take at the current steering angle
242 Driving and parking
Wide-angle view
tional attachments on the vehicle (e.g. licence Calling up the 360° Camera views using the Selecting a view for the 360° Camera
plate bracket, bicycle rack). button (reverse gear)
% The contrast of the display may be impaired Requirements:
by abrupt, direct sunlight or by other light R The Activation in R setting is activated in the
sources, e.g. when driving out of a garage. In multimedia system (/ page 244).
this case, pay particular attention.
% Have the display repaired or replaced if, for # Engage reverse gear.
example, pixel errors considerably restrict its # Select the desired view in the multimedia
use. system (/ page 239).
See the notes on cleaning the 360° Camera Setting the reversing camera or 360° Cam‐
(/ page 328). era
The reversing camera is only an aid. It is not a
substitute for your attention to the surroundings.
The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and
parking remains with you. Make sure that no
persons, animals or objects etc. are in the
manoeuvring range. Pay attention to your sur‐
roundings and be ready to brake at all times.
# Press button 1.
Multimedia system:
# Select the Camera views menu. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
# In the multimedia system, select the desired 5 Camera
view (/ page 239).
# Select Rear camera image or System off.
Driving and parking 245
Opening the camera cover of the reversing be activated and deactivated via the multimedia Messages in the central display
camera system.
Multimedia system: In order for front or rear obstacles to the side to
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance be displayed, the vehicle must first travel a dis‐
5 Camera tance of at least half a vehicle length. Once the
# Select Open camera cover. vehicle has travelled one vehicle length, obsta‐
cles on all sides can be shown.
% The camera cover closes automatically after
some time or after an ignition cycle. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is
not a substitute for your attention to the sur‐
roundings. The responsibility for safe manoeu‐
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC vring and parking remains with you. Make sure
Function of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC that there are no persons, animals or objects in
the manoeuvring area while manoeuvring and Vehicles with 360° Camera
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic
parking assistance system which monitors the parking in/exiting parking spaces.
area surrounding your vehicle and shows you the
distance between the vehicle and a detected
obstacle visually and audibly.
The passive side impact protection also warns
you of obstacles to the side. These must be
detected beforehand by the sensors in the front
or rear bumper while driving by them. If you
steer in the direction of a detected obstacle and
there is a risk of a lateral collision, a warning is
issued. The passive side impact protection can Vehicles with reversing camera
246 Driving and parking
Vehicles with 360° Camera: the boundary line Vehicles with 360° Camera Vehicles with reversing camera
shifts dynamically depending on the position and If you are not in the Camera & parking menu and
distance of the obstacles detected. an obstacle in the vehicle path is detected,
Depending on the distance to the obstacle under the following conditions pop-up window
detected, an intermittent warning tone also 1 appears in the driver display:
sounds. You can set the timing of the warnings R Vehicles without Active Parking Assist:
in the multimedia system. In the Warn early set‐ when driving no faster than 12 km/h.
ting, the system warns you from a distance of
1 m, in the standard setting only from 0.4 m.
Driving and parking 247
R Vehicles with Active Parking Assist: when R Obstacles above the detection range, e.g. Vehicles with trailer hitch: Parking Assist
driving no faster than 18 km/h. overhanging loads, overhangs or loading PARKTRONIC is deactivated for the rear zone
ramps of lorries. when you establish an electrical connection
R Pedestrians or animals approaching the vehi‐ between your vehicle and a trailer.
cle from the side. Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
R Objects placed next to the vehicle. If the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display lights
up red for approximately three seconds and then
Obstacles on the sides are not shown in the fol‐ goes out, and the é symbol appears in the
lowing situations, for example: driver display, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may
R You park the vehicle and switch off the igni‐ have been deactivated due to signal interfer‐
tion. ence. Start the vehicle again and check if Park‐
R You open the doors. ing Assist PARKTRONIC is working at a different
Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist location.
After the engine is restarted, obstacles must be
PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately detected again by driving past them before a If a warning tone also sounds, it may be due to
1.0 m in front 2 and 0.7 m on sides 3 can new warning can be issued. one of the following causes:
also be displayed in the head-up display. R The sensors are dirty: clean the sensors
Also observe the system limits of the following
System limits systems: and observe the notes on care of vehicle
parts (/ page 328).
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessa‐ R Reversing camera (/ page 235)
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has been
rily take into account the following obstacles: R 360° Camera (/ page 239) deactivated due to a malfunction: restart
R Obstacles below the detection range, e.g.
Observe the information on vehicle sensors and the vehicle. If the problem persists, consult a
persons, animals or objects. qualified specialist workshop.
cameras; the system otherwise cannot function
properly (/ page 192).
248 Driving and parking
Activating/deactivating Parking Assist ment cluster, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not # Activate or deactivate Audio fadeout in
PARKTRONIC active. trans. position R.
% Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically The volume of the currently playing media
* NOTE Risk of an accident from objects activated when the engine is started. source is reduced when reverse gear is
at close range engaged.
Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect activated or deactivated in the quick access Setting the time of the warnings
certain objects at close range. menu. # Select Time of warning.
# When parking or manoeuvring the vehi‐
Setting the warning tones of Parking Assist # Set the time for the warning.
cle, pay particular attention to any PARKTRONIC
objects which are above or below the Multimedia system:
sensors, e.g. flowerpots or drawbars. Active Parking Assist
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
The vehicle or other objects could oth‐ Function of Active Parking Assist
5 Parking
erwise be damaged. Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking
Setting the volume or pitch of the warning assistance system, which uses ultrasound with
Requirements: tones the assistance of the reversing camera and 360°
R The camera menu is open.
# Set the desired level under Volume or Tone Camera. When you are driving forwards up to
R Or: Active Parking Assist is active. approximately 35 km/h, the system automati‐
pitch.
R Or: the PARKTRONIC pop-up window cally measures parking spaces on both sides of
appears. Activating/deactivating audio fadeout the vehicle.
# Activate or deactivate Audio fadeout.
Tap = in the central display. Active Parking Assist offers the following func‐
# The volume of the currently playing media tions:
If the indicator lamp is lit, Parking Assist source is reduced during a Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC warning tone. Vehicles with reversing camera
PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp is
or R Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road
not lit or the é symbol appears in the instru‐
Driving and parking 249
R Reversing into parking spaces perpendicular parking spaces are located. These are then Also observe the system limits of the following
to the road shown in the central display. systems:
Vehicles with 360° Camera When Active Parking Assist is activated, the turn R Reversing camera (/ page 235)
signal indicators are activated based on the cal‐ R 360° Camera (/ page 239)
R Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road
culated path of your vehicle. When you are
R Parking in parking spaces perpendicular to entering or exiting a parking space, the proce‐ Objects located above or below the detection
the road (optionally either forwards or dure is assisted by acceleration, braking, steer‐ range of Active Parking Assist, such as over‐
reverse) ing and gear changes. hanging loads, overhangs or loading ramps of
R Parking in parking spaces that can only be To start the parking procedure, press the c goods vehicles or the borders of parking spaces,
detected as such due to markings (e.g. at the button (/ page 250). are not detected during measurement of the
roadside) parking space. These are also then not taken
Active Parking Assist will be cancelled in the fol‐ into account when calculating the parking proce‐
R Exiting a parking space parallel to the road lowing situations: dure. In some circumstances, Active Parking
R Exiting a parking space perpendicular to the R You deactivate Parking Assist PARKTRONIC. Assist may therefore guide you into the parking
road (optionally either left or right) R You press the c button again. space prematurely or brake too late.
Active Parking Assist is only an aid. It is not a R You begin steering. Certain environmental conditions, such as snow‐
substitute for your attention to the surroundings. fall or heavy rain, may lead to a parking space
R You engage transmission position j.
The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and being measured inaccurately. Parking spaces
parking remains with you. Make sure that no R ESP® intervenes. that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars
persons, animals or objects etc. are in the R You open the driver's door. might not be identified as such or be measured
manoeuvring range. incorrectly. Only use Active Parking Assist on
System limits level, high-grip ground.
If Active Parking Assist is available, the Ç If the exterior lighting is malfunctioning, Active
message appears in the driver display. When the Parking Assist is not available.
system detects parking spaces, È appears.
The arrows show on which side of the road free
250 Driving and parking
& WARNING Risk of accident due to R When transporting a load that protrudes Parking with Active Parking Assist
objects located above or below the beyond the vehicle.
detection range of Active Parking Assist R If the parking space is on a steep downhill or
uphill gradient.
If there are objects above or below the
detection range, the following situations may R When snow chains are fitted.
arise: R When a trailer or bicycle rack is attached.
R Active Parking Assist may steer too early. R Directly after a tyre change or when spare
R The vehicle may not stop in front of these tyres are fitted.
objects. R If the tyre pressure is too low or too high.
This could cause a collision. R If the suspension is out of alignment, e.g.
after bottoming out on a kerb.
# In these situations, do not use Active
Parking Assist. R On steep inclines of more than approximately
15%.
Active Parking Assist can also display unsuitable
parking spaces, e.g. parking spaces in which
parking is not permitted or parking spaces on # Press button 1.
unsuitable surfaces.
Do not use Active Parking Assist in the following
situations:
R In extreme weather conditions such as ice,
packed snow or in heavy rain.
Driving and parking 251
# Pay attention to objects and other road Immediate parking from the camera view Exiting a parking space with Active Parking
users. Assist
# Where necessary, stop the vehicle or Requirements:
cancel the parking procedure with R The vehicle is equipped with a 360° Camera.
Active Parking Assist. R The vehicle has been parked with Active
Parking Assist.
On completion of the parking procedure, the
Active Parking Assist finished, take control of # Start the vehicle.
vehicle display message appears. # Press button 1.
# Secure the vehicle against rolling away.
When required by legal requirements or local
conditions: turn the wheels towards the kerb. # Select the Camera views menu.
% You can stop the vehicle and change the # When the vehicle is stationary and the trans‐
transmission position during the parking pro‐ mission is position k, and the m symbol
cedure. The system then calculates a new 6 appears in the camera image: press the
vehicle path. If no new vehicle path is availa‐ m symbol 6 on the side on which you
ble, the transmission position can be wish to park.
changed again, or the process can be can‐ The parking procedure is initiated in the
celled. direction selected.
% The parking space and parking direction can‐
not be changed in immediate parking.
% This function can be deactivated in the Park-
ing menu.
Driving and parking 253
The turn signal indicator is automatically # applying the electric parking brake or activat‐
switched on when exiting a parking space begins ing the HOLD function
and switched off when it is completed. You are # To resume the parking or exiting proce‐
responsible for selecting the turn signal indicator dure: gently depress the accelerator pedal.
in accordance with the traffic conditions. If nec‐
essary, select the turn signal indicator accord‐ % If the electric parking brake was applied
ingly. before Active Parking Assist was activated,
depress the accelerator pedal lightly to start
After the parking space has been exited, a warn‐ the parking or exiting procedure.
ing tone and the Ø Active Parking Assist fin-
ished, take control of vehicle message prompt Check the area around your vehicle again before
you to take control of the vehicle. You have to resuming a paused parking procedure. Make
accelerate, brake, steer and change gear your‐ sure that persons, animals or objects are no lon‐
self again. ger in the manoeuvring range. Also observe the
system limitations of Active Parking Assist.
If you do not react to the prompt to take control
of the vehicle, the system will brake the vehicle Automatic braking function of Active Parking
to a standstill. Assist
# Select Parking Assistance menu 2. Persons or objects detected in the manoeuvring
# If necessary, change direction of exit 3. Pausing Active Parking Assist range could cause the vehicle to brake sharply
You can interrupt the parking or exiting proce‐ and interrupt the parking or exiting procedure.
# To start exiting the parking space: press
dure of Active Parking Assist by one of the fol‐ The vehicle will then be held at a standstill. If
button 1 again.
lowing actions, for example: you depress the accelerator pedal, the parking
# If necessary, change the transmission posi‐ # depressing the brake pedal or exiting procedure is resumed.
tion. Observe any messages displayed in the
driver display and central display. # opening the front passenger door, a rear Check the area around your vehicle again before
The vehicle moves out of the parking space. door, the boot or the bonnet resuming the parking or exiting procedure. Make
sure that persons, animals or objects are no lon‐
254 Driving and parking
ger in the manoeuvring range. Also observe the R If the vehicle has rolled less than approx‐ persons, animals or objects etc. are in the
system limitations of Active Parking Assist. imately 1.0 m since being at a standstill. manoeuvring range.
R If the detected obstacle is less than approx.
1.0 m away. & WARNING Risk of accident caused by
Manoeuvring assistant
limited detection performance of Drive
Function of Drive Away Assist Drive-away Assist can be deactivated or activa‐ Away Assist
Drive Away Assist can reduce the severity of an ted in the Manoeuvring assistance menu
Drive Away Assist cannot always clearly iden‐
impact when pulling away. If the system detects (/ page 256).
tify objects and traffic situations.
an obstacle in the direction of travel, the vehi‐ If a critical situation is detected, the following # Always pay careful attention to the traf‐
cle's speed is briefly reduced to approximately symbol appears in red in the selected view in the
2 km/h. fic situation; do not rely on Drive Away
Camera & parking menu:
Assist alone.
A risk of collision may arise in the following sit‐
# Be prepared to brake or swerve as nec‐
uations, for example:
essary, provided the traffic situation
R If the driver mixes up the accelerator and
permits and that it is safe to take eva‐
brake pedals. sive action.
R If the driver engages an incorrect gear. % If Drive Away Assist is not available, the
R If the driver depresses the accelerator pedal
same symbol appears in grey. If the Camera System limits
with too much force. & parking menu is not opened in the central The system limits of Active Parking Assist apply
display, the symbol and pop-up of Parking (/ page 248).
Drive Away Assist is active under the following Assist PARKTRONIC both appear.
On uphill gradients, the performance of Drive
conditions: Drive Away Assist is only an aid. It is not a sub‐ Away Assist is restricted.
R If the vehicle was stationary and the trans‐ stitute for your attention to the surroundings.
The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and If transport equipment is secured to the trailer
mission position was changed to k or h.
parking remains with you. Make sure that no hitch, such as a trailer or bicycle rack, Drive
Driving and parking 255
Away Assist is not available when you are revers‐ % If the cross traffic warning is not available, System limits
ing. the L symbol appears in grey. If the The system limits of Active Parking Assist apply
Camera & parking menu is not opened in the (/ page 248).
Function of cross traffic warning central display, the symbol and pop-up of
The cross traffic warning can warn you of cross‐ If the radar sensors are obstructed by vehicles
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC both appear. or other objects, detection is not possible.
ing traffic when you are reversing out of a park‐
ing space. The radar sensors in the bumper also The cross traffic warning is only an aid and not a In the following situations, the cross traffic warn‐
monitor the area adjacent to the vehicle. substitute for your attention to the surroundings. ing is not available:
The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and
The cross traffic warning is automatically active parking remains with you. Make sure that no R on inclines
when you reverse at a speed of less than approx‐ persons, animals or objects etc. are in the R Warning for crossing traffic behind: if trans‐
imately 10 km/h. manoeuvring range. port equipment, for example a trailer or bicy‐
Depending on the country, the cross traffic cle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch and
warning can be deactivated or activated in the & WARNING Risk of accident caused by the electrical connection has been correctly
Manoeuvring assistance menu (/ page 256). limited detection performance of the established
If a critical situation is detected, the following cross traffic warning Manoeuvring brake function
symbol appears in red in the selected view in the The cross traffic warning cannot always The manoeuvring brake function can prevent col‐
Camera & parking menu: clearly identify objects and traffic situations. lisions with pedestrians when the vehicle is
# Always pay careful attention to the traf‐ reversing at slow speeds. If the reversing camera
fic situation; do not rely on the cross detects a person in the vehicle path, the vehicle
traffic warning alone. can be braked to a standstill.
# Be prepared to brake or swerve as nec‐ The manoeuvring brake function can intervene
Warning for crossing traffic behind: the vehicle essary, provided the traffic situation under the following conditions:
can be automatically braked if cross traffic is permits and that it is safe to take eva‐ R The vehicle is reversing at a speed slower
detected. sive action. than 10 km/h.
256 Driving and parking
R The camera image is shown in the central & WARNING Risk of accident caused by R if transport equipment, for example a trailer
display (/ page 244). limited detection by the manoeuvring or bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer
brake function hitch and the electrical connection has been
You can activate and deactivate the manoeu‐ correctly established
vring brake function in the Manoeuvring assis- The manoeuvring brake function cannot
tance menu (/ page 256). always clearly detect people. Other obstacles Activating/deactivating manoeuvring assis‐
If the manoeuvring brake function is triggered, are not detected by the function. tance
the following symbol appears in red in the selec‐ Multimedia system:
In these cases, the function may brake
ted view in the Camera & parking menu: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
unnecessarily or not brake at all.
5 Parking
# Always pay careful attention to the traf‐
fic situation; do not rely on the manoeu‐ # Select Manoeuvring assistance.
vring brake function alone. # Activate or deactivate the desired manoeu‐
# Be ready to brake. vring assistance.
% If the manoeuvring brake function is not
available, the same symbol appears in grey. System limits
If the Camera & parking menu is not opened Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
in the central display, the symbol and pop-up Observe the system limits of the following func‐
tions: Function of Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC both appear.
R Active Parking Assist (/ page 248) & WARNING Risk of accident due to
The manoeuvring brake function is only an aid. It
is not a substitute for your attention to the sur‐ R 360° Camera (/ page 239) unsuitable trailers
roundings. The responsibility for safe manoeu‐ R Reversing camera (/ page 235) Trailers with a steered axle or a fifth wheel
vring and parking remains with you. Make sure cannot be used with Trailer Manoeuvring
that no persons, animals or objects etc. are in The manoeuvring brake function is not available
in the following situations: Assist.
the manoeuvring range.
R on inclines
Driving and parking 257
Due to this, the trailer cannot be man‐ Trailer Manoeuvring Assist is only an aid. It is not The system may be impaired or may not function
oeuvred in the desired direction and you can a substitute for your attention to the surround‐ in the following situations:
cause a collision or the trailer can overturn. ings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and R The gradient is greater than approximately
parking remains with you. Make sure that there 15%.
# Only use Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
are no persons, animals or objects in the
with trailers with fixed drawbars and manoeuvring area while manoeuvring and park‐ Using Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
axles. ing in/exiting parking spaces. Requirements:
You can either enter the articulation angle value R The vehicle has been started and is station‐
* NOTE Damage due to overhanging loads directly via the multimedia system, use a ary.
in front or drawbar installations straightening manoeuvre or the 90° manoeuvre. R A trailer has been detected.
The vehicle and the trailer may be damaged When carrying out a straightening manoeuvre,
the system calculates the articulation angle R The gradient is less than approximately 15%.
during manoeuvring due to overhanging
loads at the front of the trailer or drawbar automatically and straightens the vehicle/trailer R The tailgate is closed.
installations. combination to the trailer's current direction. R The electric parking brake is not applied.
# Pay attention to overhanging loads or Observe the notes on towing a trailer R The driver's seat belt is fastened.
drawbar installations while manoeu‐ (/ page 259).
vring. System limits
Trailer Manoeuvring Assist assists you when Observe the system limits of the following func‐
reversing with a trailer. Using the reversing cam‐ tions:
era, it monitors the articulation angle between R Active Parking Assist (/ page 248)
the vehicle and trailer and adjusts it to a speci‐ R 360° Camera (/ page 239)
fied value. Trailer Manoeuvring Assist also limits
R Reversing camera (/ page 235)
your speed.
258 Driving and parking
% The maximum articulation angle depends on R Permissible rear axle load of the towing vehi‐ Folding the ball neck out and in
the length of the trailer. This is calculated by cle
the system by driving the vehicle forwards, R Permissible gross weight of the towing vehi‐ & WARNING Risk of accident due to the
including cornering. Before the length of the cle ball neck not being engaged
trailer has been calculated, the maximum
articulation angle is approximately 23°. The R Permissible gross weight of the trailer If the ball neck is not engaged, the trailer
longer the trailer is, the higher the maximum R Maximum permissible speed of the trailer may come loose.
articulation angle (max. approximately 60°). # Always engage the ball neck as descri‐
Ensure the following before starting a journey: bed.
% Pay attention to your surroundings and be R The tyre pressure on the rear axle of the tow‐
ready to brake at all times.
ing vehicle is set for a maximum load & WARNING Risk of injury from ball neck
R The lighting of the connected trailer is opera‐ swinging outwards
Trailer hitch tional
The ball neck may swing outwards when
Notes on trailer operation In the event of increased rear axle load, the car/ unlocking or when it has not been properly
trailer combination must not exceed a maximum engaged.
Observe the following notes on the tongue speed of 100 km/h for reasons concerning the
weight: There is a risk of injury within the ball neck's
operating permit. This also applies in countries range of movement!
R Do not use a tongue weight that exceeds or in which the permissible maximum speed for
# Unlock the ball neck only when its
falls below the permissible tongue weight car/trailer combinations is above 100 km/h.
range of movement is unobstructed.
R Use a tongue weight as close as possible to % When you are reversing with a trailer,
# Always be sure the ball neck is engaged
the maximum tongue weight remember to use the Trailer Manoeuvering
Assist function (/ page 256). when folding inwards.
Do not exceed the following values:
R Permissible towing capacity
260 Driving and parking
* NOTE Increased risk of damage to prop‐ Folding the ball neck out
erty due to folded-out ball neck
# When the trailer is not coupled or the
bicycle rack is attached, fold in the ball
neck or, in the case of a fully electric
trailer hitch, retract the ball neck.
# Remove the cover cap from the ball head and Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer R Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist
store it in a safe place. R Drive Away Assist
Requirements:
Make sure that the ball on the ball neck is clean. R The ball neck is extended and engaged in a R Cross traffic warning
Check that it is either greased or dry (grease- securely locked position. R Manoeuvering brake function
free), depending on the instructions for the
trailer. Trailers with a 7-pin plug can be connected to R Reversing camera
the vehicle with the following adapters: R 360° Camera
Folding the ball neck in R Adapter plug
# Pull switch 2 until the ball neck unlocks.
Coupling up a trailer
R Adapter cable
The ball neck will fold up under the rear
bumper. The trailer will be correctly detected by the vehi‐ * NOTE Damage to the starter battery due
cle only if the following conditions are met: to full discharge
Indicator lamp 1 will flash.
# Push the ball neck in the direction of the R The trailer is connected correctly. Charging the trailer battery using the power
R The trailer lighting system is in working
supply of the trailer can damage the starter
arrow until it engages audibly behind the
order. battery.
bumper.
Indicator lamp 1 and the display on the # Do not use the vehicle's power supply
driver's display will disappear. The functions of the following systems will be to charge the trailer battery.
affected by a correctly connected trailer:
Observe the information about the notifications
R ESP® trailer stabilisation # Remove the cover cap from the ball head and
on the driver's display:
R Trailer Manoeuvering Assist
store it in a safe place.
R Indicator and warning lamps (/ page 535)
R Active Lane Keeping Assist
# Position the trailer on a level surface behind
R Display messages (/ page 474) the vehicle and couple it up to the vehicle.
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
R Active Parking Assist
262 Driving and parking
Under the following conditions, a message may * NOTE Damage when uncoupling in a
appear on the driver's display even if the trailer state of overrun
has been connected correctly:
R LEDs have been installed in the trailer light‐ Uncoupling in a state of overrun can damage
ing system. the vehicle.
# Do not uncouple trailers with an
R The current has fallen below the trailer light‐
ing system's minimum current (50 mA). engaged overrun brake.
% Accessories can be connected to the perma‐ # Secure the trailer against rolling away.
nent power supply up to 180 W and to the # Disconnect the electrical connection
# Open the socket cap. power supply that is switched on via the igni‐ between the vehicle and the trailer.
tion lock.
# Insert the plug with lug 1 in groove 3 on # Uncouple the trailer.
the socket. Uncoupling a trailer # Place the cover cap on the ball head.
# Turn bayonet coupling 2 to the right as far
as it will go. & WARNING Risk of being crushed and
becoming trapped when uncoupling a Bicycle rack function
# Let the cap engage.
trailer
# Secure the cable to the trailer with cable ties & WARNING Risk of an accident when
(only if you are using an adapter cable). When uncoupling a trailer with an engaged
inertia-activated brake, your hand may using the bicycle rack incorrectly
# Make sure that the cable is always slack for become trapped between the vehicle and the The bicycle rack may become detached from
ease of movement during cornering. trailer drawbar. the vehicle in the following cases:
# Do not uncouple trailers with an R the permissible load capacity of the
engaged overrun brake. trailer hitch is exceeded.
Driving and parking 263
R the bicycle rack is used incorrectly. * NOTE Damage to, or cracks on, the
R the bicycle rack is secured to the ball trailer hitch due to unsuitable bicycle
neck beneath the ball head. racks or bicycle racks being used incor‐
rectly
Observe the following for your own safety
and that of other road users: # use only bicycle racks approved by
Mercedes-Benz.
R always adhere to the permissible load
capacity of the trailer hitch.
R only use the bicycle rack to transport
* NOTE Increased risk of damage to prop‐
bicycles. erty due to folded-out ball neck
R always mount the bicycle rack properly by # When the trailer is not coupled or the
attaching to the ball head and the ball bicycle rack is attached, fold in the ball
neck guide pin, if possible. neck or, in the case of a fully electric
trailer hitch, retract the ball neck.
R when transporting four bicycles, always
use bicycle racks which have additional
support on the ball neck guide pin. Trailer hitch (example with additional guide pin)
R only use bicycle racks approved by Depending on the bicycle rack's design, different
Mercedes-Benz. numbers of bicycles can be transported.
R always observe the bicycle rack operating The following bicycle rack designs are possible:
instructions. R When mounted by attaching to ball head 1,
the maximum load capacity is 75 kg. You can
transport up to three bicycles.
264 Driving and parking
R When mounted on ball head 1 and guide Mercedes-Benz recommends removing all
pin 2, the maximum load capacity is detachable parts from bicycles (e.g. baskets,
100 kg. You can transport up to four bicy‐ child seats, rechargeable batteries) before load‐
cles. ing them onto the bicycle rack. This will improve
the aerodynamic resistance and centre of gravity
The maximum load capacity is calculated from of the bicycle rack.
the weight of the bicycle rack and the bicycle
rack load. Always secure the bicycles to prevent them from
moving around and check them at regular inter‐
Observe the notes on driving with a roof load, vals to ensure that they are secure.
trailer or fully laden vehicle (/ page 166).
Do not use tarpaulins or other covers. The driv‐
When using a bicycle rack, set the tyre pressure ing characteristics and rear view may be Load distribution on the bicycle rack
for increased load on the rear axle of the vehicle. impaired. In addition, aerodynamic resistance 1 Vertical distance between centre of gravity
Further information on the tyre pressure can be and the load on the trailer hitch will increase. and ball head
found in the tyre pressure table (/ page 357).
2 Horizontal distance between centre of grav‐
Notes on loading ity and ball head
The larger the distance between the load's 3 The centre of gravity is on the vehicle's
centre of gravity and the ball head, the greater centre axis
the load on the trailer hitch.
Observe the following notes: Observe the following information when loading
the bicycle rack:
R mount heavy bicycles as close to the vehicle
as possible
R always distribute the load on the bicycle rack
as evenly as possible across the vehicle's
longitudinal axis
Driving and parking 265
Loading the bicycle rack guaranteed for the towing vehicle or the towed
3 bicycles 4 bicycles vehicle. The vehicle-trailer combination may
swerve from side to side.
Total weight of Up to 75 kg Up to Observe the following information:
bicycle rack 100 kg R Permitted towing methods (/ page 346)
and load
R The notes on towing the vehicle with both
Max. distance 420 mm 420 mm axles on the ground (/ page 347)
1
Max. distance 300 mm 400 mm
2
When transporting four bicycles or a total weight
between 75 kg and 100 kg, always use bicycle
racks with additional support on the trailer hitch
guide pin.
Notes on the driver display R Status displays for the driving systems and traffic conditions and operate the
R Display messages equipment with the vehicle stationary.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to a R Indicator and warning lamps
driver display malfunction Observe the legal requirements for the country
R Information on Consumption and range in which you are currently driving when operat‐
If the driver display has failed or malfunc‐
The menu contents and settings can be individu‐ ing the driver display.
tioned, the function restrictions applying to
safety relevant systems are not visible. ally adjusted and set.
The operating safety of your vehicle may be
impaired. Operating the driver display
# Drive on carefully.
Scrolling on the menu bar swiping with one finger. Confirm the selection by # Only operate this equipment when the
pressing the Touch Control. traffic situation permits.
% To operate Touch Control 3 in the most # If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
effective way, use the tip of your thumb if vehicle whilst paying attention to road
possible. You can also set the sensitivity of and traffic conditions and operate the
the Touch Control on the central display . equipment with the vehicle stationary.
# Briefly press main menu button 2.
# Select a menu by swiping to the left or right Observe the legal requirements for the country
on Touch Control 3. in which you are currently driving when operat‐
ing the driver display.
# Press Touch Control 3 to confirm.
The following menus can be called up via the
menu bar on the driver display:
Menus on the driver display R Understated
Notes on the menus on the driver display R Sport
R Classic
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐
R Navigation
1 Back button mation systems and communications
equipment R Assistance
2 Main menu button
If you operate information and communica‐ R Service
3 Touch Control
tion equipment integrated in the vehicle In some of these menus, you can choose
The content of the driver display is controlled when driving, you will be distracted from the between different display content on the centre
using the control elements on the left side of the traffic situation. This could also cause you to display area.
steering wheel. Touch Control 3 is used to navi‐ lose control of the vehicle.
gate in a vertical and horizontal direction by
268 Driver display
In most of the menus, you can use Options to Head-up display content with navigation System limits
configure further settings for the menu-specific (9x3°) Visibility is particularly influenced by the follow‐
display content. ing conditions:
% You can find further information about the R Seat position
possible settings and selections on the
R Image position setting
menus in the Digital Owner's Manual.
R Light conditions
R Wet road surfaces
Head-up display
R Objects on the display cover
Function of the head-up display
R Polarisation in sunglasses
The head-up display projects various content
into the driver's field of vision, for example.
Operating the head-up display
You can use the head-up display menu bar to 1 Navigation instructions
select different contexts, e.g.: 2 Navigation instructions (distance to the next Selecting display content of the head-up dis‐
R Minimal route event) play via the menu bar of the driver display
R Sport
3 Steer Assist status # Press the main menu button ò on the
4 Current speed left.
R Standard
5 Set speed in the driving system (e.g. cruise # To select the menu bar of the head-up dis‐
R ECO display
control) play: swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch
R Settings 6 Detected traffic signs (Traffic Sign Assist) Control.
R Head-up display on/off
When you receive a call, the 6 Call waiting
The following image shows an example of the message will appear on the head-up display and
context with navigation. the driver display.
Driver display 269
Setting the position and brightness Switching the head-up display on/off
# On the menu bar of the head-up display, Driver display:
select Settings by swiping to the left or right. 4 ©
# Press the left-hand Touch Control.
The current position and brightness settings Switching on
will be displayed graphically on the head-up # Swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch Con‐
display as well as on the driver display. trol.
# To adjust the position: swipe upwards or Head-up display will appear.
downwards on the left-hand Touch Control. # Press a on the left-hand Touch Control.
Switching between display contents on the # To adjust the brightness: swipe to the right
Switching off
head-up display or left on the left-hand Touch Control.
# Swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch Con‐
# Swipe right or left on the left-hand Touch
The settings configured for position and
brightness will be saved automatically. trol.
Control. # Select Head-up display by swiping on the
The head-up display shows a preview of the # Press the G or a button to exit the
settings. left-hand Touch Control.
selected display contents after each swipe.
# Press a on the left-hand Touch Control.
# Press the a button to confirm the desired
content.
Switching back to the driver display
# Press the G or ò button.
270 Driver display
Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical Overview of status displays on the driver È Active Parking Assist has detected a park‐
system (EQ Boost technology) display ing space (/ page 250)
The status displays for the driving and driving é Parking Assist PARKTRONIC deactivated
safety systems can be found in areas 1 to 4. (/ page 248)
h Cruise control (/ page 200)
È Limiter (/ page 201)
ç Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
(/ page 203)
Ò Specified distance for Active Distance
Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 203)
æ Active Brake Assist switched off
(/ page 222)
1 The area shows the electric drive support.
2 This area shows the recuperation behaviour
Ä Active Brake Assist impaired or not func‐
tioning (/ page 222)
of the electric motor.
Ø Active Steering Assist (/ page 211)
õ shows the drive system's operational read‐ ± Active Lane Change Assist (/ page 215)
iness.
ð Active Lane Keeping Assist (/ page 232)
% Due to various system limits, the displayed
values may temporarily differ slightly from Z Active Blind Spot Assist (only on assistant
the actual value. Y Pedestrian detection (only on assistant display) (/ page 230)
display) ° Haptic accelerator pedal (/ page 171)
Ç Active Parking Assist is available è ECO start/stop function (/ page 169)
(/ page 250)
Driver display 271
Overview and operation * NOTE Increased surface temperature Overview of the MBUX multimedia system
Notes on the MBUX multimedia system due to direct sunlight on the central dis‐
play
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ The surface of the central display is very
mation systems and communications dark.
equipment
If the display is exposed to direct sunlight,
If you operate information and communica‐ the surface can become very hot.
tion equipment integrated in the vehicle # If the central display has been exposed
when driving, you will be distracted from the to direct sunlight, allow it to cool down
traffic situation. This could also cause you to before touching it for a long time.
lose control of the vehicle.
# Only operate this equipment when the 1 Touch Control and control panel for the
traffic situation permits. MBUX multimedia system
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the MBUX stands for Mercedes-Benz User Expe‐
vehicle whilst paying attention to road rience.
and traffic conditions and operate the • Operating Touch Control
equipment with the vehicle stationary. 2 Central display with touch functionality
• Home screen overview
You must observe the legal requirements for the • Operating the touchscreen
country in which you are currently driving when 3 Control panel with fingerprint sensor ú,
operating the multimedia system.
switches the MBUX multimedia system on or
off Ü, switches the mute function on or
off a and adjusts the volume ø
MBUX multimedia system 273
Operating the MBUX multimedia system 8 Switch off the sound: press Using the touchscreen
Using Touch Control 7 ß Calls up favourites (press briefly) or
adds favourites (press and hold)
8 £ Starts the MBUX Voice Assistant
You can navigate through menus and lists via the
touch-sensitive surface of Touch Control 2
using a single-finger swipe, for example:
# To enter a character: select a character
using the keyboard and press on Touch Con‐
trol 2.
# To select a menu option: scroll in a list and
press Touch Control 2.
1 © Shows the home screen # To move the digital map: swipe in any
2 Touch Control direction.
=9Ì: swipe in the direction
of the arrow (navigate)
1 Fingerprint sensor
a Press (confirm)
2 Switches the MBUX multimedia system on or
3 G Returns to the previous display
off
4 6 Makes or accepts a call 3 Switches the mute function on/off
5 ~ Rejects or ends a call 4 Adjusts the volume
6 Increase volume: swipe upwards Press ± or q or swipe over the button
Reduce volume: swipe down
MBUX multimedia system 275
# To select a menu item or entry: tap on a # To move the digital map: touch the when driving, you will be distracted from the
symbol or an entry. touchscreen and move your finger in any traffic situation. This could also cause you to
# To increase the map scale: tap twice direction. lose control of the vehicle.
quickly with one finger. # To save the destination in the digital # Only operate this equipment when the
# To reduce the map scale: tap with two fin‐ map: touch the touchscreen and hold until a traffic situation permits.
gers. message is shown. # If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
# To enter characters with the keypad: tap # To call up the home screen: swipe up with vehicle whilst paying attention to road
on a button. three fingers in an application. and traffic conditions and operate the
# To navigate in menus: swipe up, down, left # To set the volume on a scale: touch the equipment with the vehicle stationary.
or right. touchscreen and move the finger to the left
or right. For your own safety, always observe the follow‐
# To use handwriting to enter characters: ing points when operating mobile communica‐
write the character with one finger on the # To call up a global menu in the applica‐
tions: touch the touchscreen and hold until tions equipment and especially your voice con‐
touchscreen. trol system:
the Options menu appears.
# To zoom in and out of the map: move two R Observe the legal requirements for the coun‐
fingers together or apart. try in which you are driving.
To enlarge or reduce the size of a section Function of the MBUX Voice Assistant
# R If you use the voice control system in an
of a website: move two fingers together or emergency your voice can change and your
apart. & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐
telephone call, e.g. an emergency call, can
mation systems and communications
# To turn the digital map: turn anti-clockwise thereby be unnecessarily delayed.
equipment
or clockwise using two fingers. R Familiarise yourself with the voice control
If you operate information and communica‐ system functions before starting the journey.
tion equipment integrated in the vehicle Using the MBUX Voice Assistant, vehicle func‐
tions and various areas of the MBUX multimedia
276 MBUX multimedia system
system can be operated by voice input. The Conducting a dialogue tal Owner's Manual is available when the
MBUX Voice Assistant is operational approx‐ vehicle is stationary.
imately half a minute after switching on the igni‐ Starting a dialogue
tion and can be operated from all seats. Further # Say "Hey Mercedes" to activate the MBUX Operating functions (examples)
information and examples of voice commands Voice Assistant. Voice activation must be # To operate the navigation: "Search for an
can be found in the Digital Owner's Manual. switched on in the multimedia system. Asian restaurant, but not Japanese, in South
You can use the MBUX Voice Assistant to oper‐ or London."
ate the following functions depending on the # Press the £ button on the multifunction # To operate the phone: "Call my father."
vehicle equipment: steering wheel. # To change the system language to Eng‐
R Telephone A blue line appears in the MBUX multimedia lish (short command): "Change language
system. The dialogue can be started. to English".
R Text message and e-mail
For the dialogue with the MBUX Voice Assistant,
R Navigation # To operate the radio: "Show me the list of
you can use complete sentences of colloquial
R Radio, media, TV language as voice commands. Voice activation radio stations."
R Vehicle functions
can also be directly combined with a voice com‐ # To operate media: "Switch on random play-
mand, e.g. "Hey Mercedes, how fast can I back."
R Online functions drive?". # To operate vehicle functions: "Switch the
Full functionality of the voice control system is Calling up help seat heating to level 2."
only available for you with activation of online # To operate online functions: "What's the
# For information about the MBUX Voice
voice control. time in Sydney?"
Assistant: say "Hey Mercedes, what can
you do?" # To ask a question about the vehicle: "Do I
# Digital Owner's Manual: "Show me the have Blind Spot Assist?"
Owner's Manual". The full extent of the Digi‐
MBUX multimedia system 277
Information on users, suggestions and # b) Press a memory position button or a ting. Standard settings can be changed by all
favourites seat adjustment switch on the driver's vehicle users.
door. User profiles save personal settings. If the vehi‐
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped The adjustment process will be stop‐ cle is used by several people, a person can
during adjustment of the driver's seat ped. change their profile settings without changing
after calling up a driver profile the settings of other users.
Selecting a user profile may trigger an The driver's seat is equipped with an access pre‐ You can individualise a user profile in the vehicle
adjustment of the driver's seat to the posi‐ venter. using the set-up assistant or using the settings
tion saved under the user profile. You or If the driver's door is open, the driver's seat will in your user profile. Some settings, e.g. the
other vehicle occupants could be injured in not be set after calling up the driver's profile. Mercedes me PIN and a profile photo are made
the process. in the Mercedes me app or in the Mercedes me
User profiles and user-specific content Portal.
# Make sure that when the position of
driver's seat is being adjusted using the Prerequisites for the vehicle owner: User-specific content and applications with per‐
multimedia system, no people or body R You have a Mercedes me user account. sonal data are protected by different levels of
parts are in the seat's range of move‐ R You have a Mercedes me PIN. security. To access protected content, the
ment. Mercedes me PIN and, depending on the vehicle
R You have agreed to the terms of use.
equipment, biometric sensors can be used.
If there is a risk of someone becoming trap‐ R The vehicle is linked to a Mercedes me user
ped, stop the adjustment process immedi‐ % The security level is set by the multimedia
account.
ately: system and calculated from the combination
# a) Tap the warning message on the cen‐
% If one of the pre-requisites listed is missing of all sensor inputs. Some security levels
or if no user profile has been selected, the cannot be turned off.
tral display.
data described in the following section will
or be saved in the vehicle as the standard set‐
278 MBUX multimedia system
% When a user profile is activated, the follow‐ Suggestions # Scan the displayed QR code with the
ing personalised comfort systems, for exam‐ The vehicle can learn the habits of the driver. It Mercedes me app or any QR code scanner
ple, can be adjusted or their settings loaded: then makes suggestions regarding navigation on a mobile device. If the Mercedes me app
R Seat destinations, phone numbers and music prefer‐ is not yet installed on your mobile device,
ences. The pre-requirements for that are the you will be directed to the store of your
R Ambient light
selection of a user, your consent to the record‐ mobile device.
R Outside mirrors ing of data and sufficient collected data. # Follow the directions in the app.
R Blinds The vehicle is connected with your Mercedes
Favourites
R Air conditioning adjustment Favourites offer you quick access to frequently me user account. This automatically creates
used applications. 100 favourites are available in your user profile in the vehicle.
If the user profile is activated when driving
total. If only your user profile is available, it will be
then the driver's seat position will not be
loaded automatically.
adjusted.
Configuring users, suggestions and favour‐ If more than one user profile is available, you
Depending on the vehicle equipment you can, as
ites will be directed to the user selection.
a user, save the following settings, for example:
R Driver's seat, steering wheel and mirror set‐
When the vehicle is stationary, the set-up
Requirements: assistant starts automatically after user
tings R To use the set-up assistant: the vehicle is sta‐
selection.
R Climate control tionary.
Selecting user options
R Ambient lighting Multimedia system:
# Select Settings.
R Radio (including station list) 4 © 5 f 5 Change user
# To configure suggestions: select Sugges-
R Suggestions and favourites
Adding a user tions settings.
# Select f Add user . # Select Suggestions.
A QR code is loaded.
MBUX multimedia system 279
# Switch the options on or off. The following user-specific content and applica‐ % Access protection is switched on or off on a
If an option is switched on and sufficient tions are protected, for example: vehicle-specific basis.
data has been gathered, suggestions based R User selection and user profile settings
on your user behaviour will be offered to you. Teaching in, editing and deleting biometric
R Biometric sensors data
# For intelligent multimodality: select Multi- The biometric data models are saved in the sen‐
modality. The teaching-in of biometric sensors is pro‐
tected. sors in the vehicle. If recognition has been
If the option is active, the MBUX Voice Assis‐ taught-in, this sensor serves as a contributory
tant can be activated in certain situations. R Suggestions
factor for authentication on the multimedia sys‐
# To switch the learning function off for The data and determination of the most tem.
24 h: switch on Deactiv. intelligent learning probable navigation destinations, media # Select Protect content.
for 24h. sources, radio stations, contacts and mes‐
# Select Facial recognition, Fingerprint recog-
sages are protected.
# To delete cumulated suggestions: select nition or Voice recognition.
Reset suggestion history. R ENERGIZING COACH
The recorded health data and their evaluation % If necessary, authenticate yourself on the
# Select Ja (Yes). multimedia system.
are protected.
Protecting user-specific content and applica‐ R Mercedes me connect store # To use face recognition: close the driver's
tions door or fasten the driver's seat belt.
If you add a new user, access protection is The purchase of services is protected.
# Look at the driver display for about five sec‐
already activated for the user profile. The Switch Protect content on or off.
# onds.
Mercedes me PIN and, depending on the vehicle
# Switch Access protection on or off. Your face is scanned. A message in the driver
equipment, biometric sensors are available for
% When access protection is switched off, your display shows whether facial recognition was
access. Biometric sensors must be taught in in
user profile can be accessed and changed successful or not. You can unlock your user
the vehicle. The authentication process then
from every vehicle seat. profile and protected applications with the
takes all taught-in and available sensors into
facial scan.
account.
280 MBUX multimedia system
# To use fingerprint: place and lift your finger You can cancel the setting process with the # Select a favourite.
several times on the fingerprint sensor under following actions:
the touchscreen . R Tap on the Tap here to cancel. message
The finger is scanned. If the scanning proce‐ System settings
on the central display.
dure is successful, a message appears on the Overview of the system settings menu
R Press one of the seat operating buttons
central display. You can unlock your user pro‐
file and protected applications with your fin‐ in the driver's door. In the system settings menu, you can make set‐
ger print. # Select Change user. tings in the following menus and control ele‐
ments:
# To use voice recognition: speak the sen‐ # Select a user.
R Display
tence shown on the central display and fol‐ # When requested to do so, authenticate with
low the instructions of the voice assistant. the Mercedes me PIN or a taught-in biomet‐ - Display brightness
If the voice recognition was successful, a ric characteristic. R Control elements
message appears on the central display. You The user profile is loaded and activated. - Keyboard language and handwriting rec‐
can unlock your user profile and protected % If you select Continue without selecting user, ognition
applications with voice input.
no specific settings for the user profile are - Touchpad sensitivity
% Avoid background or disturbing noises dur‐ loaded.
- Sensitivity of the Touch Controls
ing voice recognition. Adding favourites from categories
# To delete biometric data: select Delete.
- Haptic operation for the touchscreen
# Select ©. R MBUX Voice Assistant
# Select Ja (Yes).
# Select ß. R MBUX Interior Assistant
Selecting a user # Select r. R Sound
% When you call up your driver profile, the driv‐ # Select W Create new favourite. - Entertainment
er's seat and the steering wheel can be set. # Select the category. - Navigation and traffic announcements
MBUX multimedia system 281
- Telephone updates are available for downloading for a limi‐ R Installation of the downloaded software
- Voice amplification ted period of time. update
R Connectivity Carrying out a software update: R Activation of the downloaded software
R You can start online software updates via the update.
- Wi-Fi, Bluetooth®, NFC
communication module. % It may be necessary to restart the MBUX
R Time & date
R You can start software updates via a Wi-Fi multimedia system after completion of a
R Language hotspot. software update.
R Units for distance R You can start map updates from an external % While some software updates are being
R Updating software medium. downloaded, the multimedia system cannot
R System Reset be operated and the vehicle functions may
% Online software updates cannot be per‐ be restricted.
formed via external Wi-Fi hotspots that are
Overview of software updates encrypted using TKIP. % Some software updates require a safe vehi‐
cle status for the installation to be comple‐
Important software updates may be necessary % To complete software updates via the com‐ ted. They may only be carried out in a safely
for the security of your multimedia system's munication module, the vehicle must be con‐ parked vehicle with the ignition switched off.
data. Install these updates, or else the security nected with the Internet and a Mercedes me
user account. For software updates requiring a safe vehi‐
of your multimedia system cannot be ensured. cle status: when the last installation step is
The multimedia system displays a corresponding % To complete software updates via Wi-Fi, the reached, a message appears on the central dis‐
message when a software update is available. vehicle must be connected to an external Wi- play after the ignition is switched off. Follow the
Fi hotspot. step-by-step instructions on the central display
If the Automatic online update option is active,
software updates are downloaded automatically. A software update consists of three steps: to complete the installation.
If the option is deactivated, you will be informed R Downloading or copying of the data required There are software updates that can only be
of new software updates once. The software for installation installed when the vehicle is safely parked, there
282 MBUX multimedia system
are no more people in the vehicle and the vehi‐ % The display message does not appear every Further information about software updates can
cle is locked. You can immediately install the time a software update is installed. be found at https://me.secure.mercedes-
software update, schedule it, or postpone it. If In rare cases, an error can occur during the benz.com.
you schedule the software update and unlock installation. The multimedia system automati‐
the vehicle in the meantime, the installation cally attempts to restore the previous version. Setting up a Wi-Fi hotspot
must be rescheduled.
If it is not possible to restore the previous ver‐
Availability of the driver display and central sion, the display messages shown above appear Requirements:
R Wi-Fi is activated on the multimedia system
display every time the engine is started.
During the installation of software updates, it is and the communication device to be connec‐
not possible to use the vehicle, central display Failure of the central display ted.
and driver display. You may receive the following If the central display fails or the display message R The communication device to be connected
display messages when an installation is run‐ shown above is shown continuously, several sys‐ supports at least one of the types of connec‐
ning: tems such as the reversing camera, tion described.
PARKTRONIC or climate control are no longer
available. Drive on carefully and consult a spe‐ The connection types shown depend on the
cialist workshop as soon as possible. device to be connected. The function must
be supported by the multimedia system and
Failure of the driver display by the device to be connected. The type of
If the driver display fails or there is a malfunc‐ connection established must be selected on
tion, you may not recognise limitations in the the multimedia system and on the device to
functions of systems relevant to safety or the be connected.
speed display, for example. The operating safety
of the vehicle may be impaired. Drive on care‐
fully and have the vehicle checked at a qualified
specialist workshop immediately (/ page 484).
MBUX multimedia system 283
% Some functions may first need to be activa‐ % The data volume can be purchased directly # When the NFC icon is displayed in the MBUX
ted on the communication device being con‐ from a mobile phone network provider via hotspot menu, hold the device to be connec‐
nected. More detailed information can be the Mercedes me Portal. ted to the NFC interface.
found in the manufacturer's operating % The use of the vehicle data tariff by external # Follow the instructions on the device.
instructions. devices is not available in all countries. The Wi-Fi connection is established.
% The use of the vehicle data tariff by external Connecting using a security key
devices is not available in all countries. Using the multimedia system as a Wi-Fi hot‐
# Select the vehicle from the device to be con‐
spot
Multimedia system: nected. The vehicle is displayed with the
# Select MBUX hotspot.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System MBUX XXXXX network name.
# Select one of the following connection
5 Internet and Bluetooth # Enter the security key which is shown in the
options. central display on the device to be connec‐
% The availability of the functions is dependent Connecting using a QR code
on the country. ted.
Requirement: an app for scanning the QR code is # Confirm the entry.
# Select Wi-Fi.
installed on the device being connected.
The controller is to the right: Wi-Fi is Generating a new security key
switched on. Alternatively: the device being connected has an
integrated QR code scanner (see manufacturer's # Select the hotspot name MBUX XXXXX in the
When Wi-Fi is switched on, you can connect the operating instructions). MBUX hotspot menu.
multimedia system with external hotspots or # Scan the QR code shown. # Confirm the prompt with Yes.
make it available as a hotspot for external devi‐ The Wi-Fi connection is established. A new security key is generated.
ces.
When Wi-Fi is switched off, it is not possible to Connecting using NFC A connection will be established with the newly
establish a hotspot connection. # Activate NFC on the device to be connected. created security key.
284 MBUX multimedia system
% When a new security key is generated, all (see the manufacturer's operating instruc‐ Setting the language
existing Wi-Fi connections are then discon‐ tions). Multimedia system:
nected. If the Wi-Fi connections are being re- # Select Search for access. 4 © 5 Settings 5 System
established, the new security key must be # Select the network. 5 Language
entered.
# Log in to the Wi-Fi network. Setting the system language
Using a mobile communication device as a or A list of the available system languages is
Wi-Fi hotspot (tethering) # Select the mobile phone with the ö Wi-Fi shown.
An external Wi-Fi hotspot is accessed for the symbol. # Select a language.
Internet connection of the multimedia system. The system language is switched to the
The data tariff of the mobile communication selected language.
device via Acquired data package is used for the System language
data connection. Notes on the system language
% This function is country-dependent. Resetting the multimedia system (reset func‐
This function allows you to determine the lan‐
tion)
% With external Wi-Fi hotspots that are encryp‐ guage for the menu displays and the navigation
ted via TKIP, online software updates cannot announcements. The selected language affects
the characters available for entry. The navigation & WARNING Risk of accidents due to fail‐
be performed via the external Wi-Fi hotspot. ure of the central display functions
announcements are not available in all lan‐
# Select the Set up option in the Internet and
guages. If a language is not available, the naviga‐ While the multimedia system is being reset,
Bluetooth menu. tion announcements will be in English. its functions such as the reversing camera
# Select Connect to the Internet. are not available.
Setting up an Internet connection via Wi-Fi # Only reset the multimedia system when
% The Wi-Fi function on the mobile phone and the vehicle is stationary.
Internet access via Wi-Fi must be activated
MBUX multimedia system 285
Requirements: % Due to data protection, as well as the func‐ & WARNING Risk of accident and injury
R The ignition is switched on. tion of individual driving systems and driving due to imprecise positioning of addi‐
R Some settings can only be reset when the safety systems, it is a requirement to carry tional information
vehicle is stationary. out a complete system reset before selling
the vehicle or transferring it to a third party, The additional information from the augmen‐
Multimedia system: or after use as a hire car. ted reality display may be inaccurate and is
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Reset not a substitute for observing and assessing
the actual driving situation.
When resetting the system, personal data and Navigation and traffic # Always keep an eye on the actual traffic
settings are deleted, for example:
Notes on navigation situation when carrying out all driving
R Connected devices
manoeuvres.
R Individual user profiles Route guidance with augmented reality
R Biometric data & WARNING Risk of accident and injury as Switching navigation on
% The data used and saved in the multimedia a result of distraction, incorrect depic‐
system by the driver assistance systems is tion or wrong interpretation of the dis‐ Multimedia system:
deleted. play 4 © 5 Navigation
# Select Reset. The camera image of the augmented reality # Alternatively, activate the MBUX Voice Assis‐
A query appears asking if the system should display is not suitable as a guide for driving. tant (/ page 276).
really be reset. # Always keep an eye on the actual traffic # Switch to navigation.
# Select Yes. situation. The map appears.
The multimedia system is reset to the factory # Avoid extended observation of the cam‐
settings. The multimedia system is restarted era image.
after the system reset.
286 MBUX multimedia system
Navigation overview 4 Selects the map orientation • Showing the route overview, entering
5 Current vehicle position (vehicle symbol or intermediate destinations, selecting alterna‐
Digital map
arrow) tive routes
6 Navigation menu • Displaying traffic incidents and local area
reports
Navigation menu 5 Makes settings for View, Messages & tones
and Route
% If the navigation menu is not shown, tap on
the digital map.
% The options are not available in all countries.
Entering a destination
Requirements:
R For online search: an Internet connection is
established .
1 Enters a POI or address and additional desti‐
nation entries R Mercedes me connect is available.
1 Navigation window 2 Interrupts route guidance (if route guidance R You have set up a user account in the
is active) Mercedes me Portal.
Route guidance active: display for destina‐
tion information, route list, lane recommen‐ 3 Repeats a navigation announcement and R The vehicle is connected with the user
dations, for example switch navigation announcements on or off account and you have accepted the terms of
2 Calls up the Control Center in the status line 4 Calls up Route, and Traffic menus use.
3 Searches for parking facilities in the vicinity
MBUX multimedia system 287
Further information can be found at: Multimedia system: 5 Adopts the search result in the input line and
https://www.mercedes.me 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? continues the search
R The service is available and has been activa‐ 6 Deletes the last character entered
ted. 7 Hides the keypad
8 Switches to handwriting recognition
9 Starts the MBUX Voice Assistant
A Sets the written language
B Switches to digits and special characters
C Switches to upper-case or lower-case letters
# Enter the destination in 1. The entries can
be made in any order.
The search results are displayed in a list.
% Online search results for POIs may contain
additional information, for example opening
times and prices. The information is provi‐
ded by an online map service.
This online function is not available in all
Example: entering a POI or address countries.
1 Input line with current entry
% You can enter a destination as a 3 word
2 Search result address from what3words.
3 Selects destination input, displays further This option is not available in all countries.
destination inputs with double arrow # Hide the keyboard with a.
4 Deletes an entry
288 MBUX multimedia system
# Select the destination in the list. Calculating a route and using settings for 3 Selects a point of interest in the vicinity of
The route is calculated. route guidance the destination
% Observe the notes on the MBUX multimedia 4 3 word address from what3words
system (/ page 272).
After selection of a destination the route is be
calculated.
# Select one of the options.
# To share a destination: select Ç Share . Traffic announcements for the route are Activating a commuter route
This option allows you to scan the displayed taken into account via Dynamic route guid- % A user profile has been created and Allow
QR code. ance r. destination suggestions has been activated
# To save a destination as a favourite: select % Trailer mode and online routes are not availa‐ in the user options (/ page 278). Route
ß Favourite and then an option. ble in all countries and for all vehicles. guidance is not active.
To call up an Internet address: if a web # Select Z in the navigation menu.
# Calculating alternative routes
address is available, select www. # Select Z in the navigation menu. # Select Route.
# To call the destination: if a telephone num‐ # Select View. # Activate Activate commuter route.
ber is available, select Call. The navigation system automatically detects
# Activate Overview of route after start.
Searching for POIs in the vicinity of the des‐ that the vehicle is on a commuter route.
Alternative routes are calculated for every
tination shown route. For the daily commuter route, traffic inci‐
# Select In the vicinity.
dents on the route are also reported when
Selecting alternative routes driving without active route guidance.
# Search using categories, enter a search entry
% If Overview of route after start has been # To select or delete a commuter route:
or search for a personal POI . switched on and a route has been calcula‐ selectStart or ¨.
Selecting a route type ted, the function is available.
Avoiding or using route sections, e.g. motor‐
# Select Z in the navigation menu # Select ¡ in the navigation menu.
ways or ferries
(/ page 286). # Select Other routes.
# Select Z in the navigation menu.
# Select Route. # When the alternative routes have been calcu‐
# Select Route.
The route is calculated as a fast route with a lated, display the route in the navigation win‐
short journey time. Trailer mode is available # Select Avoid options.
dow by swiping to the right or left.
if a trailer has been coupled with the vehicle. # Select Start. # Activate or deactivate the avoid option.
If available, you can select online routes.
290 MBUX multimedia system
Activating route guidance with augmented Using map functions Selecting map orientation
reality # Tap repeatedly on the Ä compass symbol
Multimedia system:
# Tap on ¨ in the map. on the map.
4 © 5 Navigation
The indicator lamp lights up blue. The map orientations changes in this order:
The AR camera's video image is shown in the Increasing map scale
R The 3D map view is aligned to the direc‐
central display before a turning manoeuvre. # When the map is shown, tap twice quickly tion of travel.
The video image includes additional informa‐ with one finger on the central display. R The 2D map view is aligned to the direc‐
tion.
Decreasing map scale tion of travel.
# To return to the navigation map: tap on
# When the map is displayed, tap the central R The 2D map view is displayed so that
¨ again.
The indicator lamp is not lit. display with two fingers. north is always at the top.
R The map shows the complete route.
Showing property information for route guid‐ Moving the map
ance with augmented reality # When the map is displayed, swipe in any
Road guidance with augmented reality is activa‐ direction with one finger on the central dis‐ Using services
ted. play. Requirements:
# Select Z in the navigation menu. # To reset the map to the current vehicle R There is an Internet connection.
# Select View. position: select \ Centre . R Mercedes me connect is available.
# Select Augmented reality video. R You have set up a user account in the
# Activate Street names and House numbers. Mercedes me Portal.
During route guidance, the activated options R The vehicle is connected to a user account
are shown as additional information in the and you have accepted the conditions of use
camera image. for the service.
MBUX multimedia system 291
Further information can be found at: depends on the settings for the Traffic incidents # Switch on an online service, e.g. Weather.
https://www.mercedes.me option. Current weather information is displayed on
R The service is available and has been activa‐ # Set the option using Z. the navigation map, e.g. temperature or
ted. If the option is activated, all of the symbols cloud cover.
are shown. The service information is not shown in all
Multimedia system: map scales, e.g. weather symbols.
4 © 5 Navigation
If the option is deactivated, the symbols are
only shown when there is a hazard warning. Parking service
Showing traffic information The following hazards may be shown on the
# Select Z in the navigation menu. map: & WARNING Risk of accident and injury
# Select View. R Accidents and breakdowns due to not observing the maximum per‐
mitted access height
# Select Map symbols. R Fog and ice
R Hazards reported manually
If the vehicle height is greater than the maxi‐
# Activate Traffic incidents and Free-flowing
mum permitted access height for multi-
traffic. R Vehicle with active hazard warning light storey and underground car parks, the roof
Traffic incidents, for example roadworks, R Mobile roadworks and other parts of the vehicle may be dam‐
local area reports (e.g. fog) and warning mes‐ aged. Vehicle occupants may be injured.
sages, are shown on the route. Displaying online map contents
# Before entering a multi-storey car park
The traffic delay is displayed for the current # Select Z in the navigation menu. or underground car park, observe the
route. The smallest value for the display for # Select View. signposted entrance height.
traffic delays is a minute.
# Select Map symbols. # If the vehicle height is greater than the
Displaying hazard warnings access height, do not enter.
If hazard warnings are available these can be
shown as symbols on the map. The display
292 MBUX multimedia system
* NOTE Before selecting the parking For example, opening times, parking Notes on the dashcam
option charges, current occupancy, maximum
parking time, maximum access height. * NOTE Before using the dashcam
The data is based on information provided by The maximum access height shown by
the respective service provider. You are legally responsible for operation and
the parking service does not replace the use of the dashcam functions. The legal
Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for the need for observation of the actual cir‐ requirements relating to operation and use of
accuracy of the information provided relating cumstances. the dashcam can vary depending on the
to the multi-storey car park/parking area. R Available payment options (Mercedes country in which the dashcam is operated.
# Always observe the local Information pay, coins, bank notes, cards) Therefore, observe the legal requirements, in
and conditions. R Details on parking tariffs particular the data protection regulations, in
your country.
% This service is not available in all countries. R Number of available parking spaces
For this reason, before using the dashcam
# Select Z and activate Parking. R Payment method (e.g. at the parking
inform yourself about the regulation details
meter) for the respective country.
# Tap on j in the map.
R Services/facilities at the parking option
# Select a parking option. This function is not permitted in all countries.
The map shows the parking options in the R Telephone number # Observe the country-specific regula‐
vicinity. # Calculate the route (/ page 288). tions.
The following information is displayed (if
available): % To ensure secure operation, only use FAT32
or exFAT formatted USB storage devices.
R Destination address, distance from cur‐
rent vehicle position and arrival time
R Information on the multi-storey car
park/car park
MBUX multimedia system 293
% The file size and therefore the duration of Starting or stopping video recording with the recording is automatically protected against
single recording is limited by the limitations dashcam being overwritten.
of the USB flash drive format. So FAT32 for‐ # To start: select Start recording.
matted USB flash drives do not allow files Requirements:
R For recording and saving a video file: a USB The length of the recording is shown. The
larger than 4 GB, for example. Please do not remove the storage medium.
When the file size is reached, the recording device is connected with the multimedia sys‐
tem. message appears. The video file is stored on
stops and you receive a notification. the USB device.
R The ignition is switched on.
# To end: select End recording.
Selecting a USB device for a video recording Multimedia system:
with the dashcam % In some countries, geo-coordinates (longi‐
4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam
tude and latitude) are shown in the video
Requirements: # If several USB devices are connected with image.
R At least one USB device is connected with the multimedia system, select a USB device For technical reasons, the geo-coordinates
the multimedia system. (/ page 293). may show greater inaccuracies.
If no USB device is selected, a selection is A report may appear in the following cases:
Multimedia system: made automatically when recording starts.
4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam R Individual recording: the memory is full or
# To select a recording mode: select Loop there are only a few minutes recording time
# Select the USB symbol. recording or Individual recording. available. The video recording stops or will be
# Select the USB device. Loop recording records several short video stopped imminently.
% When USB devices contain multiple parti‐ files. When the memory is full, recording is Change the USB device or delete a video file.
tions, recorded video files are not always dis‐ continued automatically. In doing so, other
R The camera is not functional, the Camera
played in the recording list. files will be overwritten starting with the old‐
est file. unavailable message appears.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use
USB devices with one partition. Individual recording stops recording when Have the camera checked in a Mercedes-
the memory limit is reached. An individual Benz service centre.
294 MBUX multimedia system
R If the country border indication has been # Only operate this equipment when the operating mobile communication equipment in
switched on. traffic situation permits. the vehicle.
R If an outdoor recording is started with the # If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
camera app during a dashcam recording, the & WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
vehicle whilst paying attention to road being stowed incorrectly
dashcam recording pauses and resumes and traffic conditions and operate the
automatically after the camera recording is equipment with the vehicle stationary. If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
finished. A notification to this effect is dis‐ incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown
played. around and hit vehicle occupants. In addi‐
& WARNING Risk of an accident from
tion, cup holders, open stowage spaces and
operating mobile communication equip‐ mobile phone receptacles cannot always
Telephone ment while the vehicle is in motion retain all objects within.
Telephony Mobile communications devices distract the There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
Notes on telephony driver from the traffic situation. This could event of sudden braking or a sudden change
also cause the driver to lose control of the in direction.
& WARNING Risk of distraction from oper‐ vehicle.
# Always stow objects so that they can‐
ating integrated communication equip‐ # As the driver, only operate mobile com‐
not be thrown around in such situa‐
ment while the vehicle is in motion munications devices when the vehicle is tions.
stationary.
If you operate communication equipment # Always make sure that objects do not
# As a vehicle occupant, only use mobile
integrated in the vehicle when driving, you protrude from stowage spaces, luggage
could be distracted from the traffic situation. communications devices in the areas nets or stowage nets.
This could also cause you to lose control of intended for this purpose, e.g. in the
# Close the lockable stowage spaces
the vehicle. rear passenger compartment.
before starting a journey.
You must observe the legal requirements for the
country in which you are currently driving when
MBUX multimedia system 295
# Always stow and secure heavy, hard, - Wireless telephony is available on the The multimedia system supports calls in HD
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky multimedia system. Voice® for improved speech quality. A require‐
objects in the boot/load compartment. R SAP (SIM Access Profile) ment for this is that the mobile phone and the
mobile phone network provider of the person
- The car telephone has access to the SIM
Observe the additional information on stowing card data and dials into the mobile phone you are calling support HD Voice® .
mobile communications devices correctly: network via the exterior aerial. Depending on the quality of the connection, the
R Loading the vehicle (/ page 110) voice quality may fluctuate.
Bluetooth® connection Irrespective of this, Bluetooth® audio functional‐
Further information can be obtained from a
ity can by used with any mobile radio unit.
The menu view and the available functions in the Mercedes-Benz service centre or at: https://
telephone menu are in part dependent on the For information on the range of functions of the www.mercedes-benz.com/connect
mobile radio unit to be connected, see the man‐
Bluetooth® profile of the connected mobile
ufacturer's operating instructions.
phone. If the mobile phone supports all the fol‐
lowing Bluetooth® profiles, the full range of fea‐ Network connection:
tures is available: The following cases can lead to the call being
R PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) disconnected while the vehicle is in motion:
- The contacts on the mobile phone are R You switch into a transmission/reception
shown automatically on the multimedia station, in which no communication channel
system. is free.
R MAP (Message Access Profile) R The SIM card used is not compatible with the
network available
- The mobile phone message functions can
be used on the multimedia system. R A mobile phone with "Twincard" is logged
into the network with the second SIM card at
R HFP (hands-free profile)
the same time
296 MBUX multimedia system
Telephone menu overview 4 Battery status of the connected mobile Connecting a mobile phone
phone Requirements:
5 Options R Bluetooth® is activated on the mobile phone
6 Messages (see the manufacturer's operating instruc‐
7 Calls up my devices tions).
8 Numerical pad R Bluetooth® is activated on the multimedia
9 Starts contact search system.
Telephony operating modes overview Multimedia system:
Depending on your equipment, the following tel‐ 4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
ephony operating modes are available: 5 My devices
R A mobile phone is connected to the multime‐
Searching for a mobile phone
dia system via Bluetooth®.
# Select Connect new device.
R Two mobile phones are connected with the
multimedia system via Bluetooth® (two Connecting a mobile phone
phone mode). # Select a mobile phone.
1 Bluetooth® device name of the currently - You can use all the functions of the multi‐ A code is displayed in the multimedia system
connected mobile phone/of the mobile media system with both mobile phones. and on the mobile phone.
phone # If both codes match, confirm the code on the
2 Bluetooth® device name of the currently mobile phone.
connected mobile phone/of the mobile
phone (two phone mode)
3 Signal strength of the mobile phone network
MBUX multimedia system 297
Functions in the telephony menu Mercedes me and apps The me button and the SOS button can be found
In the telephony menu you have the following on the vehicle's overhead control panel
Mercedes me connect (/ page 299).
functions, for example:
R Making calls, e.g.:
Information on Mercedes me connect You can also call the Mercedes-Benz Customer
% Mercedes me connect or individual Centre using the multimedia system
- R Accept a call (/ page 300).
Mercedes me connect services are not avail‐
- k End call able in every country. Find out at a Please note that Mercedes me connect is a
- Answering a call with a message Mercedes-Benz service centre if these func‐ Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, first call
- i Conference tions are available in your country. the national emergency services using the
Mercedes me connect consists of multiple serv‐ standard national emergency service telephone
- Accepting or rejecting a waiting call numbers. In emergencies, you can also use the
ices.
R Managing contacts, e.g.: Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
You can use the following services via the multi‐
- Downloading mobile phone contacts media system and the overhead control panel, (/ page 307).
- Managing the format of a contact's name for example: Please note the Mercedes me connect terms of
- Deleting favourites R Accident and Breakdown Management (me
use and the data protection information for
button or situation-dependent display in the Mercedes me connect. You can find these in
R Receiving and sending messages, e.g.: your Mercedes me user account.
multimedia system)
- Using the read-aloud function Further information about Mercedes me con‐
R Mercedes-Benz emergency call system (auto‐
- Dictating a new message matic emergency call and SOS button) nect, the provided service scope and operation:
https://moba.i.daimler.com/markets/ece-row/
The Mercedes me connect Accident and Break‐ baix/cars/connectme/en_GB/#emotions/
down Management and the Mercedes-Benz Startseite.html
emergency call centre are available to you
around the clock.
298 MBUX multimedia system
Information on Mercedes me connect Acci‐ Centre and the authorised service partner or More information about Mercedes me connect
dent and Breakdown Management breakdown assistance. services can be obtained in the Mercedes me
The Accident and Breakdown Management can R Addition to the Mercedes me connect Portal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
include the following functions: service Telediagnostics Data transferred during Mercedes me con‐
R Supplement to the Mercedes-Benz emer‐ With the Telediagnostics function, specific nect call services
gency call system (/ page 307) wear and failure reports are recorded by the The data transferred during a Mercedes me con‐
If necessary, the contact person at the service provider, in so far as these can be nect call depends on:
Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre for‐ clearly interpreted and are available through
R The reason for initiation of the call
wards the call to Mercedes me connect Acci‐ the monitoring of components that are sub‐
ject to diagnostics. R The service that is selected in the voice con‐
dent and Breakdown Management. Forward‐
ing the call is however not possible in all If your vehicle detects a breakdown or threat trol system
countries. of a breakdown, you may be prompted via R The activated Mercedes me connect services
R Breakdown assistance by a technician on the multimedia system to contact the
You can find out which data is transferred when
location and/or the towing away of the vehi‐ Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre for further
using the services in the currently valid
cle to the nearest Mercedes-Benz service help. This prompt in the multimedia system
Mercedes me connect terms of use and the data
centre only appears when the vehicle is stationary.
protection information for Mercedes me con‐
You may be charged for these services. % These services are subject to technical nect. You can find these in your Mercedes me
R Addition to the emergency guide after auto‐ restrictions such as the mobile phone cover‐ user account.
matic accident or breakdown detection age, mobile network quality and the ability of
(/ page 300) the processing systems to interpret the
transferred data. In some circumstances,
In the event of a breakdown or accident, fur‐ this can result in delays or the failure of the
ther vehicle data is sent which enables opti‐ information to appear in the multimedia sys‐
mal support by the Mercedes-Benz Customer tem.
MBUX multimedia system 299
R Nearest Mercedes-Benz service centre Then, you can select a service and be connected # Select Call.
R Other products and services from Mercedes- to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz Customer R After your agreement, or if the Mercedes
Benz Centre. me connect service "Accident and Break‐
down Management" is active, the vehicle
Data is transferred during the connection to the Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre data is transferred automatically
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre (/ page 301). after automatic accident or breakdown (/ page 298).
detection
Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre R The Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre
using the multimedia system Requirements: takes your call and organises the break‐
R The vehicle has detected an accident or down and accident assistance.
Requirements: breakdown situation.
R Access to a GSM network is available. You may be charged for these services.
R The vehicle is stationary.
R The contract partner's GSM network cover‐ % Depending on the severity of the accident,
R The hazard warning lights are switched on.
age is available in the respective region. an automatic emergency call can be initi‐
R The ignition must be switched on so that % This function is not available in all countries. ated. This has priority over all other active
vehicle data can be transferred automati‐ calls.
The vehicle can detect accident or breakdown
cally. situations under certain circumstances. % In addition, if the Mercedes me connect
service "Telediagnostics" is active, a similar
Multimedia system: In the event an accident or breakdown is detec‐
prompt can appear after a delay in the event
4 © 5 Phone 5 ©
ted, the emergency guide shows safety notes in
of a breakdown. If you are already in contact
the multimedia system display.
# Call Mercedes me connect. with the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre or
After quitting the emergency guide display on have already received support, this prompt
After confirmation, the multimedia system the multimedia system, a prompt appears asking
sends the required vehicle data. The data can be ignored or declined.
whether you would like to get support from the
transfer is shown in the central display. Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre.
MBUX multimedia system 301
% If you answer the prompt for support from # To arrange a service appointment: select Do you want to transfer your vehicle data and
the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre with Call. the vehicle's position to the Mercedes-Benz Cus-
Call later, the message will be hidden and After your agreement, the vehicle data is tomer Centre to improve the processing of your
appear again later. transferred and the Mercedes-Benz customer request? message is shown.
The prompt triggered by the Mercedes me centre takes your preferred appointment # Select Yes.
connect service "Telediagnostics", can either date. The information is then sent to your Relevant identification data is transmitted
be confirmed or declined. After being desired service outlet. automatically.
declined, this will not be shown again. This will contact you to confirm the appoint‐
ment and if necessary consult about the More information on Mercedes me: https://
Arranging a service appointment via a www.mercedes.me
Mercedes me call details.
If you have activated the maintenance manage‐ % If you select Call later after the service mes‐ Transferred data during a Mercedes me call
ment service, relevant vehicle data is transferred sage appears, the message is hidden and If you initiate a service call using Mercedes me,
automatically to the Mercedes-Benz Customer reappears at a later time. data is transferred to enable targeted advice and
Centre. You will then receive individual recom‐ an efficient service.
mendations regarding the maintenance of your Giving consent to data transfer during a
Mercedes me call The following requirements must be fulfilled for
vehicle. the transfer of the data:
Regardless of whether you have consented to Requirements: R The ignition is switched on.
the maintenance management service, the multi‐ R There is an active Mercedes me call via the
R The required data transfer technology is sup‐
media system reminds you after a certain multimedia system or the me button in the
overhead control panel (/ page 299). ported by the mobile phone network pro‐
amount of time that a service is due. A prompt
vider.
appears asking if you would like to make an
appointment. % The prompt to confirm data transfer does R The quality of the mobile connection is suffi‐
not appear in all countries. cient.
If the Accident and Breakdown Management
services are not activated on Mercedes me, the
302 MBUX multimedia system
Multi-stage transfer depends on the following R Country indicator of the vehicle If the data protection prompt has been rejected,
factors: R Set language for the multimedia system the following data is transmitted to enable targe‐
R Reason for the initiation of the call ted advice and an efficient service:
R Telephone number of the communication
R The available mobile phone transmission platform installed in the vehicle R Reason for the initiation of the call
technology. R Rejection of the data protection prompt
If a call is made for a service appointment via
R The activated Mercedes me connect serv‐ the service reminder, the following data is also R Country indicator of the vehicle
ices. transmitted: R Set language for the multimedia system
R The service selected in the voice control sys‐ R Current mileage and maintenance data R Telephone number of the communication
tem. platform installed in the vehicle
If a call is made after automatic accident or
% A prompt for consent to the data transmis‐ breakdown detection using the multimedia sys‐ Data transfer if Mercedes me connect serv‐
sion only occurs if the corresponding tem, the following data is also transmitted: ices are activated
Mercedes me connect service is not activa‐ Only if the respective service is activated will
R Current mileage and maintenance data
ted. additional incident-specific data be transmitted
R Current vehicle location
Data transfer if Mercedes me connect serv‐ in the second stage to enable an optimal
ices are not activated If Accident and Breakdown Management is service.
If no Mercedes me connect services are activa‐ called via the voice control system and no An overview of the data transferred is contained
ted and the data protection prompt has been service has been activated, but the data protec‐ in the data protection information for the
confirmed the following data is transmitted: tion query has been confirmed, the following Mercedes me connect services. You can find
data can also be called up from the vehicle by these in your Mercedes me user account.
R Vehicle identification number the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre:
R Time of the call Data processing
R Current vehicle location
The data transmitted within the scope of the call
R Reason for the initiation of the call
is deleted from the processing system after the
R Confirmation of the data protection prompt call is finished, in so far as this data is not being
MBUX multimedia system 303
used for other activated Mercedes me connect % Make sure you always keep the Mercedes R You have set a Mercedes me PIN.
services. me apps updated. R You have synchronised your Mercedes me
The incident-specific data is processed and You can call up the menu using Apps in the mul‐ user account in the vehicle and via Mercedes
stored in the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre timedia system. me.
and, if required to process the incident, forwar‐ In the Apps menu, the following options can be R You have a user account with an online
ded to the service partner authorised by the available: service, e.g. Office 365 or Gmail, and have
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre. Please take connected the online service with your
R Connecting the vehicle with the Mercedes
note of the data protection information on the Mercedes me user account.
Mercedes me Internet page https:// me user account
www.mercedes.me or in the recorded message R Deleting a connection between a Mercedes Alternatively you can link this user account
immediately after calling the Mercedes-Benz me user account and the vehicle from the multimedia system to your
Customer Centre. Mercedes me user account. You will be
R Calling up the Mercedes me services offered a QR code that will take you to the
% The recorded message is not available in R Calling up apps such as, In-Car Office or the website from which you can make the link.
every country. web browser depending on availability
In-Car Office functions:
Overview of the Mercedes me & Apps menu R Display pending appointments in the calen‐
Overview of In-Car Office dar
When you log in with a user account to the Using In-Car Office, you can connect your online - Reading out calendar entries
Mercedes me Portal, then services and offers services with the multimedia system.
from Mercedes-Benz will be available to you. - Calling (requirement being that a tele‐
Requirements for In-Car Office: phone is connected and a telephone
For more information consult a Mercedes-Benz number is saved)
R The In-Car Office service is activated in your
service centre or visit the Mercedes me portal:
https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com Mercedes me user account. - Navigating to appointments (requirement
R You have a Mercedes me user account. being that the appointment contains a
navigable destination)
304 MBUX multimedia system
- Deleting a calendar entry Web browser overview % Under Ä you have the following options:
R Display and selection of tasks and calls to R Bookmarks
complete R Request mobile website
- Reading aloud R Tabs
- Calling (requirement being that a tele‐ % Websites cannot be shown while the vehicle
phone is connected and a telephone is in motion.
number is saved)
- Deleting
Overview of smartphone integration
R Marking entry in Tasks & calls as completed
O With Smartphone Integration, you can use cer‐
tain functions on your mobile phone via the mul‐
R Managing e-mails timedia system display.
- Showing or reading e-mails Only one mobile phone at a time can be connec‐
- Writing, answering and forwarding e-mails ted via Smartphone Integration to the multime‐
% Alternatively, you can record text contents dia system. Also for use with two phone mode
with smartphone integration, only one additional
for your e-mail via the MBUX Voice Assistant
1 Search mobile phone can be connected using Blue‐
or via the dictation function.
2 To refresh/stop tooth® with the multimedia system.
% You can start the In-Car Office function
using the Apps menu. Please note that cer‐ 3 Previous website The full range of functions for Smartphone Inte‐
tain functions are only available when the 4 Options gration is only possible with an Internet connec‐
vehicle is stationary. tion. The appropriate application must be down‐
5 Settings loaded on the mobile phone to use Smartphone
Integration. The mobile phone must be switched
MBUX multimedia system 305
on and connected to the multimedia system via % Mercedes-Benz recommends disconnecting The following driving status data is transmitted:
the USB port using a suitable cable. the connection via the device manager or R Transmission position engaged
Apps for Smartphone Integration the connecting cable only when the vehicle
R Distinction between parked, standstill, rolling
is stationary.
R Mercedes-Benz Link (implementation of the and driving
function using the Mercedes-Benz Link con‐ Overview of transferred vehicle data R Day/night mode of the instrument cluster
trol box) When using Smartphone Integration, certain
R Drive type
R Apple CarPlay® (wireless connection via vehicle data is transferred to the mobile phone.
This enables you to get the best out of selected The transfer of this data is used to alter how
Bluetooth® also possible)
mobile phone services. Vehicle data is not content is displayed to correspond to the driving
R Android Auto (wireless connection via Blue‐ directly accessible. situation.
tooth® also possible) The following system information is transmitted: The following position data is transmitted:
% For safety reasons, the first activation of R Software release of the multimedia system R Coordinates
Mercedes-Benz Link, Apple CarPlay® or R System ID (anonymised) R Speed
Android Auto on the multimedia system
must be carried out when the vehicle is sta‐ The transfer of this data is used to optimise R Compass direction
tionary and the parking brake is applied. communication between the vehicle and the R Acceleration direction
You can start Smartphone Integration using the mobile phone.
This data is used by the mobile phone to
My devices menu. To do this, and to assign several vehicles to the
improve the accuracy of the navigation (e.g. for
You can end Smartphone Integration via the My mobile phone, a vehicle identifier is randomly
continuation in a tunnel).
devices or by disconnecting the connecting generated.
cable between the mobile phone and multimedia This has no connection to the vehicle identifica‐
system. tion number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi‐
media system is reset (/ page 284).
306 MBUX multimedia system
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system information on the regional availability of eCall R The use of both emergency call systems is
at: https://www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/ exempt from charges.
Information on available emergency call sys‐ extra/ecall/
tems R Both emergency call systems only function in
The following applies for both emergency call areas in which the mobile phone network
Two types of emergency call system are availa‐ systems: providers offer mobile phone coverage.
ble to you in the vehicle: R The transfer of specific data is required for For both systems, insufficient network cover‐
R Mercedes-Benz emergency call system the intended function of both emergency call age from the mobile phone network provid‐
R 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) systems. This will be explained in the "Data ers can result in an emergency call not being
transfer" section (/ page 309). transmitted.
The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is
R Both emergency call systems are included as
not available in all countries. You can find more
standard equipment in your vehicle and are
activated at the factory.
Differences between the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system and the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)
R The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is permanently logged in to R If you decide on the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) only, then
the mobile phone network. the system only logs in to the mobile phone network after the trigger‐
R Automatic and manual Mercedes-Benz emergency calls are transmit‐ ing of a manual or automatic emergency call.
ted to a Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre. R The 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) transmits automatic and
In the event that the emergency call centre of the Mercedes-Benz manual emergency calls directly to public coordination centres.
emergency call system cannot be reached (e.g. due to a lack of net‐
work coverage), the 112 emergency call is carried out automatically.
MBUX multimedia system 307
% The 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) in Mercedes-Benz recommends the activation of immediately to the public emergency call
your vehicle meets the delegated regulation the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system for centre.
EU 2017/79. Proper and full functionality of the following reasons: R If the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre
the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) R In emergency situations when abroad, you is not available, the 112 emergency call is
depends on circumstances beyond the influ‐ can also get support in a language you carried out automatically.
ence of Mercedes-Benz AG. This includes speak.
mobile network coverage and the technical
R Several transmission technologies are used Overview of emergency call systems
infrastructure of the public reception centres
in the respective countries. to accelerate the transfer of the accident
data and improve reliability of the transmis‐ Both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
% Please observe that in the event of a repair sion. as well as the 112 emergency call system (EU
genuine Mercedes-Benz batteries must be eCall) can help to reduce the time between an
R The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is
used which have been certified pursuant to accident and the arrival of emergency services
the delegated regulation EU 2017/79 permanently logged in to the mobile phone at the site of the accident. They help locate an
(Appendix I). Other manufacturers are also network, which ensures faster placement of accident site in places that are difficult to
permitted provided their batteries are certi‐ the emergency call and faster transfer of the access.
fied according to the delegated regulation accident data.
Both emergency call systems can initiate an
EU 2017/79. Measures for rescue, recovery or towing emergency call automatically (/ page 308) or
There is the option of deactivating the away can then be initiated in quickly. manually (/ page 309).
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system and R With a Mercedes-Benz emergency call, the
Only make emergency calls if you or others are
using only the 112 emergency call system (EU accident data is only transferred to the pub‐ in need of rescue. Do not make an emergency
eCall). Contact address for carrying out deacti‐ lic coordination centre with the approval of call in the event of a breakdown or a similar sit‐
vation of the Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys‐ the customer. uation.
tem are the local dealers. In the event of an automatically triggered
emergency call in which there is no voice
contact, the accident data is transmitted
308 MBUX multimedia system
Indicators in the displays You can recognise a fault in the emergency The emergency call has been made:
The following messages appear in the multime‐ call system by the following displays: R A voice connection is established with the
dia system display for both emergency call sys‐ R A corresponding message appears on the emergency call centre.
tems: driver display. R A message with accident data is transmitted
R SOS NOT READY: the ignition is not on or R The SOS button lights up red continu‐ to the emergency call centre.
eCall is not available. This does not necessa‐ ously.
rily indicate complete failure of the emer‐ The SOS button in the overhead control panel
gency call system. Emergency calls call still flashes until the emergency call is finished.
Triggering an automatic emergency call If no connection can be made to the public
be transmitted.
The display only refers to the vehicle and Requirements: emergency services, a corresponding message
does not take account of the availability of R The ignition is switched on. appears in the display.
mobile phone networks and the Mercedes- # Dial the emergency number 112 or an appro‐
R The starter battery is sufficiently charged.
Benz emergency call centre. priate local emergency call number on your
Both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system mobile phone.
The functional readiness of the emergency as well as the 112 emergency call system (EU
call system on the vehicle can be seen when If an emergency call has been initiated:
eCall) automatically initiate an emergency call:
the SOS NOT READY display disappears once R Remain in the vehicle if the road and traffic
the ignition is switched on. R After activation of the restraint systems such
conditions permit you to do so until a voice
as airbags or seat belt tensioners after an connection is established with the emer‐
R G: The icon appears in the display during
accident gency call centre.
an active emergency call.
R After an automatically initiated emergency
R On the basis of the call, the emergency call
% If there is a malfunction of the emergency stop by Active Emergency Stop Assist
call system, the loudspeakers, microphone, centre decides whether it is necessary to call
airbag or the SOS button, for example, are rescue teams and/or the police to the acci‐
faulty. dent site.
MBUX multimedia system 309
R If no vehicle occupant answers, an ambu‐ R Remain in the vehicle if the road and traffic # Dial the emergency number 112 or an appro‐
lance is sent to the vehicle immediately. conditions permit you to do so until a voice priate local emergency call number on your
connection is established with the emer‐ mobile phone.
Triggering a manual emergency call gency call centre.
R On the basis of the call, the emergency call Emergency call system data transmission
# To use the SOS button in the overhead centre decides whether it is necessary to call
control panel: press the SOS button at least rescue teams and the police to the accident For both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys‐
one second long (/ page 299). site. tem as well as the 112 emergency call system
or (EU eCall) data is transferred to the Mercedes-
R A message with accident data is transmitted Benz emergency call centre or the public emer‐
# To use voice control: use the voice com‐ to the emergency call centre. gency services call centre.
mands of the MBUX Voice Assistant.
If no connection can be made to the public Depending on the emergency call system
The emergency call has been made: emergency services, a corresponding message (/ page 306) activated different data is trans‐
R A voice connection is established with an appears in the central display. mitted to the appropriate emergency call centre.
emergency call centre.
310 MBUX multimedia system
For accident clarification purposes, the following Please, make sure, that during 30 seconds after # To start the test mode: press and hold the
measures can be taken up to an hour after the switching ignition ON the red indicator SOS ~ button on the multifunction steering
emergency call has been initiated: NOT READY in the upper right corner of display wheel for at least five seconds.
R The current vehicle position can be deter‐ is switched OFF, this means the emergency call The test mode is started and automatically
mined. system passed diagnostics successfully. ends after the language test has been per‐
formed.
R A voice connection to the vehicle occupants
can be established. Starting/ending ERA-GLONASS test mode # To end the test mode manually: switch off
the ignition.
R Emergency call data can be called up. Requirements: The test mode is ended.
% For Russia: various functions, e.g. receiving R The starter battery is sufficiently charged.
traffic information, cannot be performed for R The ignition is switched on.
Information on data processing
up to two hours after sending an emergency R The vehicle has been stationary for at least
call. one minute. Processing of personal data via the
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
% The test mode is currently available in the All processing of personal data via the
Self diagnosis function of the emergency call following countries, for example:
system Mercedes-Benz emergency call system corre‐
R Russia sponds with the specifications in the EU Regula‐
Your car verifies the operability of the emer‐ R Belarus
tion 2016/679 "on the protection of individuals
gency call system each time the ignition is ON. with regard to the processing of personal data
During this time the SOS button lights up red for R Kazakhstan (GDPR)".
five seconds. In case of system failure, you will R Armenia The data is solely used by the Mercedes-Benz
be informed with text message on the instru‐ R Kyrgyzstan emergency call system for rescue and recovery
ment cluster and with red indicator SOS NOT in the event of an accident.
READY on the display.
312 MBUX multimedia system
The owner of a vehicle, that is equipped with a Data recipient R The record of the activity data of both emer‐
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system in addi‐ The recipients of data that is processed using gency call systems is only kept for as long as
tion to the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall), the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) are the is required to fulfil the purpose of handling
has the right to use the 112 emergency call sys‐ relevant emergency call inquiry terminals that the emergency call, and under no circum‐
tem instead of the Mercedes-Benz emergency are specified to first receive and handle emer‐ stances for more than 13 hours after the
call system. gency calls to the standard European emergency time that an emergency call is initiated.
Contact address for carrying out deactivation of call number 112 by the respective country
authorities in whose territory you are located. Rights of persons affected by the data pro‐
the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system are cessing
the local dealers. Arrangements for data processing The person affected by the data processing (the
Processing of personal data via the 112 Both emergency call systems are designed so vehicle owner) has the right to access the data
emergency call system (EU eCall) that the following requirements are fulfilled: and if applicable can demand the correction,
All processing of personal data via the 112 emer‐ deletion or barring of data that affects him or
R The data contained in the system memory is
gency call system (EU eCall) corresponds with her and that the processing of which does not
not accessible outside the system prior to correspond with the GDPR regulations. Each cor‐
the specifications in the EU Regulation the initiation of an emergency call.
2016/679 "on the protection of individuals with rection, deletion or barring carried out according
R Both emergency call systems cannot be to this regulation must be shared with the third
regard to the processing of personal data
(GDPR)" and is based particularly on the neces‐ traced and there is no continuous tracking in party to which the data has been transmitted,
sity of upholding the vital interests of the affec‐ normal operation. provided this does not prove to be infeasible and
ted person in accordance with Article 6, Clause R The data in the system's internal memory is does not incur disproportionate expenditure.
1, Letter d of the GDPR. automatically and continuously deleted. The person affected by the data processing has
The processing of this type of data is strictly R The location data of the vehicle is continu‐ the right to complain to the appropriate data
limited to the purpose of operating the emer‐ ously overwritten in the system's internal protection authority should they be of the opin‐
gency calls to the standard European emergency memory, so that no more than the last three ion that their rights have been infringed by the
call number 112. current locations required for the normal processing of their personal data.
function of the system are available.
MBUX multimedia system 313
: Repeat a track Select to repeat the current track or the active playlist.
R Select once: the active playlist is repeated.
R Select twice: the current track is repeated.
R Select three times: the function is deactivated.
û/ü Skip forwards/back Select to skip to the next or to the previous track.
314 MBUX multimedia system
5 Categories Select to show or search through available categories (e.g. playback lists, albums,
artists, etc.).
ª Search Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods,
for example.
Z Settings Select to make settings.
The following functions and settings are availa‐ R Streaming online music
ble in the media menu:
R Connecting external data storage media with
the multimedia system (e.g. using USB or
Bluetooth®)
R Playing back audio or video files
MBUX multimedia system 315
û/ü Skip forwards/back Select to skip to the next or to the previous station.
ª Search Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods,
for example.
316 MBUX multimedia system
Depending on the frequency band selected, dif‐ Calling up TuneIn Radio R The vehicle is linked to the Mercedes me
ferent functions are available to you. user account.
Requirements:
Select the desired frequency band in the radio R There is a user account at https://
R The TuneIn Radio service is activated in the
menu head runner. www.mercedes.me. Mercedes me portal.
R The data volume is available.
MBUX multimedia system 317
Depending on the country, data volume may out which sound system is fitted in your vehicle R Volume:
need to be purchased. in the Digital Owner's Manual. - Automatic adjustment
R A fast Internet connection for data transmis‐ Standard sound system
sion free of interference.
The following functions are available:
% Data volume can be purchased directly R Equaliser:
from a mobile phone network provider via
the Mercedes me Portal.
- Treble, mid-range and bass
R Balance and fader
% The functions and services are country-
dependent. For more information, consult a R Volume:
Mercedes-Benz service centre. - Automatic adjustment
Multimedia system:
Burmester® 3D-surround sound system and
4 © 5 Radio
Burmester® high-end 3D surround sound
# Select TuneIn Radio. system
The TuneIn menu appears. The last station The following functions are available:
set starts playing.
R Equaliser:
% The connection quality depends on the local
mobile phone reception. - Treble, mid-range and bass
R Balance and fader
R Sound focus
Sound settings
R VIP seat (Burmester® high-end 3D surround
Overview of functions in the sound menu
sound system only)
The setting options and functions available R Sound profiles
depend on the sound system fitted. You can find
318 Maintenance and care
ASSYST PLUS service interval display Mercedes-Benz recommends avoiding such # Adhere to the prescribed service inter‐
operating conditions. vals.
Function of the ASSYST PLUS service interval
display You can obtain information concerning the serv‐ # Always have the prescribed mainte‐
icing of your vehicle from a qualified specialist nance work carried out at a qualified
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display on the workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre. specialist workshop.
driver display provides information on the
remaining time or distance before the next
service due date. Displaying the service due date
Notes on special service requirements
You can hide this service display using the back Driver display:
button on the left-hand side of the steering 4 Service
The prescribed service interval is based on nor‐
wheel. mal operation of the vehicle. Have the mainte‐
The next service due date is displayed. nance work carried out more often than prescri‐
Depending on how the vehicle is used, the # To exit the display: press the back button bed if operating conditions are difficult or the
ASSYST PLUS service interval display may vehicle is subject to increased stress.
on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
shorten the service interval, e.g. in the following
cases: Bear in mind the following related topic: The ASSYST PLUS service interval display is only
an aid. The driver of the vehicle bears responsi‐
R mainly short-distance driving R Operating the driver display (/ page 266).
bility as regards to whether maintenance work
R when the engine is often left idling for long needs to be performed more often than speci‐
periods Information on regular maintenance work fied based on the actual operating conditions
R in the event of frequent cold start phases and/or loads.
* NOTE Premature wear through failure to Examples of arduous operating conditions:
R vehicles with a diesel particulate filter: in
observe service due dates R Regular city driving with frequent intermedi‐
the event of frequently interrupted regenera‐
tion of the diesel particulate filter Maintenance work which is not carried out at ate stops
the right time or incompletely can lead to R Mainly short-distance driving
increased wear and damage to the vehicle.
Maintenance and care 319
R Frequent operation in mountainous terrain or Engine compartment Opening and closing the bonnet
on poor road surfaces
Active bonnet (pedestrian protection) & WARNING Risk of accident due to driv‐
R When the engine is often left idling for long
periods Operation of the active bonnet (pedestrian ing with the bonnet unlocked
protection) The bonnet may open and block your view.
R Operation in particularly dusty conditions
and/or if air-recirculation mode is frequently In certain accident situations, the actuation of
# Never release the bonnet when driving.
used the active bonnet reduces the risk of injury to
pedestrians. The rear area of the bonnet is # Before every trip, ensure that the
In these or similar operating conditions, have the raised by approximately 75 mm. engine bonnet is locked.
interior air filter, air filter, engine oil and oil filter, After being triggered, the active bonnet remains
for example, changed more frequently. The tyres in the raised position. Limited visibility due to & WARNING Risk of accident and injury
must be checked more frequently if the vehicle the raised bonnet cannot be ruled out. when opening and closing the bonnet
is operated under increased loads. Further infor‐
mation can be obtained at a qualified specialist After the active bonnet has been actuated, The bonnet may suddenly drop into the end
workshop. pedestrian protection may be limited. position.
Have the full functionality of the active bonnet There is a risk of injury for anyone in the
restored immediately in a qualified specialist engine bonnet's range of movement.
Battery disconnection periods workshop. # Do not open or close the bonnet if there
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display can If necessary, adjust your seat position and drive is a person in the bonnet's range of
calculate the service due date only when the carefully to a qualified specialist workshop. If a movement.
battery is connected. safe continued journey is not possible, contact a
# Display the service due date on the driver qualified specialist workshop.
display and note it down before disconnect‐
ing the battery (/ page 318).
320 Maintenance and care
& WARNING Risk of burns when opening Make sure of the following before performing R fuel injectors
the bonnet tasks in the engine compartment: R electric lines to the ignition coils or the fuel
# Switch the ignition off. injectors
If you open the bonnet when the engine has
overheated or when there is a fire in the # Never reach into the danger zone sur‐
& WARNING Risk of burns from hot com‐
engine compartment, the following situations rounding moving components, e.g. the ponent parts in the engine compartment
may occur: rotation area of the fan.
R You could come into contact with hot # Remove jewellery and watches.
Certain component parts in the engine com‐
gases. partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine,
# Keep items of clothing and hair away
the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.
R You could come into contact with other from moving parts.
# Allow the engine to cool down and only
hot, escaping operating fluids.
touch component parts described in
# Before opening the bonnet, allow the & WARNING Risk of injury from touching the following.
engine to cool down. components under voltage
# In the event of a fire in the engine com‐ The ignition system and the fuel injection & WARNING Risk of injury from using the
partment, keep the bonnet closed and system work under high voltage. You could windscreen wipers while the engine bon‐
call the fire service. receive an electric shock. net is open
# Never touch components of the ignition
When the engine bonnet is open, and the
& WARNING Risk of injury due to moving system or the fuel injection system windscreen wipers are set in motion, you can
parts when the ignition is switched on. be trapped by the wiper linkage.
Components in the engine compartment may The live components include the following, for
# Always switch off the windscreen wip‐
continue running or start up suddenly, even if example: ers and ignition before opening the
the ignition is switched off. engine bonnet.
R ignition coils
Maintenance and care 321
Engine oil
Checking the engine oil level with the driver
display
Requirements:
R The engine has been warmed up.
# Push handle 1 of the bonnet catch upwards R The vehicle is parked on a level surface.
and lift the bonnet until it opens automati‐
# To release the bonnet, pull on handle 1. cally. R The engine is running at idle speed.
R The bonnet is closed.
Closing the bonnet
The engine oil level is determined during driving.
* NOTE Damage to the bonnet Determining the engine oil level can take up to
30 minutes with a normal driving style and even
If the bonnet is closed manually, there is a longer with an active driving style.
risk of dents.
322 Maintenance and care
Driver display: # Drain off any excess engine oil that has been & WARNING Risk of fire and injury from
4 Service added. To do so, consult a qualified specialist engine oil
workshop.
The engine oil level is shown. If engine oil comes into contact with hot
R For engine oil level switch on ignition
One of the following messages will appear on component parts in the engine compart‐
the driver display: # Switch on the ignition to check the engine oil ment, it may ignite.
R Engine oil level Measuring now…: measure‐ level. # Make sure that no engine oil is spilled
ment of the oil level is not yet possible. R Engine oil level System inoperative: The oil next to the filler opening.
level sensor is defective or not connected. # Allow the engine to cool off and thor‐
# Repeat the request after a maximum of
30 minutes' driving. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. oughly clean the engine oil from compo‐
nent parts before starting the vehicle.
R Engine oil level OK and the bar display for R Engine oil level currently inoperative
indicating the oil level on the driver display is
green and is between "min" and "max": the # Close the bonnet. * NOTE Engine damage caused by an
oil level is correct. Topping up engine oil incorrect oil filter, incorrect oil or addi‐
tives
R Engine oil level Top up 1,0 l and the bar dis‐
play for indicating the oil level on the driver & WARNING Risk of burns from hot com‐ # Do not use engine oils or oil filters
display is yellow and is below "min": ponent parts in the engine compartment which do not correspond to the specifi‐
Certain component parts in the engine com‐ cations explicitly prescribed for the
# Add 1 l of engine oil. partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, service intervals.
R Engine oil level Reduce and the bar display the cooler and parts of the exhaust system. # Follow the instructions on the service
for indicating the oil level on the driver dis‐ # Allow the engine to cool down and only interval display for changing the engine
play is yellow and is above "max": touch component parts described in oil and observe the prescribed change
the following. intervals.
Maintenance and care 323
# Continue turning cap 1 anti-clockwise and # Allow the engine to cool down and only
remove it. touch component parts described in
The coolant level is correct in the following the following.
cases:
R If the engine is cold, the coolant is up to & WARNING ‑ Risk of fire and injury due to
marker bar 2. windscreen washer concentrate
R If the engine is warm, the coolant is up to Windscreen washer concentrate is highly
1.5 cm over the marker bar 2. flammable. It could ignite if it comes into
contact with hot engine component parts or
# If necessary, top up with coolant that has the exhaust system.
been approved for Mercedes-Benz.
# Make sure that no windscreen washer
% Further information on coolant concentrate spills out next to the filler
(/ page 468) opening.
Keeping the air-water duct free * NOTE Damage from automatic braking
# Keep the area between the bonnet and the If one of the following functions is switched
windscreen free of deposits, e.g. ice, snow on, the vehicle brakes automatically in cer‐
and leaves. tain situations:
R Active Brake Assist
Cleaning and care R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Information on washing the vehicle in a car R HOLD function
wash
R Active Parking Assist
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate
reduced braking power after washing the these systems in the following or similar sit‐
vehicle uations:
Braking efficiency is reduced after washing # during towing
the vehicle. # in a car wash
# Open cap 1 by the tab. # After the vehicle has been washed,
# Top up the washer fluid. brake carefully while paying attention to * NOTE Damage due to unsuitable car
% Further information about the windscreen the traffic conditions until braking wash
washer fluid (/ page 469) power has been fully restored.
# Before driving into a car wash make
sure that the car wash is suitable for
the vehicle dimensions.
326 Maintenance and care
# Ensure there is sufficient ground clear‐ R for car washes with a conveyor system: Components damaged in this way may unex‐
ance between the underbody and the - neutral i is engaged. pectedly fail.
guide rails of the car wash. - If you would like to leave the vehicle while # Do not use a high-pressure cleaner with
# Ensure that the clearance width of the it is being washed, make sure the key is round-spray nozzles.
car wash, in particular the width of the located in the vehicle. The park position # Have damaged tyres or chassis parts
guide rails, is sufficient. j is otherwise automatically engaged. replaced immediately.
R Do not make any hand movements in the
To avoid damage to your vehicle when using a area of the overhead control panel or deacti‐ To avoid damage to your vehicle, observe the fol‐
car wash, ensure the following beforehand: vate (/ page 280) the Sliding sunroof and lowing when using a high-pressure cleaner:
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deacti‐ roller sunblind option in the settings for the R The key is at a minimum distance of 3 m
vated. MBUX interior assistant. away from the vehicle. Otherwise the tailgate
R the HOLD function is switched off. could open unintentionally.
% If, after the car wash, you remove the wax
R the 360° Camera or the reversing camera is from the windscreen and wiper rubbers, this R Maintain a distance of at least 30 cm to the
switched off. will prevent smearing and reduce wiper vehicle.
R the side windows and sliding sunroof are noise. R Vehicles with decorative foil: Parts of your
completely closed. vehicle are covered with a decorative foil.
R the blower for the ventilation/heating is Information on using a high-pressure cleaner Maintain a distance of at least 70 cm
switched off. between the foil-covered parts of the vehicle
& WARNING Risk of an accident when and the nozzle of the high-pressure cleaner.
R the windscreen wiper switch is in position
using high-pressure cleaners with round- Move the high-pressure cleaner nozzle
g. around whilst cleaning. The water tempera‐
spray nozzles
R the key is at a minimum distance of 3 m ture of the high-pressure cleaner must not
away from the vehicle. Otherwise the tailgate The water jet can cause externally invisible exceed 60°C.
could open unintentionally. damage.
Maintenance and care 327
R Observe the information on the correct dis‐ # Carefully hose the vehicle off with water and R Do not attach stickers, films or similar mate‐
tance in the equipment manufacturer's oper‐ dry using a chamois. rials. Only have film attached to the bumper
ating instructions. % Observe the notes on the care of car parts at a qualified specialist workshop.
R Do not direct the nozzle of the high-pressure (/ page 328). R Remove dirt immediately, where possible.
cleaner directly at sensitive parts, such as
tyres, gaps, electrical components, batteries, Matt finish
Notes on paintwork/matt finish paintwork R Only use care products approved for
light sources and ventilation slits. care Mercedes-Benz.
To avoid damaging the paintwork and interfering R Do not attach stickers, films or similar mate‐
Washing the vehicle by hand rials. Only have film attached to the bumper
with the driving assistance systems, please
observe the following notes: at a qualified specialist workshop.
* NOTE Engine damage due to water
R Do not polish the vehicle and light-alloy
ingress Paint
R Insect remains: soak with insect remover and
wheels.
# Take care not to point the water jet R Only use car washes that correspond to the
rinse off the treated areas afterwards.
directly towards the air inlet grille below latest engineering standards.
the bonnet. R Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse off
afterwards. R Do not use car wash programmes with a final
observe the legal requirements, e.g. in a number R Tree resin, oils, fuels and greases: remove by
hot wax treatment.
of countries, washing by hand is only permitted rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petro‐ R Do not use paint cleaners, buffing or polish‐
in specially designated wash bays. leum ether or lighter fluid. ing products, gloss preservers, e.g. wax.
# Use a mild cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo. R Coolant and brake fluid: remove with a damp In the event of paintwork damage:
# Wash the vehicle with lukewarm water using cloth and clean water. R Always have paintwork repairs carried out at
a soft car sponge. When doing so, do not R Tar stains: use tar remover. a qualified specialist workshop.
expose the vehicle to direct sunlight. R Wax: use silicone remover.
328 Maintenance and care
R Make sure the radar sensors function R Insect remains: soak with insect remover and Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas affected by
(/ page 192). rinse off the treated areas afterwards. corrosion and damage caused by incorrect care
R Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse off cannot always be completely repaired. In such
Notes on cleaning decorative foils afterwards. cases, visit a qualified specialist workshop.
R To prevent water stains, dry a foil-wrapped You can obtain more information on care and
Observe the notes on matt finish care in the cleaning products from the manufacturer.
chapter "Notes on paintwork/matt finish paint‐ vehicle with a soft, absorbent cloth after
work care" (/ page 327). They also apply to every car wash. In the case of foil-wrapped surfaces, optical dif‐
matt decorative foils. ferences may occur between the surfaces that
Avoiding damage to the decorative foil were not protected by a decorative foil after
Observe the notes on cleaning decorative foils to R The service life and colouring of decorative removing a decorative foil.
avoid vehicle damage. foils are impaired by:
% Have work or repairs to decorative foils car‐
Cleaning - sunlight ried out at a qualified specialist workshop,
R For cleaning, use plenty of water and a mild - temperature, e.g. hot air blower e.g. in a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
cleaning agent without additives or abrasive - weather conditions
substances, e.g. a car shampoo approved for - stone chippings and dirt Notes on care of car parts
Mercedes-Benz.
- chemical cleaning agents
R Remove dirt immediately, where possible, & WARNING Risk of entrapment if the
whilst avoiding rubbing too hard. There is - oily products
windscreen wipers are switched on while
otherwise a risk of damaging the decorative R Do not use polish on matt decorative foil. the windscreen is being cleaned
foil irreparably. Polishing will have the effect of shining the
foil-wrapped surface. If the windscreen wipers are set in motion
R If there is dirt on the finish or if the decora‐
while you are cleaning the windscreen or
tive foil is dull: use the Paint Cleaner recom‐ R Do not treat matt or structured decorative
wiper blades, you can be trapped by the
mended and approved for Mercedes-Benz. foils with wax. Permanent stains may occur. wiper arm.
Maintenance and care 329
# Always switch off the windscreen wip‐ R Do not use acidic alloy wheel cleaners to safety systems may be impaired or not avail‐
ers and the ignition before cleaning the remove brake dust. This could damage wheel able (/ page 192).
windscreen or wiper blades. bolts and brake components.
Wiper blades
R To avoid corrosion of the brake disks and R Move the wiper arms into the replacement
& WARNING Risk of burns from the tail‐ brakepads, drive the vehicle for a few position (/ page 142).
pipe and tailpipe trims minutes after cleaning before parking it. The
R With the wiper arms folded out, clean the
brake disks and brakepads warm up and dry
The exhaust tailpipe and tailpipe trims can out. wiper blades with a damp cloth.
become very hot. If you come into contact % Make sure that the wiper blades are coated.
with these parts of the vehicle, you could Windows
R Clean the windows inside and outside with a The coating can leave residues on a cloth.
burn yourself. Do not rub the wiper blades excessively or
# Always be particularly careful around
damp cloth and with a cleaning agent recom‐
mended for Mercedes-Benz. clean them too often.
the tailpipe and the tailpipe trims and
supervise children especially closely in R Do not use dry cloths or abrasive or solvent- Exterior lighting
based cleaning agents to clean the inside of R Clean the lenses with a wet sponge and mild
this area.
windows. cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo.
# Allow vehicle parts to cool down before
R Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths
touching them. % After changing the wiper blades or treating
the vehicle with wax, clean the windscreen that are suitable for plastic lenses.
To avoid damage to the vehicle, observe the thoroughly with cleaning agents recommen‐ Sensors
notes on cleaning and care of the following vehi‐ ded for Mercedes-Benz. Failure to observe R Clean the sensors in the front and rear
cle parts: the application instructions may result in bumpers with a soft cloth and car shampoo
damage, smear marks or dazzling spots. (/ page 192).
Wheels and rims
R Use water and acid-free alloy wheel cleaners. % Remove external fogging or dirt on the wind‐ R When using a high-pressure cleaner, maintain
screen in front of the multifunction camera. a minimum distance of 30 cm.
Otherwise, driving systems and driving
330 Maintenance and care
Reversing camera and 360° Camera % Before using trailers with anti-torsional cou‐ # Never bleach or dye seat belts.
R Open the camera cover with the multimedia pling, observe the manufacturer's operating
system (/ page 245). instructions. To avoid damage to the vehicle, observe the fol‐
R Use clean water and a soft cloth to clean the lowing notes on cleaning and care:
camera lens. Notes on care of the interior Seat belts
R Do not use a high-pressure cleaner. R Clean with lukewarm and soapy water.
& WARNING Risk of injury from plastic
Tailpipes parts breaking off after the use of sol‐ R Do not use chemical cleaning agents.
R Clean with a cleaning agent recommended R Do not dry by heating them to over 80°C or
vent-based care products
for Mercedes-Benz, especially in the winter exposing them to direct sunlight.
and after washing the vehicle. Care and cleaning products containing sol‐
R Do not use acidic cleaning agents.
vents can cause surfaces in the cockpit to Display
become porous. When the airbags are R Switch off the display and let it cool down.
Trailer hitch deployed, plastic parts may break away. R Clean the surface carefully with a microfibre
R Observe the notes on care in the trailer hitch # Do not use any care or cleaning prod‐ cloth and a suitable display care product
manufacturer's operating instructions. ucts containing solvents to clean the (TFT-LCD).
R Do not clean the ball neck with a high-pres‐ cockpit. R Do not use any other agents.
sure cleaner or solvent.
R Remove traces of rust on the ball, for exam‐ & WARNING Risk of injury or death from Head-up display
R Clean with a soft, non-static, lint-free cloth.
ple, with a wire brush. bleached seat belts
R Do not use cleaning agents.
R Remove dirt with a lint-free cloth. Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can severely
R After cleaning, lightly oil or grease the ball weaken them. Plastic trim
head. This can, for example, cause seat belts to R Clean with a damp microfibre cloth.
tear or fail in an accident.
Maintenance and care 331
R For heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen‐ Steering wheel made of genuine leather or Genuine leather seat covers
ded for Mercedes-Benz. DINAMICA R Clean with a damp cloth and then wipe with a
R Do not attach stickers, films or similar mate‐ dry cloth.
rials. * NOTE Damage caused by wrong cleaners R Leather care: Use a leather care agent that
R Do not allow cosmetics, insect repellent or # Do not use solvent-based cleaning has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
sun cream to come in contact with the plas‐ agents such as tar remover or wheel R Do not allow the leather to become too
tic trim. cleaner; neither should you use pol‐ damp.
ishes or waxes. Otherwise you may R Do not use a microfibre cloth.
Real wood and trim elements damage the finish.
R Clean with a microfibre cloth. DINAMICA seat covers
R Black piano-lacquer look: Clean with a damp R Clean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water R Clean with a damp cloth.
cloth and soapy water. solution and then wipe with a dry cloth. R Do not use a microfibre cloth.
R For heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen‐ R For heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen‐
ded for Mercedes-Benz. ded for Mercedes-Benz. Imitation leather seat covers
R Clean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water.
R Do not use solvent-based cleaning agents, R Leather care: Use a leather care agent that
R Do not use a microfibre cloth.
polishes or waxes. has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
Roof lining R Do not allow the leather to become too Fabric seat covers
R Clean with a brush or dry shampoo. damp. R Clean with a damp microfibre cloth and 1%
R Do not use a microfibre cloth. soapy water and allow to dry.
Carpet
R Use a carpet and textile cleaning agent rec‐ % Leather is a natural product. It has natural
ommended for Mercedes-Benz. surface properties, such as differences in
structure, marks caused by growth and
injury or subtle colour differences.
332 Breakdown assistance
Warning triangle
Removing the warning triangle
Setting up the warning triangle First-aid kit (soft-sided) overview Removing the fire extinguisher
Notes on MOExtended tyres (run-flat tyres) ist workshop with regard to their further Driving distance possible in emergency
use. mode after the pressure loss warning:
& WARNING Risk of accident when driving Load condition Driving distance pos‐
# The defective tyre must be replaced in
in limp-home mode sible in emergency
every case.
Driving in emergency mode impairs the han‐ mode
dling characteristics of the vehicle. With MOExtended tyres (run-flat tyres), you can
continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a Partially laden 80 km
# Do not exceed the permissible maxi‐
mum speed of the MOExtended tyres. total loss of pressure in one or more tyres. How‐ Fully laden 30 km
ever, the tyre affected must not show any clearly
# Avoid any abrupt steering and driving
visible damage. The driving distance possible in emergency
manoeuvres as well as driving over
obstacles (kerbs, pot holes, off-road). You can recognise MOExtended tyres by the mode may vary depending on the driving style.
This applies, in particular, to a loaded MOExtended marking which appears on the side Observe the maximum permissible speed of
vehicle. wall of the tyre. 80 km/h.
# Stop driving in the emergency mode if Vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring sys‐ If a tyre has gone flat and cannot be replaced
you notice: tem: MOExtended tyres may only be used in with an MOExtended tyre, you can use a stand‐
conjunction with an activated tyre pressure mon‐ ard tyre as a temporary measure.
R banging noise
itoring system.
R vehicle vibration
If a pressure loss warning message appears in
R smoke which smells like rubber the driver's display, proceed as follows:
R continuous ESP® intervention R Check the tyre for damage.
R cracks in the tyre sidewalls R If driving on, observe the following notes.
TIREFIT kit storage location The tyre inflation compressor is mainte‐ R there are cuts or punctures in the tyre
nance-free. If there is a malfunction, please larger than damage previously men‐
contact a qualified specialist workshop. tioned.
R the wheel rim is damaged.
Using the TIREFIT kit R you have driven at very low tyre pres‐
Requirements: sures or on a flat tyre.
R Tyre sealant bottle # Do not drive on.
R TIREFIT sticker # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
R Tyre inflation compressor
R Gloves (depending on the vehicle equipment) & WARNING Risk of injury and poisoning
In the as-delivered state, TIREFIT kit 1 is loca‐ from tyre sealant
ted on the left-hand side of the load compart‐ TIREFIT kit storage location: (/ page 336)
ment. Depending on the vehicle's equipment, You can use TIREFIT tyre sealant to seal perfora‐ Tyre sealant is hazardous to health and cau‐
placing it under the load compartment floor is tion damage of up to 4 mm, particularly those in ses irritation. Do not allow it to come into
also possible. the tyre contact surface. You can use TIREFIT in contact with your skin, eyes or clothing, and
outside temperatures down to -20 °C. do not swallow it. Do not inhale any vapours.
% Depending on the power category (LK), the Keep the tyre sealant away from children.
tyre inflation compressor weighs as follows:
& WARNING Risk of accident when using Observe the following if you come into con‐
R LK1 – 12 V/10 A, 120 W, 0.8 kg tyre sealant tact with the tyre sealant:
R LK2 – 12 V/15 A, 180 W, 0.9 kg # Rinse off the tyre sealant from your skin
The tyre sealant may be unable to seal the
You can find information on the power cate‐ tyre properly, especially in the following using water immediately.
gory (LK) and/or electrical data on the back cases:
of the tyre inflation compressor.
Breakdown assistance 337
# If tyre sealant gets into your eyes, thor‐ Have the tyre sealant bottle replaced in a quali‐
oughly rinse them using clean water fied specialist workshop every five years.
immediately. # Do not remove any foreign objects which
* NOTE Overheating due to the tyre infla‐ # Affix part 1 of the TIREFIT sticker to the # Pull plug 4 with the cable and hose 5 out
tion compressor running too long instrument cluster within the driver's field of
of the tyre inflation compressor housing.
vision.
# Do not run the tyre inflation compres‐ # Push the plug of hose 5 into flange 6 of
sor for longer than ten minutes without # Affix part 2 of the TIREFIT sticker near the
tyre sealant bottle 1 until the plug engages.
interruption. valve on the wheel with the defective tyre.
# Place tyre sealant bottle 1 head downwards
Comply with the manufacturer's safety notes on into recess 2 of the tyre inflation compres‐
the sticker on the tyre inflation compressor. sor.
338 Breakdown assistance
Do not switch off the tyre inflation compres‐ # Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approx‐
sor during this phase! imately 10 m.
# Let the tyre inflation compressor run for a # Pump up the tyre again.
maximum of ten minutes. After a maximum of ten minutes the tyre
The tyre should then have attained a tyre pressure must be at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/
pressure of at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/ 29 psi).
29 psi).
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the
If tyre sealant leaks out, make sure you clean the specified tyre pressure not being
affected area as quickly as possible. It is prefera‐ attained
ble to use clean water.
# Remove the cap from valve 7 on the faulty If the minimum tyre pressure is not reached
tyre. If you get tyre sealant on your clothing, have it
cleaned as soon as possible with perchloroethy‐ after the specified time, the tyre is too badly
# Screw filling hose 8 onto valve 7. damaged. The tyre sealant cannot repair the
lene.
# Insert plug 4 into a 12 V socket in your tyre in this instance.
vehicle. If, after ten minutes, a tyre pressure of The braking and driving characteristics may
200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi) has not been be greatly impaired.
# Switch on the ignition. attained:
# Do not continue driving.
# Press on and off switch 3 on the tyre infla‐ # Switch off the tyre inflation compressor.
tion compressor. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
# Unscrew the filling hose from the valve of the
The tyre inflation compressor is switched on.
The tyre is inflated. First, tyre sealant is pum‐ defective tyre.
ped into the tyre. The pressure may briefly
rise to approximately 500 kPa (5 bar/73 psi). Please note that tyre sealant may leak out when
unscrewing the filling hose.
Breakdown assistance 339
If, after ten minutes, a tyre pressure of # Therefore, place the filling hose in the & WARNING Risk of accident due to the
200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi) has been attained: plastic bag that contained the TIREFIT specified tyre pressure not being
kit. attained
& WARNING Risk of accident from driving
with sealed tyres If the specified tyre pressure is not reached,
+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental the tyre is too badly damaged. The tyre seal‐
A tyre temporarily sealed with tyre sealant pollution caused by environmentally irre‐ ant cannot repair the tyre in this instance.
impairs the handling characteristics and is sponsible disposal
not suitable for higher speeds. The braking and driving characteristics may
Tyre sealant contains pollutants. be greatly impaired.
# Adapt your driving style accordingly and
# Have the tyre sealant bottle disposed of # Do not continue driving.
drive carefully.
# Do not exceed the maximum speed
professionally, e.g. at a Mercedes-Benz # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Service Centre.
limit with a tyre that has been repaired
using tyre sealant. Countries that have Mercedes-Benz
# Switch off the tyre inflation compressor. Service24h: you will find a sticker with the tele‐
# Observe the maximum permissible speed for # Unscrew the filling hose from the valve of the phone number, e.g. on the B‑pillar on the driver's
a tyre sealed with tyre sealant 80 km/h. defective tyre. side.
# Stow the tyre sealant bottle and the tyre # Correct the tyre pressure if it is still at least
# Affix the upper section of the TIREFIT sticker
to the instrument cluster in a location where inflation compressor. 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). See the tyre pres‐
it will be easily seen by the driver. # Pull away immediately. sure table on the fuel filler flap for values.
# To increase the tyre pressure: switch on
# Stop driving after approximately ten minutes
* NOTE Staining from leaking tyre sealant and check the tyre pressure using the tyre the tyre inflation compressor.
inflation compressor.
After use, excess tyre sealant may leak out
The tyre pressure must now be at least
from the filling hose.
130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).
340 Breakdown assistance
Battery (vehicle)
Notes on the 12 V battery
# Always have work on the battery carried The highly flammable gas mixture is created All vehicles
out at a qualified specialist workshop. while the battery is charging and during starting
assistance. + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental
R Further information on ABS (/ page 194) damage due to improper disposal of bat‐
& WARNING Danger of chemical burns teries
R Further information on ESP® (/ page 194) from the battery acid
For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends Battery acid is caustic.
that you only use batteries which have been tes‐ # Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
ted and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes- Batteries contain pollutants. It is
clothing.
Benz. illegal to dispose of them with the household
# Do not lean over the battery.
All vehicles except vehicles with a lithium- rubbish.
# Do not inhale battery gases.
ion battery #
# Keep children away from the battery.
& WARNING Risk of explosion due to elec‐ # Immediately rinse battery acid off thor‐
trostatic charge oughly with plenty of clean water and Dispose of batteries in an
seek medical attention immediately. environmentally responsible manner.
Electrostatic charge can ignite the highly Take discharged batteries to a qualified
explosive gas mixture in the battery. specialist workshop or to a collection
# To discharge any electrostatic charge point for used batteries.
that may have built up, touch the metal
vehicle body before handling the bat‐ If you have to disconnect the 12 V battery, con‐
tery. tact a qualified specialist workshop.
Comply with safety notes and take protective
measures when handling batteries.
342 Breakdown assistance
Risk of explosion. Observe this Owner's Manual. * NOTE Damage to the battery from over‐
voltage
When charging using a battery charger with‐
Fire, naked flames and smoking are out a restriction of the maximum charging
Observe the following if you do not intend to use voltage, the battery or the on-board electron‐
prohibited when handling the battery. the vehicle over an extended period of time:
Avoid creating sparks. ics can be damaged.
R Activate standby mode.
# Only use battery chargers with a maxi‐
Electrolyte or battery acid is corro‐ R Alternatively: connect the battery to a bat‐ mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.
sive. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes tery charger approved by Mercedes-Benz or
or clothing. Wear suitable protective consult a qualified specialist workshop to All other vehicles
clothing, in particular gloves, an disconnect the battery. When charging the battery and during starting
apron and a face mask. Immediately assistance, always use the jump-start connec‐
rinse electrolyte or acid splashes off Notes on starting assistance and charging tion point in the engine compartment.
with clean water. Consult a doctor if the 12 V battery
necessary. * NOTE Damage to the battery from over‐
Wear safety glasses. Vehicles with a lithium-ion battery voltage
When charging the battery and during starting
When charging using a battery charger with‐
assistance, always use the jump-start connec‐
out a restriction of the maximum charging
tion point in the engine compartment.
voltage, the battery or the on-board electron‐
Keep children away. ics can be damaged.
# Only use battery chargers with a maxi‐
mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.
Breakdown assistance 343
& WARNING Risk of explosion from hydro‐ & WARNING Risk of explosion during If the indicator/warning lamps in the instrument
gen gas igniting charging process and starting assistance cluster do not light up at low temperatures, it is
very likely that the discharged battery has fro‐
There is a danger of hydrogen gas igniting During the charging process and starting zen. In this case you may neither jump-start the
when charging the battery if there is a short assistance, the battery may release an explo‐ vehicle nor charge the battery.
circuit or sparks start to form. sive gas mixture. The service life of a battery that has been
# Make sure that the positive terminal of # Avoid fire, naked flames, creating thawed may be dramatically shortened. The
the connected battery does not come sparks and smoking. starting characteristics may be impaired, espe‐
into contact with vehicle parts. # Make sure there is sufficient ventila‐ cially at low temperatures.
# Never place metal objects or tools on a tion. It is recommended that you have a thawed bat‐
battery. # Do not lean over a battery. tery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
# The described order of the battery
All vehicles
clamps must be observed when con‐ & WARNING Risk of explosion from a fro‐
necting and disconnecting the battery. zen battery * NOTE Damage caused by numerous or
# When giving starting assistance, always extended attempts to start the engine
make sure that you only connect bat‐ A discharged battery may freeze at tempera‐
tery terminals with identical polarity. tures slightly above or below freezing point. Numerous or extended attempts to start the
During starting assistance or battery charg‐ engine may damage the catalytic converter
# During starting assistance, you must
ing, battery gas can be released. due to non-combusted fuel.
observe the described order for con‐
# Always allow a battery to thaw before # Avoid numerous and extended attempts
necting and disconnecting the jump
lead. charging it or performing starting assis‐ to start the engine.
# Do not connect or disconnect the bat‐
tance.
tery clamps while the engine is running.
344 Breakdown assistance
Observe the following points during starting Observe the additional following points during
assistance and when charging the battery: starting assistance:
R Only use undamaged jump lead/charging R Starting assistance may only be provided
cables with a sufficient cross-section and using vehicles, batteries or other jump start
insulated terminal clamps. devices with a nominal voltage of 12 V.
R Non-insulated parts of the terminal clamps R The vehicles must not touch.
must not come into contact with other metal R Vehicles with a petrol engine: jump-start
parts while the jump lead/charging cable is the vehicle only when the engine and exhaust
connected to the battery/jump-start connec‐ system are cold.
tion point.
R The jump lead/charging cable must not
# Fold cover 1 up in the direction of the
Starting assistance and charging the 12 V arrow.
come into contact with any parts which may
battery
move when the engine is running.
R Always make sure that neither you nor the Preparing starting assistance/charging
battery is electrostatically charged. # Secure the vehicle by applying the electric
R Keep away from fire and naked flames. parking brake.
R Do not lean over the battery. # Shift the transmission to position j.
# Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run Further information can be obtained at a quali‐
it at idling speed. fied specialist workshop.
# Connect the negative terminal of the donor Charging
battery to earth point 4 of your vehicle
using the jump lead. Begin with the donor
# Connect positive contact 3 of the vehicle to
battery first. the positive terminal of the charger using the
charging cable. Always begin with positive
# Start the engine of your own vehicle. contact 3 of the vehicle.
# Let the engines run for several minutes. # Connect the negative terminal of the charger
# Before disconnecting the jump leads, switch and earth point 4 on the vehicle with the
on an electrical consumer in your own vehi‐ charging cable. Start with the charger.
cle, e.g. the rear window heater or the light‐ # Start the charging process.
ing.
When the charging process is complete:
When the starting assistance procedure is com‐
# First, remove the charging cable from earth
plete:
# Slide cover 2 of positive clamp 3 on the point 4 and the negative terminal of the
# First, remove the jump leads from earth point
jump-starting connection point in the direc‐ charger, then from positive contact 3 and
4 and the negative terminal of the donor the positive terminal of the charger. Begin
tion of the arrow. battery, then from positive contact 3 and each time with the contacts of the vehicle.
Starting assistance the positive terminal of the donor battery.
# After removing the charging cable, close
Begin each time with the contacts on your
# Connect positive contact 3 on your vehicle cover 2 of positive contact 3.
own vehicle first.
to the positive terminal of the donor battery # Close cover 1.
# After removing the jump leads, close cover
using the jump lead. Always begin with posi‐
tive clamp 3 on your own vehicle first. 2 of positive contact 3. Further information can be obtained at a quali‐
# Close cover 1. fied specialist workshop.
346 Breakdown assistance
Replacing the 12 V battery R Make sure that the vent hose is always con‐ To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate
nected to the original opening on the side of these systems in the following or similar sit‐
# Observe the notes on the 12 V battery the battery.
(/ page 340). uations:
Fit any existing or supplied cell caps. # During towing
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the Otherwise, gases or battery acid could
12 V battery replaced at a qualified specialist # In a car wash
escape.
workshop, e.g. at a Mercedes-Benz Service
Centre. R Make sure that detachable parts are recon‐ Mercedes-Benz recommends transporting your
nected in the same way. vehicle in the case of a breakdown, rather than
Observe the following notes if you want to towing it away.
replace the battery yourself:
For towing, use a tow rope or tow bar with both
R Always replace a faulty battery with a battery Tow-starting or towing away
axles on the ground. Do not use tow bar sys‐
which meets the specific vehicle require‐ Permitted towing methods tems.
ments.
The vehicle is equipped with an AGM technol‐ * NOTE Damage from automatic braking * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to tow‐
ogy battery (Absorbent Glass Mat) or a lith‐ ing away incorrectly
ium-ion battery. Full vehicle functionality is If one of the following functions is switched
only guaranteed with an AGM battery or lith‐ on, the vehicle brakes automatically in cer‐ # Observe the instructions and notes on
ium-ion battery. For safety reasons, tain situations: towing away.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only R Active Brake Assist
use batteries which have been tested and R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz. R HOLD function
R Carry over detachable parts, such as vent
R Active Parking Assist
hoses, elbow fittings or terminal covers from
the battery being replaced.
Breakdown assistance 347
Vehicles with rear wheel drive Towing the vehicle with both axles on the * NOTE Damage due to towing away at
Permitted towing methods ground excessively high speeds or over long dis‐
# Observe the notes on the permitted towing tances
Both axles on Yes, maximum 50 km at methods (/ page 346).
the ground 50 km/h The drivetrain could be damaged when tow‐
# Make sure that the battery is connected and ing at excessively high speeds or over long
Front axle No charged. distances.
raised # A towing speed of 50 km/h must not
Observe the following points when the battery is
Rear axle Yes, if the steering wheel is discharged: be exceeded.
raised fixed in the centre position R the engine cannot be started # A towing distance of 50 km must not be
with a steering wheel lock exceeded.
R the electric parking brake cannot be released
4MATIC vehicles or applied
R vehicles with automatic transmission: the
& WARNING Risk of accident when towing
Permitted towing methods a vehicle which is too heavy
automatic transmission cannot be shifted to
Both axles on Yes, maximum 50 km at position i or j If the vehicle to be tow-started or towed
the ground 50 km/h away is heavier than the permissible gross
% Vehicles with automatic transmission: if mass of your vehicle, the following situations
Front axle No the automatic transmission cannot be shif‐ can occur:
raised ted to position i, or the multifunction dis‐
R the towing eye may become detached.
play in the instrument cluster does not show
Rear axle No anything, have the vehicle transported R the vehicle/trailer combination may
raised (/ page 348). A towing vehicle with lifting swerve or overturn.
equipment is required for vehicle transporta‐
Towing with a raised axle: towing should be tion.
# Before tow-starting or towing away,
performed by a towing company. check if the vehicle to be tow-started or
348 Breakdown assistance
towed away exceeds the permissible # Do not activate the HOLD function. When your vehicle is towed away, signifi‐
gross mass. # Deactivate tow-away protection cantly more effort may be required to steer
(/ page 94). and brake than is normally required.
If a vehicle must be tow-started or towed away, # Deactivate Active Brake Assist # Use a tow bar.
its permissible gross mass must not exceed the (/ page 222). # Make sure that the steering wheel can
permissible gross mass of the towing vehicle.
# Information on the permissible gross mass of
# Vehicles with automatic transmission: move freely before towing the vehicle
the vehicle can be found on the vehicle iden‐ shift the automatic transmission to position away.
tification plate (/ page 459). i.
# Vehicles with automatic transmission: do
# Release the electric parking brake. * NOTE Damage due to excessive tractive
not open the driver's door or front passenger power
door; the automatic transmission otherwise & WARNING Risk of accident due to limi‐
ted safety-related functions during the If you pull away sharply, the tractive power
automatically shifts to position j. may be too high and the vehicles could be
# Fit the towing eye (/ page 350).
towing process
damaged.
# Fasten the towing device. Safety-related functions are limited or no lon‐ # Pull away slowly and smoothly.
ger available in the following situations:
* NOTE Damage due to incorrect connec‐ R The ignition is switched off.
tion of the tow bar R The brake system or power steering sys‐ Loading the vehicle for transport
tem is malfunctioning. # Observe the notes on towing away
# Only connect the tow rope or tow bar to
the towing eyes. R The energy supply or the on-board electri‐ (/ page 347).
cal system is malfunctioning. # Connect the tow bar to the towing eye in
# Deactivate the automatic locking mecha‐ order to load the vehicle.
nism .
Breakdown assistance 349
% You can also attach the tow bar to the trailer Vehicles with ADS PLUS (Adaptive Damping * NOTE Damage to the vehicle from secur‐
hitch. System PLUS) ing it incorrectly
# Shift the automatic transmission to position
i. & WARNING Risk of an accident when # After loading, the vehicle must be
transporting vehicles with Adaptive secured on all four wheels. Otherwise,
% The automatic transmission may be locked Damping System PLUS the vehicle could be damaged.
in position j in the event of damage to the # A minimum distance of 20 cm upwards
When transporting vehicles with Adaptive
electrics. To shift to i, provide the on- and 10 cm downwards must be kept to
Damping System PLUS, the vehicle/trailer
board electrical system with power the transport platform.
combination may begin to rock and start to
(/ page 344).
skid.
# Load the vehicle onto the transporter.
# When transporting, ensure that:
# Secure the vehicle on all four wheels after
# Shift the automatic transmission to position loading.
R the vehicle has been loaded onto
j. the transporter correctly
# Use the electric parking brake to secure the R the vehicle is secured at all four
vehicle against rolling away. wheels with suitable tensioning
# Only secure the vehicle by the wheels. straps
R the maximum permissible speed of
60 km/h is not exceeded when
transporting
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to # Vehicles with automatic transmission * NOTE Damage due to incorrect fuses
incorrect use of the towing eye or trailer must not be tow-started.
hitch Electrical components or systems may be
# Vehicles with automatic transmission must damaged by incorrect fuses, or their func‐
When a towing eye or trailer hitch is used to not be tow-started. tionality may be significantly impaired.
recover a vehicle, the vehicle may be dam‐ # Only use fuses that have been approved
aged in the process. by Mercedes-Benz and which have the
# Only use the towing eye or trailer hitch Electrical fuses correct fuse rating.
to tow away or tow start the vehicle. Notes on electrical fuses
# Do not use the towing eye or trailer Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the
hitch to tow the vehicle during recovery. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury same rating, which you can recognise by the col‐
due to overloaded lines our and the label. The fuse ratings and further
information to be observed can be found in the
If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if fuse assignment diagram.
Tow starting the vehicle (emergency engine
you replace it with a fuse with a higher
start)
amperage, the electric line could be overloa‐ * NOTE Damage or malfunctions caused
Vehicles with automatic transmission ded. by moisture
This could result in a fire.
* NOTE Damage to the automatic trans‐ Moisture may cause damage to the electrical
# Always replace faulty fuses with speci‐
mission due to tow-starting system or cause it to malfunction.
fied new fuses containing the correct # When the fuse box is open, make sure
The automatic transmission may be damaged amperage.
that no moisture can enter the fuse
in the process of tow-starting vehicles with box.
automatic transmission.
352 Breakdown assistance
# When closing the fuse box, make sure Opening and closing the fuse box in the
that the seal of the lid is positioned cor‐ engine compartment
rectly on the fuse box. Requirements:
R A dry cloth and a screwdriver are available.
If the newly inserted fuse also blows, have the
cause traced and rectified at a qualified special‐ Observe the notes on electrical fuses
ist workshop. (/ page 351).
Ensure the following before replacing a fuse: Opening
R The vehicle is secured against rolling away.
R All electrical consumers are switched off. & WARNING Risk of injury from using the
windscreen wipers while the engine bon‐
# Turn both retaining clips 2 on cover 1 on
R The ignition is switched off.
net is open the driver's side a quarter-turn clockwise.
The electrical fuses are located in various fuse # Fold cover 1 upwards.
When the engine bonnet is open, and the
boxes: windscreen wipers are set in motion, you can
R Fuse box in the engine compartment on the be trapped by the wiper linkage.
driver's side (/ page 352) # Always switch off the windscreen wip‐
R Fuse box on the driver's side of the cockpit ers and ignition before opening the
(/ page 353) engine bonnet.
R Fuse box in the front passenger footwell
(/ page 353)
R Fuse box in the boot (/ page 354)
Breakdown assistance 353
# Insert lid 4 into the bracket at the rear of Opening and closing the fuse box in the front
the fuse box. passenger footwell
# Fold down lid 4 of the fuse box and tighten Observe the notes on electrical fuses
screws 3. (/ page 351).
# Fold down cover 1.
# Turn both retaining clips 2 on cover 1 a
quarter-turn anti-clockwise.
# Close the bonnet.
# Open cover 1.
Wheels and tyres 355
Notes on noise or unusual handling charac‐ & WARNING Risk of aquaplaning due to Carry out the following checks on all wheels reg‐
teristics insufficient tyre tread ularly, at least once a month or as required, for
example, prior to a long journey or driving off-
Make sure there are no vibrations, noises or Insufficient tyre tread will result in reduced road:
unusual handling characteristics when the vehi‐ tyre grip.
cle is in motion. This may indicate that the R Check the tyre pressure (/ page 356).
wheels or tyres are damaged. Hidden tyre dam‐ The risk of aquaplaning is increased on wet R Visually inspect wheels and tyres for dam‐
age could also be causing the unusual handling roads, especially when the speed of the vehi‐ age.
characteristics. cle is not adapted to suit the conditions.
R Check the valve caps.
# Thus, you should regularly check the
If you suspect that a tyre is defective, reduce R Visual check of the tyre tread depth and the
your speed immediately and have the tyres and tread depth and the condition of the
tread across the entire width of all tyre contact surface across the entire width.
wheels checked at a qualified specialist work‐
shop. tyres. The minimum tread depth for summer tyres
is 3 mm and for winter tyres 4 mm.
Minimum tread depth for:
Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and R Summer tyres: 3 mm
tyres R M+S tyres: 4 mm Notes on snow chains
& WARNING Risk of injury due to damaged # For safety reasons, replace the tyres & WARNING Risk of accident due to incor‐
tyres before the legally-prescribed limit for rect snow chain fitting
the minimum tread depth is reached.
Damaged tyres can cause tyre pressure loss. If you have fitted snow chains to the front
wheels, the snow chains may drag against
# Check the tyres regularly for signs of
the vehicle body or chassis components.
damage and replace any damaged tyres
immediately. This could cause damage to the vehicle or
the tyres.
356 Wheels and tyres
# Never fit snow chains on the front vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or snow chains Tyre pressure
wheels. with the same quality standard.
Notes on tyre pressure
# Only fit snow chains on the rear wheels R If snow chains are fitted, the maximum per‐
in pairs. missible speed is 50 km/h. & WARNING Risk of accident due to insuf‐
R Vehicles with Active Parking Assist: do ficient or excessive tyre pressure
* NOTE Damage to components of the not use Active Parking Assist when snow
Tyres with either too low or too high a pres‐
vehicle body or chassis due to fitted chains are fitted.
sure present the following hazards:
snow chains % You can permanently limit the maximum R the tyres could burst
If you fit snow chains to the front wheels of speed for driving with winter tyres R the tyres could wear excessively and/or
4MATIC vehicles, you may damage compo‐ (/ page 203).
unevenly
nents of the vehicle body or chassis. % You can deactivate ESP® to pull away R the driving characteristics as well as
# Only fit snow chains to the rear wheels (/ page 196). This allows the wheels to steering and braking characteristics may
of 4MATIC vehicles. spin, achieving an increased driving force. be severely impaired
Observe the following notes when using snow # Observe the recommended tyre pres‐
chains: sures and check the tyre pressures of
R Snow chains are only permissible for certain
all tyres including the spare wheel:
wheel/tyre combinations. You can obtain R monthly
information about this from a Mercedes-Benz R if altering the load on the vehicle
Service Centre. R prior to long journeys
R For safety reasons, only use snow chains that
R if the operating conditions change, for
have been specifically approved for your example when driving off-road
Wheels and tyres 357
# Adjust the tyre pressure where neces‐ on the tyre pressure table on the inside of the Tyre pressure table
sary. fuel filler flap (/ page 357).
The tyre pressure table is on the inside of the
Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tyre fuel filler flap.
Tyre pressure which is too high or too low can: pressure. The outer appearance of a tyre does
R Shorten the service life of the tyres. not permit any reliable conclusion about the tyre
pressure.
R Cause increased tyre damage.
Only correct tyre pressures when the tyres are
R Adversely affect driving characteristics and
cold. Conditions for cold tyres:
thus driving safety, e.g. due to aquaplaning.
R The vehicle has been parked with the tyres
& WARNING Risk of accident due to repea‐ out of direct sunlight for at least three hours.
ted pressure drop in the tyres R The vehicle has travelled less than 1.6 km.
The wheels, valves or tyres could be dam‐ The vehicle's tyres heat up when driving. As the
aged. temperature of the tyres increases, so too does
Too low a tyre pressure can lead to the tyres the tyre pressure.
bursting. Vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring sys‐
# Examine the tyres for foreign objects. tems: you can also see the tyre pressure in the
# Check whether the tyre has a puncture driver's display.
or the valve has a leak. Notes on trailer operation
If one or more tyre sizes precede a tyre pres‐
# If you are unable to rectify the damage, Always inflate the rear axle tyres to the recom‐
sure, the following tyre pressure information is
contact a qualified specialist workshop. mended tyre pressures on the tyre pressure
only valid for those tyre sizes and their respec‐
table for increased load.
tive load condition.
Information on the recommended tyre pressure
for the vehicle's factory-fitted tyres can be found
358 Wheels and tyres
If the preceding tyre sizes are complemented by The tyre pressure monitoring system is only an Driver display:
the + symbol, the tyre pressure information aid. It is the driver's responsibility to set the tyre 4 © 5 Service
following shows alternative tyre pressures. Fuel pressure to the recommended cold tyre pressure
# Select Tyre pressure and confirm with a.
consumption may then increase slightly. suitable for the operating situation.
The load conditions "partially laden" and "fully In most cases, the tyre pressure monitoring sys‐ One of the following displays appears:
laden" are defined in the table for different num‐ tem will automatically update the new reference R Current tyre pressure of each wheel:
bers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The values after you have changed the tyre pressure.
actual number of seats may differ from this. You can, however, also update the reference val‐
ues by restarting the tyre pressure monitoring
system manually (/ page 359).
Tyre pressure monitoring system
System limits
Function of the tyre pressure monitoring sys‐
tem The system may be impaired or may not function
The system checks the tyre pressure and the particularly in the following situations:
tyre temperature of the tyres fitted to the vehicle R incorrect reference values were taught in
by means of a tyre pressure sensor. R sudden pressure loss caused by a foreign
The tyre pressure and the tyre temperature object penetrating the tyre, for example
appear in the driver's display (/ page 358). R Tyre pressures will be displayed after a few
R there is a malfunction caused by another
minutes of driving
If there is a substantial pressure loss or if the radio signal source
tyre temperature is excessive, you will be R Tyre pressure monitor active: the teach-in
Checking the tyre pressure with the tyre process of the system is not yet complete.
warned with display messages (/ page 526) or pressure monitoring system
the h warning lamp in the instrument cluster The tyre pressures are already being moni‐
(/ page 548). Requirements: tored.
R The vehicle is switched on.
Wheels and tyres 359
# Compare the tyre pressure with the recom‐ R The wheels or tyres have been changed or Wheel change
mended tyre pressure for the current operat‐ newly fitted.
ing condition (/ page 357). Additionally, Notes on selecting, fitting and replacing
observe the notes on cold tyres Driver display: tyres
4 © 5 Service
(/ page 356).
& WARNING Risk of injury through incor‐
% The values displayed in the driver display # Select Tyre pressure and confirm with a.
# Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the
rect sizes of wheels and tyres
may deviate from those of the tyre pressure
gauge as they refer to sea level. At high ele‐ steering wheel. If wheels and tyres of the wrong size are fit‐
vations, the tyre pressure values indicated The driver display shows the Use current ted, the wheel brakes or components in the
by a tyre pressure gauge are higher than tyre pressures as new reference values? brake system and in the wheel suspension
those shown by the driver display. In this message. may be damaged.
case, do not reduce the tyre pressure. # Select Yes and confirm the restart with # Always replace wheels and tyres with
Bear in mind the following related topic: a. those that fulfil the specifications of the
R Notes on tyre pressure (/ page 356) The driver display shows the Tyre pressure original part.
monitor restarted message. For wheels, pay attention to the following:
Restarting the tyre pressure monitoring sys‐ Current warning messages are deleted and R Designation
tem the yellow h warning lamp goes out. R Type
Requirements: After you have been driving for a few
R The recommended tyre pressure is correctly minutes, the system checks whether the cur‐ For tyres, pay attention to the following:
set for the respective operating status on rent tyre pressures are within the specified R Designation
each of the four wheels (/ page 356). range. The current tyre pressures are then R Manufacturer
accepted as reference values and monitored.
Restart the tyre pressure monitoring system in R Type
the following situations: Bear in mind the following related topic:
R The tyre pressure has changed. R Notes on tyre pressure (/ page 356)
360 Wheels and tyres
& WARNING Risk of injury through exceed‐ These tyres are specially adapted to the * NOTE Risk to driving safety from retrea‐
ing the specified tyre load-bearing capa‐ active safety systems, such as ABS, ESP® ded tyres
city or the permissible speed rating and 4MATIC, and marked as follows:
Retreaded tyres are neither tested nor rec‐
Exceeding the load-bearing capacity of the R MO = Mercedes-Benz Original ommended by Mercedes-Benz, since previ‐
tyres can lead to tyre damage and could R MOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended ous damage cannot always be detected on
cause the tyres to explode. (run-flat tyres only for certain wheels) retreaded tyres.
# Therefore, only use tyre types and sizes R MO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer‐ For this reason driving safety cannot be guar‐
approved for your vehicle model. tain AMG tyres) anteed.
# Observe the tyre load-bearing capacity # Do not use used tyres if you have no
Otherwise, certain properties, such as han‐
rating and speed rating required for dling characteristics, vehicle noise emis‐ information about their previous usage.
your vehicle. sions, consumption, etc. could be adversely
affected. Furthermore, other tyre sizes could * NOTE Possible wheel and tyre damage
* NOTE Vehicle and tyre damage through result in the tyres rubbing against the body when driving over obstacles
tyre types and sizes that have not been and axle components when loaded. This
approved could result in damage to the tyre or the Large wheels have a smaller section width.
vehicle. As the section width decreases, the risk of
For safety reasons, only use tyres, wheels wheels and tyres being damaged when driv‐
and accessories which have been specially Only use tyres, wheels and accessories that ing over obstacles increases.
approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle. have been checked and recommended by # Avoid obstacles or drive especially care‐
Mercedes-Benz.
fully.
# Reduce your speed when driving over
kerbs, speed bumps, manhole covers
and potholes.
Wheels and tyres 361
# Avoid particularly high kerbs. * NOTE Damage to summer tyres at low risk of skidding and hydroplaning on wet
ambient temperatures roads is increased.
* NOTE Possible wheel and tyre damage At low ambient temperatures, tears could In addition, the tyre grip is greatly reduced at
when parking on kerbs or in potholes form when driving with summer tyres, caus‐ a low outside temperature and tyre running
ing permanent damage to the tyre. temperature.
Parking on kerbs or in potholes may damage
# Switch on the ESP® and adapt your
the wheels and tyres. # At temperatures below 7 °C use i
# If possible, park only on flat surfaces. M+S tyres. driving style accordingly.
# Use i M+S tyres at outside temper‐
# Avoid kerbs and potholes when parking.
Accessory parts which are not approved for your atures of less than 10 °C.
vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which are not used # Only use the tyres for their intended
* NOTE Damage to electronic component correctly, can impair the operating safety. purpose.
parts from the use of tyre-fitting tools Before purchasing and using non-approved
Vehicles with a tyre pressure monitoring accessories, visit a qualified specialist workshop Observe the following when selecting, fitting and
system: electronic component parts are and enquire about: replacing tyres:
located in the wheel. Tyre-fitting tools should R Suitability R Country-specific requirements for tyre
not be applied in the area of the valve. R Legal stipulations approval that define a specific tyre type for
The tools could damage the electronic com‐ your vehicle.
R Factory recommendations
ponent parts. R Furthermore, the use of certain tyre types in
# Have the tyres changed at a qualified & WARNING Risk of accident with high certain regions and areas of operation can
specialist workshop only. performance tyres be highly beneficial.
R Only use tyres and wheels of the same type
The special tyre tread in combination with
the optimised tyre compound means that the (summer tyres, winter tyres, MOExtended
tyres) and the same make.
362 Wheels and tyres
R Only fit wheels of the same size on one axle If the tyre's maximum speed is below that of R Tyre pressure table (/ page 357)
(left and right). the vehicle, this must be indicated by an R Notes on the emergency spare wheel
It is only permissible to fit a different wheel appropriate label in the driver's field of (/ page 369)
size in the event of a flat tyre in order to vision.
drive to the specialist workshop. R Run in new tyres at moderate speeds for the Notes on interchanging wheels
R Do not make any modifications to the brake first 100 km.
system, the wheels or the tyres. R Replace the tyres after six years at the latest, & WARNING Risk of injury through differ‐
The use of shims or brake dust shields is not regardless of wear. ent wheel sizes
permitted and may invalidate the vehicle's R When replacing with tyres that do not Interchanging the front and rear wheels can
general operating permit. feature run-flat characteristics: vehicles severely impair the driving characteristics.
R Vehicles with a tyre pressure monitoring with MOExtended tyres are not equipped
with a TIREFIT kit at the factory. Equip the The disk brakes or wheel suspension compo‐
system: all fitted wheels must be equipped nents may also be damaged.
with functioning sensors for the tyre pres‐ vehicle with a TIREFIT kit after replacing with
tyres that do not feature run-flat characteris‐ # Only interchange the front and rear
sure monitoring system.
tics, e.g. winter tyres. wheels if the wheels and tyres have the
R At temperatures below 7 °C use winter tyres same dimensions.
or all-season tyres marked i M+S for all % You can permanently limit the maximum
wheels. speed for driving with winter tyres Interchanging the front and rear wheels if the
Winter tyres provide the best possible grip in (/ page 203). wheels or tyres have different dimensions can
wintry road conditions. For more information on wheels and tyres, con‐ render the general operating permit invalid.
R For M+S tyres, only use tyres with the same tact a qualified specialist workshop. The wear patterns on the front and rear wheels
tread. Be sure to also observe the following further differ:
R Observe the maximum permissible speed for related subjects: R front wheels wear more on the tyre shoulder
the M+S tyres fitted. R Notes on tyre pressure (/ page 356)
Wheels and tyres 363
R rear wheels wear more in the centre of the Overview of the tyre-change tool kit % If necessary, the tool bag can also be kept
tyre under the load compartment floor.
Apart from some country-specific variants, vehi‐
Do not drive with tyres that have too little tread cles are not equipped with a tyre-change tool kit.
depth. This significantly reduces traction on wet For more information on which tyre-changing
roads (aquaplaning). tools are required and approved for performing a
On vehicles with the same front and rear wheel wheel change on your vehicle, consult a qualified
size, you can interchange the wheels every specialist workshop.
5000 to 10,000 km, depending on the wear. You require the following tools, for example, to
Ensure the direction of rotation is maintained for change a wheel:
the wheels. R Jack
Observe the instructions and safety notes on R Chock
"Changing a wheel" when doing so
R Wheel wrench The tool bag contains:
(/ page 364).
R Centring pin R Jack
Notes on storing wheels % The jack weighs approximately 3.4 kg. R Gloves
The maximum load capacity of the jack can R Wheel wrench
When storing wheels, observe the following be found on the sticker affixed to the jack.
notes: R Centring pin
The jack is maintenance-free. If there is a
R After removing wheels, store them in a cool, malfunction, please contact a qualified spe‐ R Folding chock
dry and preferably dark place. cialist workshop. R Ratchet for jack
R Protect the tyres from contact with oil, The tyre-change tool kit is located in tool bag 1
grease or fuel. on the load compartment floor.
364 Wheels and tyres
Preparing the vehicle for a wheel change Removing and fitting the wheel trim/hub Aluminium hub cap
caps
Requirements:
R The vehicle is not on a slope. Requirements:
R The vehicle is on solid, non-slippery and level R The vehicle is prepared for a wheel change
ground. (/ page 364).
R The required tyre-change tool kit is available. Plastic hub cap
# To remove: turn the centre cover of the hub
% If your vehicle is not equipped with the tyre-
change tool kit, consult a qualified specialist cap anti-clockwise and remove the hub cap.
workshop to find out about suitable tools. # To fit: make sure that the centre cover of the
# Apply the electric parking brake manually. hub cap is turned anti-clockwise.
# Move the front wheels to the straight-ahead # Position the hub cap and turn the centre # To remove: position socket 2 from the tyre-
position. cover clockwise until the hub cap engages change tool kit on hub cap 1.
physically and audibly. # Position wheel spanner 3 on socket 2.
# Shift the transmission to position j.
# Using wheel spanner 3, turn hub cap 1
# Switch off the vehicle.
anti-clockwise and remove it.
# Make sure that the vehicle cannot be started. # To fit: follow the instructions above in
# Place chocks or other suitable items under reverse order.
the front and rear of the wheel that is diago‐ % Specified tightening torque: 25 Nm.
nally opposite the wheel you wish to change.
# Raise the vehicle (/ page 365).
Wheels and tyres 365
Raising the vehicle when changing a wheel R Do not start the vehicle and do not release
the electric parking brake.
Requirements:
R There are no persons in the vehicle.
R Do not open or close any doors or the tail‐
gate.
R The vehicle has been prepared for a wheel
change (/ page 364).
Important notes on using the jack:
R Use only a vehicle-specific jack that has
been approved by Mercedes-Benz to raise
the vehicle.
R The jack is only designed for raising and
holding the vehicle for a short time while a
wheel is being changed and not for mainte‐
nance work under the vehicle.
R The jack must be placed on a firm, flat and
# Using the wheel wrench, loosen the wheel
non-slip surface. If necessary, use a large, bolts on the wheel you wish to change by
flat, load-bearing, non-slip underlay. about one full turn. Do not unscrew the bolts
R The foot of the jack must be positioned verti‐ completely.
cally under the jack support point.
Rules of conduct when the vehicle is raised:
R Never place your hands or feet under the
vehicle.
R Never lie under the vehicle.
366 Wheels and tyres
Position of jack support points # Take the ratchet out of the tyre-change tool
kit and place it on the hexagon nut of the
& WARNING Risk of injury from incorrect jack so that the letters "AUF" are visible.
positioning of the jack
If you do not position the jack correctly at
the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle, # Position support 2 of jack 4 on jack sup‐
the jack could tip with the vehicle raised. port point 1.
# Only position the jack at the appropri‐ # Turn ratchet 3 clockwise until support 2
ate jacking point of the vehicle. The sits completely on jack support point 1 and
base of the jack must be positioned the base of the jack lies evenly on the
vertically under the jacking point of the ground.
vehicle. # Turn ratchet 3 until the tyre is raised a max‐
imum of 3 cm from the ground.
# Loosen and remove the wheel (/ page 367).
Wheels and tyres 367
# Screw centring pin 1 into the thread contact a qualified specialist workshop
# Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on immediately.
a dirty surface. instead of the wheel bolt.
# Have the damaged wheel bolts or dam‐
# Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts com‐
# Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com‐ pletely. aged hub threads replaced.
pletely. # Do not continue driving.
# Remove the wheel.
# Fit the new wheel (/ page 367). # Observe the information on the choice of
tyres (/ page 359).
# Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the cen‐ Lowering the vehicle after a wheel change # Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
tring pin and push it on. pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with
Requirements: the specified tightening torque of 150 Nm.
R The new wheel has been fitted
& WARNING Risk of injury from tightening (/ page 367).
wheel bolts and nuts & WARNING Risk of accident due to incor‐
# To lower the vehicle: place the ratchet onto rect tightening torque
If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts
when the vehicle is raised, the jack could tip. the hexagon nut of the jack so that the let‐ The wheels could come loose if the wheel
ters "AB" are visible and turn anti-clockwise. bolts or wheel nuts are not tightened to the
# Only tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts
when the vehicle is on the ground. prescribed torque.
# Ensure that the wheel bolts or wheel
# Be sure to observe the instructions and nuts are tightened to the prescribed
safety notes on "Changing a wheel" tightening torque.
(/ page 359). # If you are not sure, do not move the
# For safety reasons, only use wheel bolts vehicle. Contact a qualified specialist
which have been approved by Mercedes- workshop and have the tightening tor‐
Benz and for the wheel in question. que checked immediately.
# Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
pattern in the order indicated until they are # Check the tyre pressure of the newly fitted
finger-tight. # Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal wheel and adjust it if necessary.
# Unscrew and remove the centring pin. pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with % The following does not apply if the new
an initial maximum force of 80 Nm. wheel is an emergency spare wheel.
# Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger-
tight.
# Lower the vehicle (/ page 368).
Wheels and tyres 369
# Vehicles with a tyre pressure monitoring # Do not deactivate ESP®. ted, the tyre pressure monitoring system
system: restart the tyre pressure monitoring cannot function reliably. For a few minutes
system (/ page 359). # Have the emergency spare wheel or after an emergency spare wheel is fitted, the
spare wheel of a different size replaced system may still display the tyre pressure of
at the nearest qualified specialist work‐ the removed wheel. Only restart the system
Emergency spare wheel shop. The new wheel must have the again when the emergency spare wheel has
Notes on the emergency spare wheel correct dimensions. been replaced with a new wheel.
% The emergency spare wheel is secured in the Be sure to also observe the following further
& WARNING Risk of accident caused by related subjects:
emergency spare wheel bag in the load com‐
incorrect wheel and tyre dimensions partment. R Notes on tyre pressure (/ page 356)
The wheel or tyre size and the tyre type of Observe the following notes on fitting an emer‐ R Tyre pressure table (/ page 357)
the emergency spare wheel or spare wheel gency spare wheel: R Notes on fitting tyres (/ page 359)
and the wheel to be replaced may differ. The
R Check the tyre pressure of the emergency
emergency spare wheel or spare wheel can
significantly impair driving characteristics of spare wheel fitted. Correct the pressure as
the vehicle. necessary.
R The maximum permissible speed with an
To prevent hazardous situations:
emergency spare wheel fitted is 80 km/h.
# Drive carefully.
R Do not fit the emergency spare wheel with
# Never fit more than one emergency
snow chains.
spare wheel or spare wheel that differs
R Replace the emergency spare wheel after six
in size.
years at the latest, regardless of wear.
# Only use an emergency spare wheel or
spare wheel briefly. % Vehicles with a tyre pressure monitoring
system: if an emergency spare wheel is fit‐
370 Technical data
Notes on technical data # Always have work on the engine elec‐ can disrupt the vehicle's electronics. This is
The technical data was determined in accord‐ tronics and related components carried true in the following situations, in particular:
ance with EU Directives. The data stated only out at a qualified specialist workshop. R The two-way radio is not connected to an
applies to vehicles with standard equipment. You exterior aerial.
can obtain further information from a Mercedes- R The exterior aerial is fitted incorrectly or
Benz Service Centre. Two-way radios
is not a low-reflection aerial.
Only for certain countries: you can find vehi‐ Notes on fitting two-way radios
cle-specific vehicle data in the COC documents This could jeopardise the operating safety of
(CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY). These papers & WARNING Risk of accident due to the vehicle.
are included with the vehicle. improper work on two-way radios # Have the low-reflection exterior aerial
# Observe the maximum permissible out‐ Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609 (Road Frequency band and maximum transmission
put power in these frequency bands. Vehicles – "EMCs for installation of aftermarket output
radio frequency transmitting equipment") when Frequency band Maximum transmis‐
# Only use approved aerial positions. retrofitting two-way radios. Comply with the sion output
legal requirements for detachable parts.
If your vehicle has fittings for two-way radio 2 m frequency band 50 W
equipment, use the power supply and aerial con‐ 144 - 174 MHz
nectors provided in the pre-installation. Observe
the manufacturer's supplements when fitting. Terrestrial Trunked 10 W
Radio (TETRA)
Two-way radio transmission output
380 - 460 MHz
The maximum transmission output (PEAK) at the
base of the aerial must not exceed the values in 70 cm frequency 35 W
the following table. band
430 - 470 MHz
Two-way radio 2W
2G
Two-way radio 0.5 W
1 Rear roof area 3G/4G/5G
The following devices can be used in the vehicle nents and the countries/regions with the identi‐ Manufac‐ Manufacturer information
without restrictions: fication required by radio regulations. turer's
R two-way radios with a maximum transmission Overview of manufacturers abbrevi‐
output of up to 100 mW ated des‐
Manufac‐ Manufacturer information ignation
R two-way radios with transmitter frequencies
turer's
in the 380 - 420 MHz frequency band and a abbrevi‐
maximum transmission output of up to 2 W Gentex Gentex Corporation, 600 North
ated des‐ Centennial Street, Zeeland MI
(TETRA) ignation 49464, USA
R mobile phones (2G/3G/4G/5G)
ADC ADC Automotive Distance Con‐ HELLA HELLA KGaA Hueck & Co., Rix‐
There are no restrictions when positioning the trol Systems GmbH, Peter-Dor‐ becker Straße 75, 59552 Lipp‐
aerial on the outside of the vehicle for the follow‐ nier-Straße 10, 88131 Lindau, stadt, Germany
ing frequency bands: Germany
R TETRA Hirsch‐ Hirschmann Car Communica‐
Bosch Robert Bosch GmbH, Daimler‐ mann tion GmbH, Stuttgarter Straße
R 2G/3G/4G/5G straße 6, 71229 Leonberg, Ger‐ 45-51, 72654 Neckartenzlingen,
many Germany
Regulatory radio identification of small Continental Continental Advanced Antenna Huf Bao‐ Huf Baolong Electronics Bretten
components Antenna GmbH, Römerring 1, 31137 Hil‐ long GmbH, Gewerbestraße 40,
Not all regulatory radio identification can be desheim, Germany 75015 Bretten, Germany
applied to small components due to their geo‐
metric dimensions. Therefore, the following Continental Continental Automotive GmbH, HUF HUF Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH &
tables list the manufacturers of these compo‐ Automotive Siemensstraße 12, 93055 Co. KG, Steeger Straße 17,
Regensburg, Germany 42551 Velbert, Germany
Technical data 373
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio
turer tion equip‐ turer tion equip‐ turer tion equip‐
ment ment ment
approval approval approval
number number number
(if availa‐ (if availa‐ (if availa‐
ble) ble) ble)
Bosch FR5CPCCF (radar H-23855 Continental D-WMI2020A H-23974 Huf Baolong TSSRE4A (tyre H-20027
sensor) Automotive (control unit) DI-2019-9 pressure monitor‐
794-APN- ing sensor)
Continental RKE213E1 (aerial H-15475
Antenna amplifier) DNAYRT# HUF HUF14632 (lock‐ H-15541
ENACOM ing system)
Continental RKE223E1 (aerial H-24637
Antenna amplifier) HELLA DM4 (locking sys‐ H-17845 HUF HUF4761 (locking H-11545
tem) system)
Continental CMKG1 (locking H-24376
Automotive system) Hirschmann 920287A (locking H-15694 LEOPOLD KK1 (locking sys‐ H-16874
system) KOSTAL tem)
Continental MARS Keyless H-17929
Automotive (locking system) Hirschmann 920287B (locking H-15695 MAR‐ DC12A (locking H-17689
system) QUARDT system)
Technical data 375
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio
turer tion equip‐ turer tion equip‐ turer tion equip‐
ment ment ment
approval approval approval
number number number
(if availa‐ (if availa‐ (if availa‐
ble) ble) ble)
MAR‐ DC12B (locking H-21034 MAR‐ MK1 (locking sys‐ H-17213 Schrader AG5SP4 (tyre H-4788
QUARDT system) QUARDT tem) pressure monitor‐
ing sensor)
MAR‐ DC12K (locking H-21035 MAR‐ MK2 (locking sys‐ H-17212
QUARDT system) QUARDT tem) Schrader GG4T (tyre pres‐ H-20495
sure monitoring
MAR‐ MS2 (locking sys‐ H-17598 MAR‐ 3350.38 (locking H-23166 sensor)
QUARDT tem) QUARDT system)
Schrader DG6W2D4 (tyre H-20959
MAR‐ MS4 (locking sys‐ H-23101 MAR‐ MU1 (locking sys‐ H-23102 pressure monitor‐
QUARDT tem) QUARDT tem) ing sensor)
MAR‐ MS5 (locking sys‐ H-24933 MAR‐ MU2 (locking sys‐ H-24936 Veoneer 77V12BSM (radar C-23670
QUARDT tem) QUARDT tem) sensor)
376 Technical data
Australia
Bahamas Belarus
Manu‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
facturer nation ment approval
number (if avail‐
able)
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio
Veoneer 77V12BSM FCC ID: Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio turer tion equip‐
(radar sensor) WU877V12BSM turer tion equip‐ ment
ment approval
Veoneer 77V12CRN FCC ID: approval number (if
(radar sensor) WU877V12CRN number (if available)
available)
MAR‐ DC12B (locking —
Continental RKE223E1 (aerial — QUARDT system)
Antenna amplifier)
MAR‐ DC12K (locking —
Continental CMKG1 (locking — QUARDT system)
Automotive system)
MAR‐ MS2 (locking sys‐ —
Continental MARS Keyless — QUARDT tem)
Automotive (locking system)
MAR‐ MS4 (locking sys‐ —
HELLA DM4 (locking sys‐ — QUARDT tem)
tem)
MAR‐ MS5 (locking sys‐ —
MAR‐ DC12A (locking — QUARDT tem)
QUARDT system)
378 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
HUF HUF4761 BOCRA/TA/ MAR‐ MS5 (locking BOCRA/TA/ Veoneer 77V12CRN BOCRA/TA/
(locking sys‐ 2019/4664 QUARDT system) 2020/5473 (radar sensor) 2019/4980
tem)
MAR‐ MK1 (locking BOCRA/TA/ WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NFC BOCRA/TA/
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking BOCRA/TA/ QUARDT system) 2019/4359 bert (locking sys‐ 20205342
KOSTAL system) 2019/4593 tem)
MAR‐ MK2 (locking BOCRA/TA/
MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ BOCRA/TA/ QUARDT system) 2019/4360
QUARDT ing system) 2019/4389
MAR‐ 3350.38 (lock‐ BOCRA/TA/
MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ BOCRA/TA/ QUARDT ing system) 2019/4687
QUARDT ing system) 2019/4388
MAR‐ MU1 (locking BOCRA/TA/
MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ BOCRA/TA/ QUARDT system) 2019/4759
QUARDT ing system) 2019/4390
Schrader AG5SP4 (tyre No. 1967
MAR‐ MS2 (locking BOCRA/TA/ pressure mon‐
QUARDT system) 2019/5135 itoring sensor)
MAR‐ MS4 (locking BOCRA/TA/ Veoneer 77V12BSM BOCRA/TA/
QUARDT system) 2019/4758 (radar sensor) 2019/4975
380 Technical data
Brazil
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
turer ignation ment approval number (if number (if
number (if available) available)
available)
Continental MARS Key‐ 03189-17-0285 HUF HUF14632 03627-15-0664
ADC ARS4-C 06783-19-0249 Automotive less (locking 6 (locking sys‐ 3
(radar sen‐ 6 system) tem)
sor)
HELLA DM4 (locking 04689-17-0536 HUF HUF4761 00053-13-0664
Bosch FR5CPCCF 06351-19-0374 system) 4 (locking sys‐ 3
(radar sen‐ 5 tem)
sor) Hirschmann 920287A 1855-12-5762
(locking sys‐ MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ 01333-17-0293
Continental RKE213E1 3691-15-5298 tem) QUARDT ing system) 0
Antenna (aerial ampli‐
fier) Hirschmann 920287B 1787-12-8058 MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ 01395-11-0293
(locking sys‐ QUARDT ing system) 0
Continental CMKG1 00325-20-0214 tem)
Automotive (locking sys‐ 9 MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ 01392-11-0293
tem) QUARDT ing system) 0
Technical data 381
Brunei Darussalam
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
number (if number (if turer ignation ment approval
available) available) number (if
available)
MAR‐ MS2 (locking 00616-17-0293 MAR‐ MK2 (locking 03757-15-0293
QUARDT system) 0 QUARDT system) 0 ADC ARS4-C DRQ-D-
(radar sen‐ JATI-07-2000-10
MAR‐ MS4 (locking 06218-19-0293 Veoneer 77V12BSM 06468-19-1238 sor) 90000
QUARDT system) 0 (radar sen‐ 6 DTA-004005
sor)
MAR‐ MS5 (locking 11149-20-0293 Bosch FR5CPCCF DRQ-D-
QUARDT system) 0 Veoneer 77V12CRN 06352-19-1238 (radar sen‐ JATI-07-2000-10
(radar sen‐ 6 sor) 9000
MAR‐ 3350.38 03149-19-0293 sor)
QUARDT (locking sys‐ 0 DTA-004222
tem) WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NF 03034-20-0701 Bosch LRR3 (radar DRQ-D-
bert C (locking 8 sensor) MAJU-02-2011-1
MAR‐ MK1 (locking 03756-15-0293 system)
QUARDT system) 0 11083-
LPD-31820
382 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Bosch MRR1Rear DRQ- Continental RKE223E1G DRQ-D- HELLA DM4 (lock‐ DRQ-
(radar sen‐ DMAJU-02-2011- Antenna NS (aerial JATI-07-2000-10 ing system) DJATI-07-2000-1
sor) 11108 3- amplifier) 9000 09000
LPD-31504 DTA-004998 DTA-000351
Bosch MRRe14FC DTA-000793 Continental CMKG1 DRQ-D- Hirschmann 920287A DRQ-
R (radar Automotive (locking JATI-07-2000-10 (locking DJATI-07-2000-1
sensor) system) 9000 system) 09000
DTA-005043 DTA-001661
Continental RKE213E1 DRQ-D-
Antenna (aerial JATI-07-2000-10 Continental MARS Key‐ DRQ-D- Hirschmann 920287B DRQ-
amplifier) 9000 Automotive less (lock‐ MAJU-02-2011-1 (locking DMAJU-02-2011-
DTA-006665 ing system) 11083- system) 111083
LPD-39004 DTA-000794
Technical data 383
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Huf Baolong TSSRE4A DTA No. 000310 Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6b DTA No. 003757 LEOPOLD KK1 (lock‐ DTL-D-
(tyre pres‐ (control KOSTAL ing system) MAJU-02-2011-1
sure moni‐ unit) (tyre 11083
toring sen‐ pressure DTA-007245
sor) monitoring
sensor) MAR‐ DC12A DRQ-
Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6 DTA No. 000311 QUARDT (locking DJATI-07-2000-8
(control HUF HUF14632 DRQ-D- system) 916-LPD-38937
unit) (tyre (locking JATI-07-2000-10
pressure system) 9000 MAR‐ DC12B DRQ-D-
monitoring DTA-006138 QUARDT (locking JATI-07-2000-10
sensor) system) 9000
HUF HUF4761 DRQ-D- DTA-000068
(locking JATI-07-2000-10
system) 9000
DTA-000615
384 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ DC12K DRQ-D- MAR‐ MS5 (lock‐ DRQ-D- MAR‐ MU1 (lock‐ DRQ-
QUARDT (locking JATI-07-2000-10 QUARDT ing system) JATI-07-2000-10 QUARDT ing system) DJATI-07-2000-1
system) 9000 9000 09000
DTA-000066 DTA-005850 DTA-003524
MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ DRQ- MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ DRQ- MAR‐ MU2 (lock‐ DRQ-D-
QUARDT ing system) DJATI-07-2000-8 QUARDT ing system) DJATI-07-2000-8 QUARDT ing system) JATI-07-2000-10
916- LPD-38890 916- LPD-33567 9000
DTA-005843
MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ DRQ- MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ DRQ-
QUARDT ing system) DJATI-07-2000-1 QUARDT ing system) DJATI-07-2000-8
09000 916- LPD-33568
DTA-003525
MAR‐ 3350.38 DRQ-
QUARDT (locking DJATI-07-2000-1
system) 09000
DTA-003662
Technical data 385
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Schrader AG5SP4 DRQ-D-QAF Schrader MFR (con‐ DTA No. 003893 Veoneer 77GHz DRQ-D-
(tyre pres‐ AUTO-05-2003-1 trol unit) MMRV1 JATI-07-2000-89
sure moni‐ 089 4- (tyre pres‐ (radar sen‐ 16-LPD-30870
toring sen‐ LPD-29559 sure moni‐ sor)
sor) DRQ-D- toring sen‐
sor) WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3N DRQ-D-
JATI-07-2000-89 bert FC (locking JATI-07-2000-10
16LPD-29665 Veoneer 77V12BSM DRQ-D- system) 9000
Schrader DG6W2D4 DTA-001514 (radar sen‐ JATI-07-2000-10 DTA-005628
(tyre pres‐ sor) 9000
sure moni‐ DTA-004000
toring sen‐ Veoneer 77V12CRN DRQ-D-
sor) (radar sen‐ JATI-07-2000-10
sor) 9000
DTA-003999
386 Technical data
Ghana Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
turer ignation ment approval number (if number (if
number (if available) available)
available)
Continental CMKG1 ZRO- LEOPOLD KK1 (locking ZRO-M8-7E3-
NCA APPROVED Automotive (locking sys‐ M8-7E3-277 KOSTAL system) X49
tem)
ADC ARS4-B 1R3-1M-7E1-16 MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ ZRO-M8-7E3-
(radar sen‐ 0 Continental MARS Key‐ BR3-1M- QUARDT ing system) X50
sor) Automotive less (locking GE2-16A
system) MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ ZRO-M8-7E3-
ADC ARS4-C ZRO-1H-7E3-15 QUARDT ing system) X51
(radar sen‐ 2 HELLA DM4 (lock‐ BR3-1M-
sor) ing system) GE2-157 MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ ZRO-M8-7E3-
QUARDT ing system) X52
Bosch FR5CPCCF ZR0- Hirschmann 920287A ZRO-M8-7E3-
(radar sen‐ M8-7E3-230 (locking sys‐ X45 MAR‐ MS2 (locking BR3-1M-GE-129
sor) tem) QUARDT system)
Continental RKE213E1 ZRO-M8-7E3- Hirschmann 920287B ZRO-M8-7E3- MAR‐ MS4 (locking ZRO-1H-7E3-26
Antenna (aerial ampli‐ X53 (locking sys‐ X47 QUARDT system) E
fier) tem) MAR‐ MS5 (locking SRO-1M-7E4-11
Continental RKE223E1G ZRO- HUF HUF4761 EX6-6M- QUARDT system) B
Antenna NS (aerial M8-7E3-225 (locking sys‐ GE2-16C
amplifier) tem)
Technical data 387
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation approval number
number (if number (if (if available)
available) available)
ADC ARS4-C 68676/SDPPI/
MAR‐ MK1 (locking ZRO-M8-7E3- Veoneer 77V12CRN ZR0- (radar sen‐ 2020
QUARDT system) X4A (radar sen‐ M8-7E3-230 sor)
sor)
MAR‐ MK2 (locking ZRO-M8-7E3-
QUARDT system) X4C WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NF SRO-1M-7E4-
bert C (locking X59
MAR‐ 3350.38 ZRO-M8-7E3- system) Dilarang melaku‐
QUARDT (locking sys‐ X3C kan perubahan
tem) Indonesia spesifikasi yang
dapat menimbul‐
MAR‐ MU1 (lock‐ ZRO- Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
kan gangguan fisik
QUARDT ing system) M8-7E3-272 turer ignation approval number
dan/atau elektro‐
(if available)
Veoneer 77V12BSM ZRO-1H-7E3-14 magnetik terhadap
(radar sen‐ 2 ADC ARS4-A 36010/SDPPI/ lingkungan sekitar‐
sor) (radar sen‐ 2017 2130 nya
sor)
ADC ARS4-B 38132/SDPPI/
(radar sen‐ 2017 2130
sor)
388 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number
(if available) (if available) (if available)
ADC ARS4-A 70266/SDPPI/ Bosch FR5CPCCF 67882/SDPPI/ Continen‐ RKE213E1 41771/SDPPI/
(radar sen‐ 2020 7163 (radar sen‐ 2020 tal (aerial 2018 5205
sor) sor) Antenna amplifier)
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number
(if available) (if available) (if available)
Continen‐ RKE223E1G 66185/SDPPI/ Continen‐ D- 66678/SDPPI/ Continen‐ CMKG1 66911/ SDPPI/
tal NS (aerial 2020 10325 tal Auto‐ WMI2020A 2020 7163 tal Auto‐ (locking sys‐ 2020 7163
Antenna amplifier) motive (control motive tem)
unit)
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number
(if available) (if available) (if available)
Continen‐ MARS Key‐ 69379/SDPPI/ HELLA DM4 (lock‐ 69378/SDPPI/ Hirsch‐ 920287A 29510/SDPPI/
tal Auto‐ less (locking 2020 7163 ing system) 2020 7163 mann (locking sys‐ 2016 3159
motive system) tem)
Hirsch‐ 920287B 28238/SDPPI/
mann (locking sys‐ 2016 3159
tem)
Dilarang melaku‐ Dilarang melaku‐
kan perubahan kan perubahan Huf Bao‐ TSSRE4A 52166/SDPPI/
spesifikasi yang spesifikasi yang long (tyre pres‐ 2017 3533
dapat menimbul‐ dapat menimbul‐ sure moni‐
kan gangguan fisik kan gangguan fisik toring sen‐
dan/atau elektro‐ dan/atau elektro‐ sor)
magnetik terhadap magnetik terhadap
lingkungan sekitar‐ lingkungan sekitar‐ HUF HUF14632 41618/SDPPI/
nya nya (locking sys‐ 2018 3533
tem)
HUF HUF4761 26742/SDPPI/
(locking sys‐ 2015 3533
tem)
Technical data 391
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number
(if available) (if available) (if available)
KATHREI RKE213E1 41771/SDPPI/ MAR‐ DC12A 67373/SDPPI/ MAR‐ DC12B 59840/SDPPI/
N (locking sys‐ 2018 5205 QUARDT (locking sys‐ 2020 7163 QUARDT (locking sys‐ 2019 7163
tem) tem) tem)
LEOPOLD KK1 (lock‐ 41121/SDPPI/
KOSTAL ing system) 2018 5125
Dilarang melaku‐ Dilarang melaku‐
kan perubahan kan perubahan
spesifikasi yang spesifikasi yang
dapat menimbul‐ dapat menimbul‐
kan gangguan fisik kan gangguan fisik
dan/atau elektro‐ dan/atau elektro‐
magnetik terhadap magnetik terhadap
lingkungan sekitar‐ lingkungan sekitar‐
nya nya
392 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number
(if available) (if available) (if available)
MAR‐ DC12K 59838/SDPPI/ MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ 67372/SDPPI/ MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ 64126/SDPPI/
QUARDT (locking sys‐ 2019 7163 QUARDT ing system) 2020 7163 QUARDT ing system) 2019 7163
tem)
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number
(if available) (if available) (if available)
MAR‐ MS5 (lock‐ 69077/SDPPI/ MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ 40283/SDPPI/ MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ 40282/SDPPI/
QUARDT ing system) 2020 7163 QUARDT ing system) 2018 2208 QUARDT ing system) 2018 2208
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number
(if available) (if available) (if available)
MAR‐ 3350.38 62233/SDPPI/ Pana‐ DAIRSE 63550/SDPPI/ Schrader GG4T (tyre 54083/SDPPI/
QUARDT (locking sys‐ 2019 7163 sonic 2019 pressure 2017 PLG3612
tem) monitoring
sensor)
Schrader AG5SP4-D 38892/SDPPI/
(tyre pres‐ 2018 3612
Dilarang melaku‐ Dilarang melaku‐ sure moni‐
kan perubahan kan perubahan toring sen‐
spesifikasi yang spesifikasi yang sor)
dapat menimbul‐ dapat menimbul‐
kan gangguan fisik kan gangguan fisik Schrader DG6W2D4 57058/SDPPI/
dan/atau elektro‐ dan/atau elektro‐ (tyre pres‐ 2018 PLG3612
magnetik terhadap magnetik terhadap sure moni‐
lingkungan sekitar‐ lingkungan sekitar‐ toring sen‐
nya sor)
Schrader MC34MA4 25626/SDPPI/
nya (tyre pres‐ 2015 PLG3612
sure moni‐
toring sen‐
sor)
Technical data 395
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment
turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number turer ignation approval number
(if available) (if available) (if available)
Veoneer 77GHz 40524/R/I/ Veoneer 77V12CRN 66830/SDPPI/ Veoneer 77V12BSM 66792/SDPPI/
MMRV1 SDPPI/2018 (radar sen‐ 2020 7163 (radar sen‐ 2020 7163
(radar sen‐ sor) sor)
sor)
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equipment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation approval number turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
(if available) number (if number (if
available) available)
WITTE- SDHTAG3N 67233/SDPPI/
Velbert FC (locking 2020 10325 MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ SMA - DC12K MAR‐ MU1 (locking SMA - MU1
system) QUARDT ing system) QUARDT system)
Jamaica MAR‐ MS2 (locking SMA - MS2 WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NF SMA – DAG
QUARDT system) bert C (locking SDH TAG3 NFC
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ system)
turer ignation ment approval MAR‐ MS4 (locking SMA - MS4
number (if QUARDT system) Jordan
available)
MAR‐ MS5 (locking SMA - MS5 Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio
Continental CMKG1 SMA – CMKG1 QUARDT system) turer tion equipment
Automotive (locking sys‐ approval
tem) MAR‐ MK1 (locking SMA - MK1 number (if
QUARDT system) available)
HELLA DM4 (locking NBGDM4
system) MAR‐ MK2 (locking SMA - MK2 ADC ARS4-A (radar TRC/LPD/
QUARDT system) sensor) 2014/126
MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ SMA - DC12A
QUARDT ing system) MAR‐ 3350.38 SMA - 3350.38 ADC ARS4-B (radar TRC/LPD/
QUARDT (locking sys‐ sensor) 2014/248
MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ SMA - DC12B tem)
QUARDT ing system)
Technical data 397
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio
turer tion equipment turer tion equipment turer tion equipment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
ADC ARS4-C (radar T/ Continental RKE223E1GNS T/ Hirsch‐ 920287A (locking T/
sensor) 4/11/11/6 Antenna (aerial amplifier) 4/11/11/9 mann system) 4/11/11/1
676 682 0883
Bosch FR5CPCCF (radar T/ Continental CMKG1 (locking T/ Hirsch‐ 920287B (locking TRC/LPD/
sensor) 4/11/11/6 Automotive system) 4/11/11/1 mann system) 2012/53
645 799
Huf Bao‐ TSSRE4A (tyre TRC/LPD/
Bosch LRR3 (radar sen‐ TRC/LPD/ Continental MARS Keyless TRC/LPD/ long pressure monitor‐ 2017/421
sor) 2009/15 Automotive (locking system) 2017/183 ing sensor)
Bosch MRR1Rear (radar TRC/LPD/ Gentex EUROII (conveni‐ TRC/LPD/ Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6 (con‐ TRC/LPD/
sensor) 2014/73 ence system) 2014/258 long trol unit) (tyre 2017/422
pressure monitor‐
Bosch MRRe14FCR TRC/LPD/ Gentex MUAHL 5 (conve‐ T/ ing sensor)
(radar sensor) 2017/254 nience system) 4/11/11/8
462 Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6b TRC/LPD/
Continental RKE213E1 (aerial T/ long (control unit) 2017/175
Antenna amplifier) 4/11/11/6 HELLA DM4 (locking sys‐ T/ (tyre pressure
775 tem) 4/11/11/5 monitoring sen‐
472 sor)
398 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio
turer tion equipment turer tion equipment turer tion equipment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
HUF HUF14632 (lock‐ T/ MAR‐ DC12K (locking T/ MAR‐ MK2 (locking sys‐ TRC/
ing system) 4/11/11/4 QUARDT system) 4/11/11/9 QUARDT tem) 34/7630/2
355 430 020
HUF HUF4761 (locking TRC/LPD/ MAR‐ MS2 (locking sys‐ T/ MAR‐ 3350.38 (locking T/
system) 2012/144 QUARDT tem) 4/11/11/6 QUARDT system) 4/11/11/7
493 431
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking sys‐ T/
KOSTAL tem) 4/11/11/8 MAR‐ MS4 (locking sys‐ T/ MAR‐ MU1 (locking sys‐ T/
705 QUARDT tem) 4/11/11/2 QUARDT tem) 4/11/11/2
512 511
MAR‐ DC12A (locking T/
QUARDT system) 4/11/11/1 MAR‐ MS5 (locking sys‐ T/ Schrader AG5SP4-D (tyre TRC/LPD/
899 QUARDT tem) 4/11/11/3 pressure monitor‐ 2019/21
509 ing sensor)
MAR‐ DC12B (locking T/
QUARDT system) 4/11/11/9 MAR‐ MK1 (locking sys‐ TRC/ Schrader MFR (control TRC/LPD/
429 QUARDT tem) 34/7629/2 unit) (tyre pres‐ 2019/184
020 sure monitoring
sensor)
Technical data 399
Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio
turer equip‐ turer equip‐ turer equip‐
ment ment ment
approval approval approval
number number number
(if availa‐ (if availa‐ (if availa‐
ble) ble) ble)
Continental RKE213E1 (aerial RAUU/28 Continental CMKG1 (locking RFCP/13 Continental D-WMI2020A (con‐ RGEZ/12
Antenna amplifier) C/0915/ Automotive system) A/0220/ Automotive trol unit) A/1019/
S(15-270 S(20-019 S(19-412
3) 7) 8)
Continental RKE223E1GNS RDDK/34 Continental MARS Keyless RAAU/51 HELLA DM4 (locking sys‐ RDDK/41
Antenna (aerial amplifier) B/1219/ Automotive (locking system) C/0417/ tem) A/0717/
S(19-531 S(17-103 S(17-226
9) 4) 9)
CIDF150 CIDF150
00578 00578
402 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio
turer equip‐ turer equip‐ turer equip‐
ment ment ment
approval approval approval
number number number
(if availa‐ (if availa‐ (if availa‐
ble) ble) ble)
Hirsch‐ 920287A (locking RAUU/63 Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6 (control RAQP/57 HUF HUF4761 (locking RAAU/16
mann system) A/0311/ long unit) (tyre pressure A/0817/ system) B/1112/
S(11-043 monitoring sensor) S(17-242 S(12-205
2) 4) 3)
Hirsch‐ 920287B (locking RAUU/22 HUF HUF14632 (locking RAYN/25 LEOPOLD KK1 (locking sys‐ RAUU/27
mann system) C/0615/ system) A/0715/ KOSTAL tem) C/0815/
S(15-186 S(15-238 S(15-295
4) 5) 3)
Huf Bao‐ TSSRE4A (tyre CIDF170
long pressure monitor‐ 00184
ing sensor)
Technical data 403
Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio
turer equip‐ turer equip‐ turer equip‐
ment ment ment
approval approval approval
number number number
(if availa‐ (if availa‐ (if availa‐
ble) ble) ble)
MAR‐ DC12A (locking sys‐ RDDK/33 MAR‐ DC12K (locking sys‐ RAUU/62 MAR‐ MS4 (locking sys‐ RDDK/25
QUARDT tem) A/0317/ QUARDT tem) A/0311/ QUARDT tem) B/1019/
S(17-066 S(11-026 S(19-094
9) 4) 3)
MAR‐ DC12B (locking sys‐ RAUU/62 MAR‐ MS2 (locking sys‐ RDDK/31 MAR‐ MS5 (locking sys‐ RGLO/02
QUARDT tem) A/0311/ QUARDT tem) A/0217/ QUARDT tem) A/0720/
S(11-026 S(17-040 S(20-258
3) 5) 0)
404 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio
turer equip‐ turer equip‐ turer equip‐
ment ment ment
approval approval approval
number number number
(if availa‐ (if availa‐ (if availa‐
ble) ble) ble)
MAR‐ MK1 (locking sys‐ RAAU/14 MAR‐ 3350.38 (locking RDDK/17 Meta Sys‐ MUW II (interior RAVG/17
QUARDT tem) C/0615/ QUARDT system) B/0819/ tem protection) Q/0212/
S(15-105 S(19-108 S(11-206
7) 2) 7)
MAR‐ MK2 (locking sys‐ RAAU/12 Meta Sys‐ ITS/TPS (interior RAVG/18 Schrader AG5SP4-D (tyre RCDD/0
QUARDT tem) C/0515/ tem protection) Q/0212/ pressure monitor‐ 3A/
S(15-105 S(11-206 ing sensor) 0615/
9) 8) S(19-209
4)
Technical data 405
Morocco
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐
turer tion ment
approval
number (if
Manufac‐ Model designation Radio Manufac‐ Model designation Radio available)
turer equip‐ turer equip‐
ment ment AGREE PAR
approval approval L’ANRT
number number MAROC
(if availa‐ (if availa‐
ble) ble) ADC ARS4-A (radar MR 9490
sensor) ANTR
Schrader MFR (control unit) RAQP/62 Veoneer 77V12CRN (radar SQASI/T 2014-07-23
(tyre pressure mon‐ A/ sensor) A/
itoring sensor) 0419/S 19/2982 ADC ARS4-B (radar MR 9778
(19-1694) sensor) ANTR
WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NFC RDDK/43 2014-11-11
Veoneer 77GHz MMRV1 RALM/31 bert (locking system) B/0420/
(radar sensor) A/0316/ S(20-174 ADC ARS4-C (radar MR 20231
S(16-072 9) sensor) ANTR 2019
7) Bosch FR5CPCCF MR 20575
Veoneer 77V12BSM (radar SQASI/T (radar sensor) ANTR 2019
sensor) A/
19/2980
406 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐
turer tion ment turer tion ment turer tion ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Bosch LRR3 (radar MR 5371 Continental CMKG1 (locking MR 21701 Huf Bao‐ TSSRE4A (tyre MR 14320
sensor) ANTR Automotive system) ANTR long pressure sen‐ ANTR
2010-02-02 2019-12-05 sor) (tyre pres‐ 2017-07-07
sure monitoring
Bosch MRR1Rear MR 9186 Continental MARS Keyless MR 13681 sensor)
(radar sensor) ANTR Automotive (locking system) ANTR
2014-04-22 2017-04-04 Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6 MR 14319
long (control unit) ANTR
Bosch MRRe14FCR MR 13900 HELLA DM4 (locking MR 14426 (tyre pressure 2017-07-07
(radar sensor) ANTR system) ANTR monitoring sen‐
2017-05-04 2017-07-28 sor)
Continental RKE213E1 (aer‐ MR 10631 Hirsch‐ 920287A (lock‐ MR 6700 Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6b MR 19561
Antenna ial amplifier) ANTR mann ing system) ANTR long (control unit) ANTR
2015-07-16 2011-11-16 (tyre pressure 2019-04-26
Continental RKE223E1GNS MR 21174 Hirsch‐ 920287B (lock‐ MR 7260 monitoring sen‐
Antenna (aerial amplifier) ANTR mann ing system) ANTR sor)
2019-10-14 2012-06-13
Technical data 407
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐
turer tion ment turer tion ment turer tion ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
HUF HUF14632 MR 10506 MAR‐ DC12K (locking MR 6699 MAR‐ MK2 (locking MR 10987
(locking system) ANTR QUARDT system) ANTR QUARDT system) ANTR
2015-06-22 2011-11-16 2015-10-22
HUF HUF4761 (lock‐ MR 7829 MAR‐ MS2 (locking MR 13300 MAR‐ 3350.38 (lock‐ MR 18817
ing system) ANTR QUARDT system) ANTR QUARDT ing system) ANTR
2013-02-14 2017-02-15 2019-02-12
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking MR 10697 MAR‐ MS4 (locking MR 19199 MAR‐ MU1 (locking MR 19200
KOSTAL system) ANTR QUARDT system) ANTR QUARDT system) ANTR
2015-08-05 2019-03-25 2019-03-25
MAR‐ DC12A (locking MR 13429 MAR‐ MS5 (locking MR 23805 MAR‐ MU2 (locking MR 23804
QUARDT system) ANTR QUARDT system) ANRT QUARDT system) ANRT
2017-03-03 22/04/2020 22/04/2020
MAR‐ DC12B (locking MR 6698 MAR‐ MK1 (locking MR 10645 Schrader AG5SP4-D (tyre MR 10216
QUARDT system) ANTR QUARDT system) ANTR pressure sen‐ ANTR
2011-11-16 2015-07-21 sor) (tyre pres‐ 2015-03-18
sure monitoring
sensor)
408 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Mexico
turer tion ment turer tion ment
approval approval
number (if number (if
available) available)
Schrader MFR (control MR 19527 Veoneer 77V12BSM MR 20097 Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
unit) (tyre pres‐ ANTR (radar sensor) ANTR 2019 turer ignation ment approval
sure monitoring 2019-04-30 number (if
sensor) Veoneer 77V12CRN MR 20149 available)
(radar sensor) ANTR 2019
Schrader GG4T (tyre pres‐ MR 14777 ADC ARS4-A IFETEL:
sure monitoring ANRT WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NFC MR 23310 (radar sen‐ RCPCOAR14-11
sensor) 2017-09-20 bert (locking system) ANRT sor) 91
10/03/2020
Schrader DG6W2D4 (tyre MR 16355 ADC ARS4-B IFETEL:
pressure moni‐ ANTR (radar sen‐ RLVCOAR15-00
toring sensor) 2018-04-19 sor) 08
Schrader MC34MA4 (tyre MR 6706 ADC ARS4-C IFETEL:
pressure moni‐ ANTR (radar sen‐ RLVCOR19-106
toring sensor) 2011-11-17 sor) 2
Veoneer 77GHz MMRV1 MR 10436 Bosch FR5CPCCF IFETEL:
(radar sensor) ANTR 2015 (radar sen‐ RCPBOFR19-13
sor) 56
Technical data 409
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Bosch LRR3 (radar IFETEL: Continental RKE223E1 IFETEL: Gentex MUAHL 5 IFETEL:
sensor) RCPBOLR09-08 Antenna (aerial ampli‐ RLVCORK19-21 (conveni‐ RCPGEMU15-0
28 fier) 74 ence sys‐ 448
tem)
Bosch MRR1Rear IFETEL: Continental CMKG1 IFETEL:
(radar sen‐ RCPBOMR14-0 Automotive (locking sys‐ RCPCOCM19-2 HELLA DM4 (lock‐ IFETEL:
sor) 922 tem) 315 ing system) RLVHEDM17-1
0
Bosch MRRe14FCR IFETEL: Continental MARS Key‐ IFETEL:
(radar sen‐ RCPBOMR17-0 Automotive less (locking RLVDAMA18-1 Hirschmann 920287A IFETEL:
sor) 598 system) 827 (locking sys‐ RLVHI9211-047
tem) 2
Continental RKE213E1 IFETEL: Gentex EURO II IFETEL:
Antenna (aerial ampli‐ RLVKARK15-17 (conveni‐ RCPJOHO07-59 Hirschmann 920287B IFETEL:
fier) 41 ence sys‐ 8-A9 (locking sys‐ RLVHI9212-060
tem) tem) 8
410 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Huf Baolong TSSRE4A IFETEL: MAR‐ DC12A IFETEL: MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ IFETEL:
(tyre pres‐ RLVHUTS17-08 QUARDT (locking sys‐ RLVMEDC17-0 QUARDT ing system) RLVMAMS19-0
sure moni‐ 06 tem) 348 449
toring sen‐
sor) MAR‐ DC12B IFETEL: MAR‐ MS5 (lock‐ IFETEL:
QUARDT (locking sys‐ RLVMADC11-0 QUARDT ing system) RLVMEMS20-0
HUF HUF14632 IFETEL: tem) 446 957
(locking sys‐ RLVHUHU15-1
tem) 204 MAR‐ DC12K (inte‐ IFETEL: MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ IFETEL:
QUARDT rior protec‐ RLVMADC11-0 QUARDT ing system) RLVMAMK15-1
HUF HUF4761 IFETEL: tion) 446 042
(locking sys‐ RLVHUHU12-1
tem) 587 MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ IFETEL: MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ IFETEL:
QUARDT ing system) RLVMAMS17-0 QUARDT ing system) RLVMAMK15-1
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking IFETEL: 222 043
KOSTAL system) RLVKOKK15-08
91
Technical data 411
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ 3350.38 IFETEL: Schrader AG5SP4-D IFETEL: Schrader DG6W2D4 IFETEL:
QUARDT (locking sys‐ RCPMA3319-0 (tyre pres‐ RCPSCAG15-06 (tyre pres‐ RLVSCDG18-04
tem) 530 sure moni‐ 27 sure moni‐
toring sen‐ toring sen‐
MAR‐ MU1 (lock‐ IFETEL: sor) sor)
QUARDT ing system) RCPMAMU19-1
342 Schrader MFR (tyre IFETEL: Schrader MC34MA4 IFETEL:
pressure RLVSCMF15-09 (tyre pres‐ RCPSCMR14-0
Meta System ITS/TPS IFETEL: monitoring 59 sure moni‐ 62
(interior pro‐ IFT/223/UCS/ sensor) toring sen‐
tection) DG-AUSE/ sor)
4871/2016 Schrader GG4T (tyre IFETEL:
pressure RLVSCGG17-16 Veoneer 77GHz IFETEL:
Meta System MUW II IFETEL: monitoring 65 MMRV1 RLVAU7717-07
(interior pro‐ IFT/223/UCS/ sensor) (radar sen‐ 44
tection) DG-AUSE/ sor)
5064/2016
412 Technical data
Moldova
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ turer ignation ment approval
number (if turer ignation ment approval number (if
available) number (if available)
available)
Veoneer 77V12BSM IFETEL: Bosch MRRe14FCR MD OC TIP 024
(radar sen‐ RLVVE7719-10 ADC ARS4-C MD OC TIP 024 (radar sen‐ A6004-18
sor) 63 (radar sen‐ A6632-19 sor)
sor)
Veoneer 77V12CRN IFETEL: Continental RKE213E1 MD OC TIP 024
(radar sen‐ RCPVE7719-09 Bosch FR5CPCCF MD OC TIP 024 Antenna (aerial ampli‐ A6500-19
sor) 98 (radar sen‐ A6560-19 fier)
sor)
WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NF IFETEL: Continental RKE223E1G MD OC TIP 024
bert C (locking RCPWISD20-09 Bosch LRR3 (radar MD OC TIP 024 Antenna NS (aerial A6648-19
system) 43 sensor) A6227-18 amplifier)
Bosch MRR1Rear MD OC TIP 024 Continental CMKG1 MD OC TIP 024
(radar sen‐ A5957-17 Automotive (locking sys‐ A6671-20
sor) tem)
Technical data 413
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Continental MARS Key‐ MD OC TIP 024 HUF HUF4761 MD OC TIP 024 MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ MD OC TIP 024
Automotive less (locking A5876-17 (locking sys‐ A6449-19 QUARDT ing system) A6444-19
system) tem)
MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ MD OC TIP 024
HELLA DM4 (lock‐ MD 0C TIP 024 LEOPOLD KK1 (locking MD OC TIP 024 QUARDT ing system) A6569-19
ing system) A6761-20 KOSTAL system) A6440-19
MAR‐ MS5 (lock‐ MO OC TIP 024
Hirsch‐ 920287A MD OC TIP 024 MAR‐ DC12A MD OC TIP 024 QUARDT ing system) A6774-20
mann (locking sys‐ A6652-20 QUARDT (locking sys‐ A6684-20
tem) tem) MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ MD OC TIP 024
QUARDT ing system) A6551-19
Hirsch‐ 920287B MD OC TIP 024 MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ MD OC TIP 024
mann (locking sys‐ A6514-19 QUARDT ing system) A6253-18 MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ MD OC TIP 024
tem) QUARDT ing system) A6552-19
MAR‐ DC12K MD OC TIP 024
QUARDT (locking sys‐ A6252-18
tem)
414 Technical data
Mongolia
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
number (if number (if turer ignation ment approval
available) available) number (if
available)
MAR‐ 3350.38 MD OC TIP 024 Veoneer 77V12BSM MD OC TIP 024
QUARDT (locking sys‐ A6398-19 (radar sen‐ A6508-19 Continental CMKG1 A19000633
tem) sor) Automotive (locking sys‐
tem)
MAR‐ MU1 (lock‐ MD OC TIP 024 Veoneer 77V12CRN MD OC TIP 024
QUARDT ing system) A6570-19 (radar sen‐ A6506-19 Continental MARS Key‐ A18000328
sor) Automotive less (locking
MAR‐ MU2 (lock‐ MD OC TIP 024 system)
QUARDT ing system) A6773-20 WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NF MD OC TIP 024
bert C (locking A6753-20 HELLA DM4 (locking A18000329
Veoneer 77GHz MD OC TIP 024 system) system)
MMRV1 A5678-16
(radar sen‐ MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ A19000400
sor) QUARDT ing system)
MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ A19000371
QUARDT ing system)
Technical data 415
Niger
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval
number (if avail‐
able)
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval Continental RKE213E1 029/
number (if number (if Antenna (aerial ARCEP/DG/19
available) available) amplifier)
MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ A19000372 MAR‐ MU1 (locking A19000517 Continental MARS Key‐ 083/
QUARDT ing system) QUARDT system) Automotive less (locking ARCEP/DG/19
system)
MAR‐ MS2 (locking A19000289 MAR‐ MU2 (locking A20000086
QUARDT system) QUARDT system) HELLA DM4 (lock‐ 082/
ing system) ARCEP/DG/19
MAR‐ MS4 (locking A19000516 WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NF A20000067
QUARDT system) bert C (locking Hirsch‐ 920287A 097/
system) mann (locking sys‐ ARCEP/DG/19
MAR‐ MS5 (locking A20000085 tem)
QUARDT system)
Hirsch‐ 920287B 098/
MAR‐ MK1 (locking A19000374 mann (locking sys‐ ARCEP/DG/19
QUARDT system) tem)
MAR‐ MK2 (locking A19000374
QUARDT system)
416 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Nigeria
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
number (if avail‐ number (if avail‐ turer ignation ment approval
able) able) number (if avail‐
able)
HUF HUF4761 053/ MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ 014/
(locking sys‐ ARCEP/DG/19 QUARDT ing system) ARCEP/DG/19 ADC ARS4-A NCC/
tem) (radar sen‐ TSNI/WN/TA/
MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ HOMO-0096/ sor) CERT/
KATHREIN RKE213E1 029/ QUARDT ing system) ARCEP/DG/ AB00388/2015
(locking sys‐ ARCEP/DG/19 2019
tem) ADC ARS4-B NCC/
MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ 034/ (radar sen‐ TSNI/WN/TA/
LEOPOLD KK1 (lock‐ 037/ QUARDT ing system) ARCEP/DG/19 sor) CERT/
KOSTAL ing system) ARCEP/DG/19 2062/2018
MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ 035/
MAR‐ DC12A 010/ QUARDT ing system) ARCEP/DG/19 ADC ARS4-C NCC/
QUARDT (locking sys‐ ARCEP/DG/19 (radar sen‐ TSNI/WN/TA/
tem) MAR‐ 3350.38 015/
QUARDT (locking sys‐ ARCEP/DG/19 sor) CERT/
MAR‐ DC12B 008/ tem) 3078/2019
QUARDT (locking sys‐ ARCEP/DG/19 Bosch FR5CPCCF NCC/
tem) MAR‐ MU1 (lock‐ HOMO-0095/
QUARDT ing system) ARCEP/DG/ (radar sen‐ TSNI/WN/TA/
MAR‐ DC12K 009/ 2019 sor) CERT/
QUARDT (locking sys‐ ARCEP/DG/19 3282/2019
tem)
Technical data 417
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if avail‐ number (if avail‐ number (if avail‐
able) able) able)
Bosch MRR1Rear NCC/ Continental CMKG1 NCC/ Hirsch‐ 920287B NCC/
(radar sen‐ TSNI/WN/TA/ Automotive (locking TSNI/WN/TA/ mann (locking TSNI/WN/TA/
sor) CERT/ system) CERT/ system) CERT/
2089/2018 3440/2020 3101/2019
Bosch MRRe14FC NCC/ Continental MARS Key‐ NCC/ HUF HUF14632 NCC/
R (radar TSNI/WN/TA/ Automotive less (lock‐ TSNI/WN/TA/ (locking TSNI/WN/TA/
sensor) CERT/ ing system) CERT/ system) CERT/
2042/2018 1670/2017 0829/2015
Continental RKE213E1 NCC/ HELLA DM4 (lock‐ NCC/ HUF HUF4761 NCC/
Antenna (aerial TSNI/WN/TA/ ing system) TSNI/WN/TA/ (locking TSNI/WN/TA/
amplifier) CERT/ CERT/ system) CERT/
0865/2015 1830/2017 2884/2019
Continental RKE223E1G NCC/ Hirsch‐ 920287A NCC/ LEOPOLD KK1 (lock‐ NCC/
Antenna NS (aerial TSNI/WN/TA/ mann (locking TSNI/WN/TA/ KOSTAL ing system) TSNI/WN/TA/
amplifier) CERT/ system) CERT/ CERT/
3372/2020 3100/2019 0823/2015
418 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if avail‐ number (if avail‐ number (if avail‐
able) able) able)
MAR‐ DC12A NCC/ MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ NCC/ MAR‐ 3350.38 NCC/
QUARDT (locking TSNI/WN/TA/ QUARDT ing system) TSNI/WN/TA/ QUARDT (locking TSNI/WN/TA/
system) CERT/ CERT/ system) CERT/
1714/2017 3212/2019 2882/2019
MAR‐ DC12B NCC/ MAR‐ MS5 (lock‐ NCC/ Veoneer 77V12BSM NCC/
QUARDT (locking TSNI/WN/TA/ QUARDT ing system) TSNI/WN/TA/ (radar sen‐ TSNI/WN/TA/
system) CERT/ CERT/ sor) CERT/
2627/2019 3635/2020 3069/2019
MAR‐ DC12K NCC/ MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ NCC/ Veoneer 77V12CRN NCC/
QUARDT (locking TSNI/WN/TA/ QUARDT ing system) TSNI/WN/TA/ (radar sen‐ TSNI/WN/TA/
system) CERT/ CERT/ sor) CERT/
2626/2019 0739/2015 3068/2019
MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ NCC/ MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ NCC/ WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3N NCC/
QUARDT ing system) TSNI/WN/TA/ QUARDT ing system) TSNI/WN/TA/ bert FC (locking TSNI/WN/TA/
CERT/ CERT/ system) CERT/
1667/2017 0740/2015 3671/2020
Technical data 419
Oman Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ turer tion ment turer tion ment
turer tion ment approval approval
approval number (if number (if
number (if available) available)
available)
Bosch MRR1Rear TRA/TA-R/ HELLA DM4 (locking TRA/TA-R/
ADC ARS4-A (radar TRA/TA-R/ (radar sensor) 1849/14 system) 4548/17
sensor) 2016/14 D080134
Bosch MRRe14FCR TRA/TA-R/
D080134 (radar sensor) 4353/17 Hirsch‐ 920287A (lock‐ TRA/TA-R/
ADC ARS4-B (radar TRA/TA-R/ Continental RKE213E1 (aer‐ TRA/TA-R/ mann ing system) 0210/11
sensor) 2210/14 Antenna ial amplifier) 2715/15 D080353
D080134 D090258 Hirsch‐ 920287B (lock‐ TRA/TA-R/
ADC ARS4-C (radar TRA/TA-R/ Continental RKE223E1GNS TRA/TA-R/ mann ing system) 0655/12
sensor) 7769/19 Antenna (aerial amplifier) 8337/19 D080353
D172338
Continental CMKG1 (locking TRA/TA-R/ Huf Bao‐ TSSRE4A (tyre TRA R/
Bosch FR5CPCCF TRA/TA-R/ Automotive system) 8642/19 long pressure moni‐ 4516/17
(radar sensor) 7983/19 D172338 toring sensor) D100428
D172338 Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6 (tyre TRA R/
Continental MARS Keyless TRA/TA-R/
Bosch LRR3 (radar TRA/TA-R/ Automotive (locking system) 4158/17 long pressure moni‐ 4515/17
sensor) 1049/09 toring sensor) D100428
D080134
420 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐
turer tion ment turer tion ment turer tion ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6b TRA R/ MAR‐ DC12B (locking TRA/TA-R/ MAR‐ MK1 (locking TRA/TA-R/
long (tyre pressure 7506/19 QUARDT system) 0227/11 QUARDT system) 2848/15
monitoring sen‐ D100428 D080353 D080353
sor)
MAR‐ DC12K (locking TRA/TA-R/ MAR‐ MK2 (locking TRA/TA-R/
HUF HUF14632 TRA/TA-R/ QUARDT system) 0228/11 QUARDT system) 2900/15
(locking system) 2665/15
D080353 D080353
HUF HUF4761 (lock‐ TRA/TA-R/
ing system) 0920/12 MAR‐ MS2 (locking TRA/TA-R/ MAR‐ 3350.38 (lock‐ TRA/TA-R/
QUARDT system) 4136/17 QUARDT ing system) 7051/19
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking TRA/TA-R/ D080134 D172249
KOSTAL system) 3129/16
MAR‐ MS4 (locking TRA/TA-R/ MAR‐ MU1 (locking TRA/TA-R/
MAR‐ DC12A (locking TRA/TA-RD/ QUARDT system) 7316/19 QUARDT system) 7353/19
QUARDT system) 4056/17
D172249 D172249
D100428
MAR‐ MS5 (locking TRA/TA-R/ MAR‐ MU2 (locking TRA/TA-R/
QUARDT system) 9324/20 QUARDT system) 9325/20
D100428 D100428
Technical data 421
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio equip‐ Pakistan
turer tion ment turer tion ment
approval approval
number (if number (if
available) available)
Schrader AG5SP4-D (tyre TRA R/ Veoneer 77V12BSM TRA R/ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
pressure moni‐ 2380/15 (radar sensor) 7706/19 turer nation ment
toring sensor) D080134 D172338 approval
number (if
Schrader MFR (tyre pres‐ TRA R/ Veoneer 77V12CRN TRA R/ available)
sure monitoring 7464/19 (radar sensor) 7707/19
sensor) D090258 ADC ARS4-A (radar TAC NO:
D172338 sensor) 9.9014/2019
Schrader GG4T (tyre pres‐ TRA TA-R/
sure monitoring 4686/17 WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NFC TRA/TA-R/ ADC ARS4-B (radar TAC NO:
sensor) D080134 bert (locking system) 9150/20 sensor) 9.1048/2018
Schrader DG6W2D4 (tyre TRA TA-R/ ADC ARS4-C (radar TAC NO:
pressure moni‐ 5511/18 sensor) 9.9389/2019
toring sensor) D172249
Bosch FR5CPCCF TAC NO:
Veoneer 77GHz MMRV1 TRA/TA-R/ (radar sensor) 9.198/2020
(radar sensor) 2706/15
Continental RKE213E1 TAC NO:
Antenna (aerial ampli‐ 9.142/2016
fier)
422 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Continental RKE223E1GNS TAC NO: HELLA DM4 (locking TAC NO: HUF HUF4761 (lock‐ TAC NO:
Antenna (aerial ampli‐ 9.100169/20 system) 9.409/2017 ing system) 9.790/2013
fier) 19
Hirschmann 920287A TAC NO: LEOPOLD KK1 (locking TAC NO:
Continental CMKG1 (lock‐ TAC NO: (locking sys‐ 9.845/2013 KOSTAL system) 9.118/2016
Automotive ing system) 9.100175/20 tem)
19 MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ TAC NO:
Hirschmann 920287B TAC NO: QUARDT ing system) 9.131/2017
Continental MARS Keyless TAC NO: (locking sys‐ 9.846/2013
Automotive (locking sys‐ 9.213/2017 tem) MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ TAC NO:
tem) QUARDT ing system) 9.829/2013
HUF HUF14632 TAC NO:
Continental D-WMI2020A TAC NO: (locking sys‐ 9.598/2015 MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ TAC NO:
Automotive (control unit) 9.9836/2019 tem) QUARDT ing system) 9.830/2013
Technical data 423
Paraguay
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
approval approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ MS2 (locking TAC NO: MAR‐ MU1 (locking TAC NO: ADC ARS4-A 2019-05-I-0271
QUARDT system) 9.133/2017 QUARDT system) 9.100170/20 (radar sen‐
19 sor)
MAR‐ MS4 (locking TAC NO:
QUARDT system) 9.100171/20 MAR‐ MU2 (locking TAC NO: ADC ARS4-B 2019-07-I-0353
19 QUARDT system) 9.785/2020 (radar sen‐
sor)
MAR‐ MS5 (locking TAC.NO: Veoneer 77GHz TAC NO:
QUARDT system) 9.774/2020 MMRV1 (radar 9.9284/2019 ADC ARS4-C 2019-11-I-0602
sensor) (radar sen‐
MAR‐ MK1 (locking TAC NO: sor)
QUARDT system) 9.486/2015 Veoneer 77V12BSM TAC NO:
(radar sensor) 9.9391/2019 Bosch FR5CPCCF 2019-09-I-0508
MAR‐ MK2 (locking TAC NO: (radar sen‐
QUARDT system) 9.497/2015 Veoneer 77V12CRN TAC NO: sor)
(radar sensor) 9.9391/2019
424 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Bosch MRRe14FC 2017-06- Continental CMKG1 2020-02-I-0110 Continental D- Este vehículo
R (radar I-0000162 Automotive (locking Automotive WMI2020A posee el
sensor) system) (control siguiente compo‐
unit) nente de radio‐
Bosch MRR1Rear 2019-05- Continental MARS Key‐ 2017-05- frecuencias,
(radar sen‐ I-000236 Automotive less (lock‐ I-0000136 homologado por
sor) ing system) la CONATEL –
Continental RKE213E1 2016-02- Paraguay: Inter‐
Antenna (aerial I-0000038 faz inalámbrica
amplifier) para móvil,
Marca Continen‐
Continental RKE223E1G 2019-12-I-0656 tal, modelo D-
Antenna NS (aerial WMI2020A Fab‐
amplifier) ricado por Conti‐
nental Automo‐
tive GmbH
Technical data 425
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
2019-11-I-0600 Huf Baolong TSSRE4A 2017-09- MAR‐ DC12A 2017-07-
(tyre pres‐ I-0000328 QUARDT (locking I-0000199
HELLA DM4 (lock‐ 2017-08- sure moni‐ system)
ing system) I_0000261 toring sen‐
sor) MAR‐ DC12B 2016-5-I-000144
Hirschmann 920287A 2016-5-I-000134 QUARDT (locking y 2011-06-I-0067
(locking y 2011-06-I-0059 HUF HUF14632 2020-06-I-0284 system)
system) (locking y 2015-08-
system) I-0000226 MAR‐ DC12K 2016-5-I-000143
Hirschmann 920287B 2017-04- QUARDT (locking y 2011-06-I-0068
(locking I-0000119 y HUF HUF4761 2017-12- system)
system) 2012-05-I-0096 (locking I-0000409 y
system) 2012-10-I-0178 MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ 2017-04-
QUARDT ing system) I-0000101
LEOPOLD KK1 (lock‐ 2015-06-
KOSTAL ing system) I-0000181 MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ 2019-10-I-0581
QUARDT ing system)
426 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ MS5 (lock‐ 2020-08-I-0604 Panasonic DAIRSE Importer: Veoneer 77GHz 2015-07-
QUARDT ing system) Condor S.A.C.I MMRV1 I-000194
Casa Central, (radar sen‐
MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ 2020-07-I-0390 sor)
QUARDT ing system) y 2015-07- J.B. Gorostiaga
I-0000200 315 y Guaraníes, Veoneer 77V12BSM 2019-07-I-0399
Asunción, Para‐ (radar sen‐
MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ 2020-07-I-0391 guay, (595 21) sor)
QUARDT ing system) y 2015-07- 569 7000,
I-0000201 sac@con‐ Veoneer 77V12CRN 2019-07-I-0398
dor.com.py (radar sen‐
MAR‐ 3350.38 2019-04- sor)
QUARDT (locking I-000216 Schrader AG5SP4-D 2015-04-
system) (tyre pres‐ I-0000150 WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3N 2020-06-I-0326
sure moni‐ bert FC (locking
toring sen‐ system)
sor)
Technical data 427
Philippines
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval
turer nation ment approval number (if number (if
number (if available) available)
available)
Bosch MRR1Rear ESD-1408917C Veoneer 77GHz ESD-1510921C
ADC ARS4-A ESD-1409466C (radar sen‐ MMRV1
(radar sen‐ sor) (radar sen‐
sor) sor)
Bosch MRRe14FCR ESD-1716172C
ADC ARS4-B ESD-1409834C (radar sen‐ Schrader AG5SP4-D ESD-1510376C
(radar sen‐ sor) (tyre pres‐
sor) sure monitor‐
Veoneer 77V12BSM ESD-1920160C ing sensor)
ADC ARS4-C ESD-1920226C (radar sen‐
(radar sen‐ sor) Continental RKE213E1 ESD-1511856C
sor) Antenna (aerial ampli‐
Veoneer 77V12CRN ESD-1920162C fier)
Bosch FR5CPCCF ESD-1920531C (radar sen‐
(radar sen‐ sor) Continental RKE223E1GN ESD-1921015C
sor) Antenna S (aerial
amplifier)
428 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Continental CMKG1 (lock‐ ESD-2021556C Huf Bao‐ TSSRE4A ESD-1715393C MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ ESD-1714489C
Automotive ing system) long (tyre pres‐ QUARDT ing system)
sure monitor‐
Continental MARS Key‐ ESD-1714865C ing sensor) MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ ESD-1105216C
Automotive less (locking QUARDT ing system)
system) HUF HUF14632 ESD-1511236C
(locking sys‐ MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ ESD-1105215C
HELLA DM4 (locking ESD-1715539C tem) QUARDT ing system)
system)
HUF HUF4761 ESD-1206521C MAR‐ MS2 (locking ESD-1715652C
Hirsch‐ 920287A ESD-1105246C (locking sys‐ QUARDT system)
mann (locking sys‐ tem)
tem) MAR‐ MS4 (locking ESD-1919133C
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking ESD-1510698C QUARDT system)
Hirsch‐ 920287B ESD-1206044C KOSTAL system)
mann (locking sys‐ MAR‐ MS5 (locking ESD-2022426C
tem) QUARDT system)
Technical data 429
Zambia
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment approval Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ turer ignation ment approval
number (if turer ignation ment approval number (if
available) number (if available)
available)
MAR‐ MK1 (locking ESD-1510644C Hirschmann 920287B ZMB/ZICTA/TA/
QUARDT system) Continental RKE213E1 ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ (locking 2019/7/11
Antenna (aerial 2019/3/11 system)
MAR‐ MK2 (locking ESD-1510645C amplifier)
QUARDT system) HUF HUF4761 ZMB/ZICTA/TA/
Continental MARS Key‐ ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ (locking 2018/12/18
MAR‐ 3350.38 ESD-1919198C Automotive less (lock‐ 2019/3/3 system)
QUARDT (locking sys‐ ing system)
tem) LEOPOLD KK1 (lock‐ ZMB/ZICTA/TA/
HELLA DM4 (lock‐ ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ KOSTAL ing system) 2019/3/48
MAR‐ MU1 (locking ESD-1919146C ing system) 2019/3/4
QUARDT system) MAR‐ DC12A ZMB/ZICTA/TA/
Hirschmann 920287A ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ QUARDT (locking 2019/5/16
WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NF ESD-2022599C (locking 2019/7/12 system)
bert C (locking system)
system)
430 Technical data
Serbia
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
number (if number (if turer nation ment
available) available) approval
number (if
MAR‐ DC12B ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ available)
QUARDT (locking 2019/5/17 QUARDT ing system) 2019/3/21
system) ADC ARS4-A И011 14
MAR‐ 3350.38 ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ (radar sensor)
MAR‐ DC12K ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ QUARDT (locking 2019/3/6
QUARDT (locking 2019/5/18 system) ADC ARS4-B И011 14
system) (radar sensor)
MAR‐ MU1 (lock‐ ZMB/ZICTA/TA/
MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ QUARDT ing system) 2019/7/124 ADC ARS4-C И011 14
QUARDT ing system) 2018/9/30 (radar sensor) 34540-328/1
Veoneer 77V12BSM ZMB/ZICTA/TA/
MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ (radar sen‐ 2019/6/59 9-3
QUARDT ing system) 2019/7/123 sor) Bosch FR5CPCCF И01119
MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ Veoneer 77V12CRN ZMB/ZICTA/TA/ (radar sensor) 34540-400/1
QUARDT ing system) 2019/3/20 (radar sen‐ 2019/6/60 9-04
sor)
Technical data 431
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Bosch LRR3 (radar 1-06-3454-19 Continental CMKG1 (lock‐ И005 20 Hirschmann 920287A И005 18
sensor) 0/09 Automotive ing system) P1620007300 (locking sys‐ P1618084500
tem)
Bosch MRR1Rear 34540-840/1 Continental MARS Key‐ И005 17
(radar sensor) 7-3 Automotive less (locking Hirschmann 920287B И005 18
P1617052600 (locking sys‐
Bosch MRRe14FCR P1617068100 system) P1618084400
tem)
(radar sensor) Gentex EURO II (con‐ И005 14
venience sys‐ Huf Baolong TSSRE4A И005 17
Continental RKE213E1 И005 18 P1614085200 (tyre pressure
Antenna (aerial ampli‐ tem)
P1618107600 monitoring
fier) HELLA DM4 (locking И005 20 sensor)
Continental RKE223E1GN И005 19 system) P1620100100
Antenna S (aerial P1619151300
amplifier)
432 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6 И005 17 HUF HUF4761 И005 18 MAR‐ MS2 (locking И011 17
(tyre pressure (locking sys‐ P1618156300 QUARDT system) 34540-88/20-
monitoring tem) 10
sensor)
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking И005 18 MAR‐ MS4 (locking И005 19
Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6b И005 19 KOSTAL system) P1618080200 QUARDT system)
(tyre pressure P1619129100
monitoring MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ И005 20 MAR‐ MS5 (locking И005 20
sensor) QUARDT ing system) P1620044700 QUARDT system) P1620062300
HUF HUF14632 И005 18 MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ И005 20
(locking sys‐ MAR‐ MK1 (locking 34540-306/1
P1618104600 QUARDT ing system) P1620124700 QUARDT system) 8-3
tem)
MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ И005 20 MAR‐ MK2 (locking 34540-304/1
QUARDT ing system) P1620124800 QUARDT system) 8-3
Technical data 433
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ 3350.38 34540-124/19 Schrader MFR (tyre И005 19 Schrader MC34MA4 И011 11
QUARDT (locking sys‐ -5 pressure (tyre pressure
tem) monitoring monitoring
sensor) sensor)
MAR‐ MU1 (locking И005 19
QUARDT system) P1619129200 Schrader GG4T (tyre И005 17 Veoneer 77GHz И011 18
pressure MMRV1 34540-483/1
Meta Sys‐ MUW II (inte‐ И011 19 monitoring (radar sensor) 8-3
tem rior protec‐ P1619045500 sensor)
tion) Veoneer 77V12BSM 34540-327/1
Schrader DG6W2D4 И005 18 (radar sensor) 9-6
Schrader AG5SP4-D И005 15 (tyre pressure
(tyre pressure monitoring
monitoring sensor)
sensor)
434 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio
turer tion equipment turer tion equipment turer tion equipment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
HELLA DM4 (locking N3010-17 HUF Bao‐ TSSSG4G6b DA28467 MAR‐ DC12K (locking N0726-16
system) DA103365 long (tyre pressure QUARDT system) DA103365
monitoring sen‐
Hirsch‐ 920287A (lock‐ N0812-11 sor) MAR‐ MS2 (locking N1067-17
mann ing system) DA103365 QUARDT system) DA103787
HUF HUF14632 (lock‐ N1934-20
Hirsch‐ 920287B (lock‐ N1231-12 ing system) DA105282 MAR‐ MS4 (locking G2709-19
mann ing system) DA103365 QUARDT system) N2718-19
HUF HUF4761 (lock‐ N2797-12
HUF Bao‐ TSSRE4A (tyre DA103787 ing system) DA103365 N2717-19
long pressure moni‐ DA103787
toring sensor) LEOPOLD KK1 (locking N2292-15
KOSTAL system) DA103365 MAR‐ MS5 (locking G2147-20
HUF Bao‐ TSSSG4G6 (tyre DA103787 QUARDT system) N2151-20
long pressure moni‐ MAR‐ DC12A (locking N1138-17
DB107091
toring sensor) QUARDT system) DA103787
MAR‐ MK1 (locking N2522-15
MAR‐ DC12B (locking N0793-16 QUARDT system) DA103365
QUARDT system) DA103365
436 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio South Africa
turer tion equipment turer tion equipment
approval approval
number (if number (if
available) available)
MAR‐ MK2 (locking N2523-15 Schrader AG5SP4-D (tyre DA105282 Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
QUARDT system) DA103365 pressure moni‐ turer nation ment approval
toring sensor) number (if
MAR‐ 3350.38 (lock‐ N0506-19 available)
QUARDT ing system) Veoneer 77GHz MMRV1 N2779-15
DA103787 (radar sensor) ADC ARS4-A (radar TA-2014/1637
DA103365
MAR‐ MU1 (locking G2267-19 sensor)
QUARDT system) Veoneer 77V12BSM DA103365
DA103787 (radar sensor) ADC ARS4-B (radar TA-2014/1783
sensor)
MAR‐ MU2 (locking G2148-20 Veoneer 77V12CRN DA103365
QUARDT system) DA103365 (radar sensor) ADC ARS4-C (radar TA-2019/1595
sensor)
Meta Sys‐ ITS/TPS (interior N2215-11 WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3NFC N1755-20
tem protection) bert (locking system) Bosch FR5CPCCF TA-2019/1200
(radar sensor)
Meta Sys‐ MUW II (interior N2216-11
tem protection) Bosch MRR1Rear TA-2014/212
(radar sensor)
Technical data 437
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Bosch MRRe14FCR TA-2017/2013 Continental MARS Keyless TA-2016/3500 Hirsch‐ 920287A TA-2011/374
(radar sensor) Automotive (locking sys‐ mann (locking sys‐
tem) tem)
Bosch LRR3 (radar 1965/007009
sensor) /07 Gentex EURO II (con‐ TA-2005/614 Hirsch‐ 920287B TA-2013/1262
venience sys‐ mann (locking sys‐
Continental RKE213E1 TA-2015/1438 tem) tem)
Antenna (aerial ampli‐
fier) Gentex MUAHL 5 TA-2015/1386 Huf Bao‐ TSSRE4A TA-2017/1393
(convenience long (tyre pressure
Continental RKE223E1 TA-2020/043 system) monitoring
Antenna (aerial ampli‐ sensor)
fier) HELLA DM4 (locking TA-2017/2518
system)
Continental CMKG1 (lock‐ TA-2019/5405
Automotive ing system)
438 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6 TA-2017/1391 HUF HUF4761 TA-2012/1543 Meta Sys‐ MUW II (inte‐ TA-2019/261
long (control unit) (locking sys‐ tem rior protec‐
(tyre pressure tem) tion)
monitoring
sensor) LEOPOLD KK1 (locking TA-2015/595 MAR‐ DC12A (lock‐ TA-2017/312
KOSTAL system) QUARDT ing system)
Huf Bao‐ TSSSG4G6b TA-2019/1440
long (tyre pressure Meta Sys‐ ITS Master TA-2011/1636 MAR‐ DC12B (lock‐ TA-2011/370
monitoring tem (interior pro‐ QUARDT ing system)
sensor) tection)
MAR‐ DC12K (lock‐ TA-2012/1542
HUF HUF14632 TA-2015/1077 Meta Sys‐ ITS Sensor TA-2011/1227 QUARDT ing system)
(locking sys‐ tem (interior pro‐
tection) MAR‐ MS2 (locking TA-2016/3314
tem) QUARDT system)
Technical data 439
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval turer nation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ MS4 (locking TA-2019/843 MAR‐ 3350.38 TA-2018/3985 Schrader GG4T (tyre TA-2017/3884
QUARDT system) QUARDT (locking sys‐ pressure
tem) monitoring
MAR‐ MS5 (locking TA-2020/5765 sensor)
QUARDT system) Schrader AG5SP4-D TA-2015/072
(tyre pressure Schrader DG6W2D4 TA-2017/2933
MAR‐ MK1 (locking TA-2015/179 monitoring (tyre pressure
QUARDT system) sensor) monitoring
MAR‐ MK2 (locking TA-2015/180 sensor)
Schrader MFR (tyre TA-2019/273
QUARDT system) pressure Schrader MC34MA4 TA-2011/1370
MAR‐ MU2 (locking TA-2020/5761 monitoring (tyre pressure
QUARDT system) sensor) monitoring
sensor)
440 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Bosch MRRe14FC A57003-17 Continental MARS Key‐ SDoC HUF HUF14632 SDoC
R (radar Automotive less (lock‐ (locking
sensor) ing system) system)
Continental RKE213E1 SDoC HELLA DM4 (lock‐ SDoC HUF HUF4761 SDoC
Antenna (aerial ing system) (locking
amplifier) system)
Hirschmann 920287A SDoC
Continental RKE223E1G SDoC (locking LEOPOLD KK1 (lock‐ SDoC
Antenna NS (aerial system) KOSTAL ing system)
amplifier)
Hirschmann 920287B SDoC MARQUARDT DC12A SDoC
Continental CMKG1 SDoC (locking (locking
Automotive (locking system) system)
system)
442 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MARQUARDT DC12B SDoC MARQUARDT MK1 (lock‐ SDoC Meta System MUW II RF test report:
(locking ing system) (interior 149852-2R1TR
system) protection) FEMC
MARQUARDT MK2 (lock‐ SDoC
MARQUARDT DC12K SDoC ing system) EMC test
(locking report:
system) MARQUARDT 3350.38 SDoC
(locking 149852-1R1TR
MARQUARDT MS2 (lock‐ SDoC system) FEMC
ing system) Safety report:
MARQUARDT MU1 (lock‐ A75002-20 149852TRFSAF
MARQUARDT MS4 (lock‐ SDoC ing system)
ing system) Veoneer 77GHz A57008-16
MARQUARDT MU2 (lock‐ A75005-20 MMRV1
MARQUARDT MS5 (lock‐ SDoC ing system) (radar sen‐
ing system) A75004-20 sor)
Technical data 443
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio
turer nation equipment turer nation equipment turer nation equipment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Continental RKE223E1GNS UA.R.TR. HELLA DM4 (locking UA.TR. Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6 UA
Antenna (aerial ampli‐ 052.682-19 system) 109.R. (control unit) 1.001.01858
fier) 0325-18 (tyre pressure 6-19-TE
monitoring sen‐
Continental CMKG1 (lock‐ UA1.001.021 Hirschmann 920287A (lock‐ UKR. sor)
Automotive ing system) 175-20-TE ing system) 355-7/20
Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6b UA
Continental MARS Keyless RTS.UKR. Hirschmann 920287B (lock‐ UKR. (control unit) 1.001.01928
Automotive (locking sys‐ 355-34/18 ing system) 355-8/20 (tyre pressure 9-19-TE
tem) monitoring sen‐
Huf Baolong TSSRE4A (tyre UA
Gentex EURO II (conve‐ UA1.001.00 pressure moni‐ 1.001.01856 sor)
nience system) 8806-15 toring sensor) 8-19-TE HUF HUF14632 UKR.
(locking sys‐ 355-113/19
tem)
446 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio
turer nation equipment turer nation equipment turer nation equipment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
HUF HUF4761 (lock‐ UA1.001.018 MAR‐ MS2 (locking UA1.001.019 MAR‐ 3350.38 (lock‐ UA1.001.018
ing system) 653-19-TE QUARDT system) 129-19-TE QUARDT ing system) 888-19-TE
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking 1O094.0066 MAR‐ MS4 (locking UA.R.TR. Schrader AG5SP4 (tyre UA.TR. 028
KOSTAL system) 82-19 QUARDT system) 052.528-19 pressure moni‐
toring sensor)
MAR‐ DC12A (locking UA.R.TR. MAR‐ MS5 (locking 632.16-CET
QUARDT system) 052.307-19 QUARDT system) Veoneer 77V12BSM UA RF:
(radar sensor) 1VEON2BS
MAR‐ DC12B (locking UA.R.TR. MAR‐ MK1 (locking UA1.001.019 M
QUARDT system) 052.308-19 QUARDT system) 233-19-TE
Veoneer 77V12CRN UA RF:
MAR‐ DC12K (locking UA.R.TR. MAR‐ MK2 (locking UA1.001.019 (radar sensor) 1VEON2CR
QUARDT system) 052.309-19 QUARDT system) 234-19-TE N
Technical data 447
Uzbekistan
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Bosch FR5CPCCF TRA Continental CMKG1 (lock‐ TRA Gentex MUAHL 5 (con‐ TRA
(radar sensor) ER74533/19 Automotive ing system) ER77964/20 venience sys‐ ER41849/15
, , tem) ,
DA36758/14 DA0018994/ DA35176/14
09
Continental RKE213E1 (aer‐ TRA HELLA DM4 (locking TRA
Antenna ial amplifier) ER64693/18 Continental MARS Keyless TRA system) ER56616/17,
, Automotive (locking sys‐ ER56005/15 DA44932/1
DA36975/14 tem) , 5
DA44932/1
Continental RKE223E1GNS TRA 5 Hirschmann 920287A (lock‐ TRA
Antenna (aerial ampli‐ E76442/19, ing system) ER52213/17,
fier) DA65993/1 DA35219/14
7
450 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Hirschmann 920287B (lock‐ TRA Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6b TRA LEOPOLD KK1 (locking TRA
ing system) ER42011/5, (control unit) ER7307/19, KOSTAL system) ER62622/18
DA35219/14 (tyre pressure DA0086237
monitoring sen‐ /12 MAR‐ DC12A (locking TRA
Huf Baolong TSSRE4A (tyre TRA sor) QUARDT system) ER53465/17
pressure moni‐ ER57806/17, ,
toring sensor) DA36976/14 HUF HUF14632 TRA DA0018994/
(locking sys‐ ER63716/18, 09
Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6 TRA tem) DA36976/14
(control unit) ER57807/17, MAR‐ DC12B (locking TRA
(tyre pressure DA36976/14 HUF HUF4761 (lock‐ TRA QUARDT system) ER0067828/
monitoring sen‐ ing system) ER55496/17 11,
sor) , DA0018994/
DA36976/14 09
Technical data 451
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ DC12K (locking TRA MAR‐ MS4 (locking TRA MAR‐ MK2 (locking TRA
QUARDT system) ER0067829/ QUARDT system) ER71616/19, QUARDT system) ER64146/18,
11, DA0018994/ DA0018994/
DA0018994/ 09 09
09
MAR‐ MS5 (locking TRA MAR‐ 3350.38 (lock‐ TRA
MAR‐ MS2 (locking TRA QUARDT system) ER80720/20 QUARDT ing system) ER69280/19
QUARDT system) ER52668/17 , ,
, DA0018994/ 0018994/09
DA0018994/ 09
09 MAR‐ MU1 (locking TRA
MAR‐ MK1 (locking TRA QUARDT system) ER71833/19
QUARDT system) ER64145/18, ,
DA0018994/ DA0018994/
09 09
452 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model desig‐ Radio equip‐
turer nation ment turer nation ment turer nation ment
approval approval approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ MU2 (locking TRA Schrader GG4T (tyre TRA Schrader MC34MA4 TRA
QUARDT system) ER81329/20 pressure moni‐ ER57985/17, (tyre pressure ER37066/15
, toring sensor) DA0047074/ monitoring sen‐ ,
DA0018994/ 10 sor) DA0047074/
09 10
Schrader DG6W2D4 TRA
Schrader AG5SP4-D (tyre TRA (tyre pressure ER960528/1 Veoneer 77GHz MMRV1 TRA
pressure moni‐ ER37156/15 monitoring sen‐ 8, (radar sensor) ER39759/15
toring sensor) , sor) DA0047074/ , DA0020858
DA0047074/ 10
10 Veoneer 77V12BSM TRA
(radar sensor) ER72324/19
Technical data 453
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
Continental RKE223E1G Suntech Viet‐ Continental MARS Key‐ Mercedes-Benz Huf Baolong TSSRE4A C0112200717AF
Antenna NS (aerial Nam Technology Automotive less (lock‐ Vietnam Com‐ (tyre pres‐ 04A2
amplifier) Company Limi‐ ing system) pany Limited sure moni‐
ted B0748240419AF toring sen‐
C0007100120AF 04A2 sor)
04A2 MAR‐ DC12A Suntech Viet‐
HELLA DM4 (lock‐ Mercedes-Benz
Continental CMKG1 Suntech Viet‐ ing system) Vietnam Com‐ QUARDT (locking Nam Technology
Automotive (locking Nam Technology pany Limited system) Company Limi‐
system) Company Limi‐ ted
B0625050419A
ted F04A2 C0048080319A
C0001070120AF F04A2
04A2
Technical data 455
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ DC12B Suntech Viet‐ MAR‐ MS2 (lock‐ Suntech Viet‐ MAR‐ MS5 (lock‐ Suntech Viet‐
QUARDT (locking Nam Technology QUARDT ing system) Nam Technology QUARDT ing system) Nam Technology
system) Company Limi‐ Company Limi‐ Company Limi‐
ted ted ted
C0050080319A C0035150219AF C0141140520AF
F04A2 04A2 04A2
MAR‐ DC12K Suntech Viet‐ MAR‐ MS4 (lock‐ Suntech Viet‐ MAR‐ MK1 (lock‐ Suntech Viet‐
QUARDT (locking Nam Technology QUARDT ing system) Nam Technology QUARDT ing system) Nam Technology
system) Company Limi‐ Company Limi‐ Company Limi‐
ted ted ted
C0049080319A C0231240919AF C0021180119AF
F04A2 04A2 04A2
456 Technical data
Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐ Manufac‐ Model des‐ Radio equip‐
turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval turer ignation ment approval
number (if number (if number (if
available) available) available)
MAR‐ MK2 (lock‐ Suntech Viet‐ Schrader AG5SP4 C0002050119AF Veoneer 77V12BSM A47/CVT-TT3
QUARDT ing system) Nam Technology (tyre pres‐ 042A (radar sen‐
Company Limi‐ sure moni‐ sor)
ted toring sen‐
sor) Veoneer 77V12CRN A48/CVT-TT3
C0022180119AF (radar sen‐
04A2 Schrader GG4T (tyre C0170191017AF sor)
MAR‐ 3350.38 Suntech Viet‐ pressure 04A2
monitoring WITTE-Vel‐ SDHTAG3N Mercedes-Benz
QUARDT (locking Nam Technology bert FC (locking Vietnam Com‐
system) Company Limi‐ sensor)
system) pany Limited
ted Schrader DG6W2D4 C0078070518AF A0847130820A
C0076150319AF (tyre pres‐ 04A2 F04A3
04A2 sure moni‐
toring sen‐
sor)
Technical data 457
Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio Manufac‐ Model designa‐ Radio
turer tion equip‐ turer tion equip‐ turer tion equip‐
ment ment ment
approval approval approval
number number number
(if availa‐ (if availa‐ (if availa‐
ble) ble) ble)
Huf Baolong TSSRE4A (tyre — HUF HUF14632 (lock‐ — MARQUARDT MS2 (locking sys‐ —
pressure moni‐ ing system) tem)
toring sensor)
LEOPOLD KK1 (locking sys‐ — MARQUARDT MS4 (locking sys‐ —
Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6 (tyre — KOSTAL tem) tem)
pressure moni‐
toring sensor) MARQUARDT DC12A (locking — MARQUARDT MS5 (locking sys‐ —
system) tem)
Huf Baolong TSSSG4G6b (tyre —
pressure moni‐ MARQUARDT DC12B (locking — MARQUARDT MK1 (locking sys‐ —
toring sensor) system) tem)
HUF HUF4761 (locking — MARQUARDT DC12K (locking — MARQUARDT MK2 (locking sys‐ —
system) system) tem)
Technical data 459
Vehicle identification plate (example: Kuwait) Vehicle identification plate (example: all
1 Vehicle manufacturer other countries)
2 Place of manufacture 1 Vehicle manufacturer
3 Manufacturing date 2 EU general operating permit number (only
4 Vehicle model for certain countries)
5 VIN 3 VIN (vehicle identification number)
4 Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight
(kg)
Technical data 461
VIN below the front right-hand seat VIN at the lower edge of the windscreen Operating fluids
Notes on operating fluids
R exhaust gas aftertreatment additives, e.g. not been approved is not covered by the # Before and during refuelling, switch off
AdBlue® Mercedes-Benz warranty or goodwill gestures. the vehicle and, if fitted, the stationary
R lubricants The operating fluids approved by Mercedes-Benz heater.
can be identified by the following inscriptions on
Incorrect disposal of operating fluids can the container: & WARNING Risk of injury from fuels
cause considerable damage to the environ‐ R MB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)
ment. Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your
R MB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51) health.
# Dispose of operating fluids in an envi‐
ronmentally responsible manner. Further information on approved operating flu‐ # Do not swallow fuel or let it come into
ids: contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Operating fluids include the following: R in the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for # Do not inhale fuel vapour.
R fuels Operating Fluids by entering the designation # Keep children away from fuel.
R DeNOx agent AdBlue® for exhaust gas after‐ - at https://bevo.mercedes-benz.com # Keep doors and windows closed during
treatment - in the Mercedes-Benz BeVo App the refuelling process.
R lubricants R At a qualified specialist workshop
If you or other people come into contact with
R coolant
& WARNING Risk of fire or explosion from fuel, observe the following:
R brake fluid # Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with
fuel
R windscreen washer fluid soap and water.
Fuels are highly flammable.
R climate control system refrigerant # If fuel comes into contact with your
# Fire, naked flames, smoking and creat‐ eyes, immediately rinse them thor‐
Only use products approved by Mercedes-Benz. ing sparks must be avoided. oughly with clean water. Seek medical
Damage caused by the use of products that have attention immediately.
Technical data 463
# If you swallow fuel, seek medical atten‐ Fuel R Regular petrol with an octane number
tion immediately. Do not induce vomit‐ Information on fuel quality for vehicles with lower than 91 RON
ing. a petrol engine R Petrol with more than 3% methanol by
# Change immediately out of clothing that Observe the notes on operating fluids volume, e.g. M15, M30
has come into contact with fuel. (/ page 461). R Petrol with additives containing metal
Flexible-fuel vehicles can be refuelled with the * NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuel If you have accidentally refuelled with the
following fuel types: wrong fuel:
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could
R unleaded petrol # Do not switch on the vehicle.
result in damage to the fuel system, the
R E85 fuel engine and the emission control system. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
R a mixture of E85 fuel and unleaded petrol # Only refuel using unleaded, sulphur-free
spark-ignition engine fuel that conforms
Flexible-fuel vehicles can be identified by the to European EN 228, or an equivalent
Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the specification.
fuel filler flap.
Depending on the country, the fuels you can use Fuel of this specification may contain up to
in your vehicle may differ from the information in 10% ethanol by volume. Your vehicle is suita‐
the Owner's Manual. The fuels that have been ble for use with E10 fuel.
approved for your vehicle can be found on the # See the information label in fuel filler
instruction label on the inside of the fuel filler flap for other compatible fuels .
flap.
Never refuel with one of the following fuels:
R Diesel
464 Technical data
The recommended octane number can be found Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use
on the information label on the fuel filler flap brand-name fuels with additives.
(/ page 178). In some countries, the fuel available may not
If the recommended fuel is not available, you have sufficient additives. Deposits could build up
may also temporarily use regular unleaded petrol in the fuel injection system as a result. In this
with an octane number of at least 91 RON. case, in consultation with a Mercedes-Benz
This may reduce engine output and increase fuel service centre, mix the fuel with the cleaning
consumption. additive recommended by Mercedes-Benz.
Observe the notes and mixing ratios indicated
Never refuel using petrol with an even lower on the tank.
RON.
Compatibility indications for fuel: Information on fuel quality for vehicles with
1 For petrol with maximum 5% ethanol by vol‐
Further information on fuel can be obtained at a
filling station or a qualified specialist workshop. a diesel engine
ume
2 For petrol with maximum 10% ethanol by vol‐ Information on additives in petrol (vehicles General notes
ume with petrol engine) Observe the notes on operating fluids
Observe the notes on operating fluids (/ page 461).
The compatibility indications for fuel on the vehi‐ (/ page 461).
cle according to the European standard EN & WARNING Risk of fire from fuel mixture
16942 can be found on the information label in * NOTE Damage from use of unsuitable If you mix diesel fuel with petrol, the flash
the fuel filler flap or on the fuel dispenser or additives point of the fuel mixture is lower than that of
pump nozzle suitable for your vehicle throughout pure diesel fuel.
Europe. Even small amounts of the wrong additive
may lead to malfunctions occurring. # Never refuel using petrol in diesel
If the available fuel is not sufficiently low in sul‐ engines.
phur, this can produce unpleasant odours. # Only add cleaning additives recommen‐
ded by Mercedes-Benz to the fuel. # Never mix petrol with diesel fuel.
Technical data 465
* NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuel R Pure fatty acid methyl ester or vegetable According to European standard EN 16942 you
oil can find the compatibility indications at the fol‐
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could lowing locations:
result in damage to the fuel system, the R Paraffin or kerosene
R On the vehicle on the information label in the
engine and the emission control system. If you have accidentally refuelled with the fuel filler flap (/ page 178)
Vehicles with a diesel particulate filter: wrong fuel: R On the fuel dispenser or pump nozzle suita‐
# Only refuel using sulphur-free diesel # Do not switch on the vehicle. ble for your vehicle throughout Europe
fuel that conforms to European stand‐ # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
ard EN 590, or an equivalent specifica‐ Information on low outside temperatures
tion. Refuel your vehicle with as much winter diesel
The following compatibility indication for fuel fuel as possible at the beginning of winter.
In countries without sulphur-free diesel applies to your vehicle:
fuel, refuel using only low-sulphur diesel Before changing over to winter diesel fuel, the
fuel with a sulphur content less than fuel tank should be empty, if possible. Keep the
50 ppm. fuel level low for the first refuelling with winter
diesel fuel, e.g. to reserve level. The fuel tank
Vehicle without diesel particulate filter: can be filled as usual when next refuelling.
# Only refuel using diesel fuel with a sul‐ Further information on fuel can be obtained at a
phur content less than 500 ppm. filling station or a qualified specialist workshop.
Never refuel with one of the following fuels: Tank content and reserve fuel
R Petrol The total capacity of the fuel tank may vary,
depending on the vehicle equipment.
R Marine diesel
R Heating oil 1 For diesel fuel with a maximum of 7% by vol‐
ume bio-diesel (fatty acid methyl ester)
466 Technical data
Model Total capacity or one that does not comply with the specifica‐ # Avoid impurities in AdBlue®.
tions of these operating instructions.
C 200 50.0 litres AdBlue® residues crystallise after a period of
C 300 d or * NOTE Malfunctions due to the dilution of
time, and contaminate the surfaces with which
AdBlue® or the use of additive-enhanced they come into contact. Clean the dirty surfaces
66.0 litres
AdBlue® with water as soon as possible.
All other models 40.0 litres The function of the NOx exhaust gas after‐ When you open the AdBlue® tank, small
or treatment can be impaired by the use of amounts of ammonia vapour may escape. Do
66.0 litres unsuitable denoxification agents. not inhale any ammonia vapours that may be
# Only use AdBlue® in accordance with released. Only fill the AdBlue® tank in well-venti‐
Model of which reserve ISO 22241. lated areas.
fuel
# Do not dilute AdBlue® with water. AdBlue® filling capacity and consumption
All models 7.0 litres # Do not use additive-enhanced AdBlue®.
Model Total capacity
AdBlue® (vehicles with a diesel engine only) * NOTE Damage and malfunctions due to All models 23.0 litres
Notes on AdBlue® impurities in AdBlue®
AdBlue® consumption
Observe the notes on operating fluids Consequences of impurities in AdBlue®:
(/ page 461). The average AdBlue® consumption is between
R increased emission values 1% and 5% of fuel consumption. Like fuel con‐
AdBlue® is a water-soluble fluid for the NOx R damage to the catalytic converter sumption, AdBlue® consumption is highly
exhaust gas aftertreatment of diesel engines. dependent upon driving style and operating con‐
R NOx exhaust gas aftertreatment malfunc‐
It may be improper or punishable in some coun‐ tions ditions. For this reason, your vehicle's actual
tries to operate a vehicle that uses no AdBlue® consumption figures under day-to-day operating
Technical data 467
conditions may differ from the consumption fig‐ Engine oil # Do not alter the engine oil or oil filter in
ures calculated. The frequency at which you will order to achieve longer change intervals
Notes on engine oil
have to top up AdBlue® will also vary. Have the Observe the notes on operating fluids than prescribed.
AdBlue® supply checked at a qualified specialist (/ page 461). # Do not use additives.
workshop before making journeys outside of
Europe. Before a longer stay outside of Europe, # Have the engine oil changed after the
consult a qualified specialist workshop. prescribed intervals.
AdBlue® range and fill level Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
You can have the AdBlue® range and level dis‐ oil change carried out at a qualified specialist
played in the driver's display. workshop.
% The AdBlue® range shown depends strongly Only use engine oils approved by Mercedes-
on the driving style and operating condi‐ Benz.
tions. The actual range can therefore deviate Petrol engines: For certain countries, different
from the range currently displayed in the engine oils can be used in conjunction with
driver's display. reduced maintenance intervals.
* NOTE Engine damage caused by an
The information supplied in the Owner's Manual incorrect oil filter, incorrect oil or addi‐ % Further information on different engine oils
regarding the reserve quantity at the first warn‐ tives can be obtained at a qualified specialist
ing in the driver's display and on the minimum workshop.
top-up quantity when the AdBlue® tank is empty # Do not use engine oils or oil filters other
is also to be understood as guide values. than those which meet the specifica‐
tions necessary for the prescribed
service intervals.
468 Technical data
Quality and capacity of engine oil % If the engine oils listed in the table are not & WARNING Risk of an accident due to
available, you may add a maximum of vapour pockets forming in the brake sys‐
Petrol engines MB-Freigabe or MB- 1.0 litre of the following engine oils once tem
Approval only.
Engine oils for one-time filling only in exceptional The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture
All models 229.71*, 229.72 from the air. This lowers the boiling point of
cases:
the brake fluid. If the boiling point is too low,
Vehicles with petrol engines: only use engine R Vehicles with a petrol engine: MB-Freigabe vapour pockets may form in the brake sys‐
oils of the SAE 0W-20 viscosity classes. or MB-Approval 229.31 or ACEA C3 tem when the brakes are applied hard.
R Vehicles with a diesel engine: MB-Freigabe This impairs the braking effect.
Diesel engines MB-Freigabe or MB- or MB-Approval 229.51 or ACEA C3
Approval # Have the brake fluid renewed at the
Engine oil filling capacity specified intervals.
All models 229.52, 229.61
Model Capacity Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a
229.71*
All models 6.0 l qualified specialist workshop.
* recommended for lowest possible fuel con‐ Only use a brake fluid approved by Mercedes-
sumption (lowest SAE viscosity class in each The specified filling capacity refers to an oil Benz according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval
case; observe possible restrictions of the change with the oil filter. 331.0.
approved SAE viscosity classes)
To achieve the lowest possible fuel consumption, Notes on brake fluid Coolant
it is recommended to use the engine oil specifi‐
cations marked in the table for the lowest SAE Observe the notes on operating fluids Notes on coolant
viscosity class. Possible restrictions of the (/ page 461). Observe the notes on operating fluids
approved SAE viscosity classes must be (/ page 461).
observed.
Technical data 469
& WARNING Risk of fire‑ and injury from Information on coolant is available at the fol‐ Proportion of antifreeze concentrate in the
antifreeze lowing locations: engine cooling system:
R in the Mercedes-Benz Specification for R a minimum of 50% (antifreeze protection
If antifreeze comes into contact with hot down to approximately -37°C)
component parts in the engine compart‐ Operating Fluids 310.1
ment, it may ignite. - at https://bevo.mercedes-benz.com R a maximum of 55% (antifreeze protection
down to -45°C)
# Allow the engine to cool down before - in the Mercedes-Benz BeVo app
you top up the antifreeze. R at a qualified specialist workshop
# Make sure that no antifreeze spills out Notes on windscreen washer fluid
next to the filler opening. Observe the notes on operating fluids
* NOTE Overheating at high outside tem‐ (/ page 461).
# Thoroughly clean the antifreeze from
peratures
component parts before starting the
vehicle. If an inappropriate coolant is used, the & WARNING ‑ Risk of fire and injury due to
engine cooling system is not sufficiently pro‐ windscreen washer concentrate
* NOTE Damage caused by incorrect cool‐ tected against overheating and corrosion at Windscreen washer concentrate is highly
ant high outside temperatures. flammable. It could ignite if it comes into
# Always use coolant approved by contact with hot engine component parts or
# Only use coolant that has been pre‐ Mercedes-Benz. the exhaust system.
mixed with the required antifreeze pro‐
# Observe the instructions in the # Make sure that no windscreen washer
tection.
Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Oper‐ concentrate spills out next to the filler
ating Fluids 310.1. opening.
* NOTE Damage to the exterior lighting For the correct mixing ratio, refer to the informa‐ Height when opened and headroom
due to unsuitable windscreen washer tion on the antifreeze container.
fluid Mix washer fluid with windscreen washer fluid all
year round.
Unsuitable windscreen washer fluids may
damage the plastic surface of the exterior
lighting. Vehicle data
# Only use windscreen washer fluids Vehicle dimensions
which are also suitable for use on plas‐
tic surfaces, e.g. MB SummerFit or MB The heights specified may vary as a result of the
WinterFit. following factors:
R tyres
* NOTE Blocked spray nozzles caused by R load Model 1 Height 2 Head‐
mixing windscreen washer fluids R condition of the suspension when room
opened
# Do not mix MB SummerFit and MB Win‐ R optional equipment
terFit with other windscreen washer flu‐ C 180 1935 mm 1812 mm
ids.
C 300 d 1933 mm 1810 mm
Do not use distilled or de-ionised water. Other‐ All other 1932 mm 1809 mm
wise, the fill level sensor may be triggered erro‐ models
neously.
Recommended windscreen washer fluid:
R above freezing point: e.g. MB SummerFit
R below freezing point: e.g. MB WinterFit
Technical data 471
Vehicle dimensions Weights and loads Mounting dimensions of the trailer hitch
Please observe the following notes for the speci‐
All models Vehicle
fied vehicle data:
dimensions
R Items of optional equipment increase the
Vehicle length 4751 mm unladen weight and reduce the payload.
Vehicle width including out‐ 2033 mm R You will find vehicle-specific weight informa‐
side mirrors tion on the vehicle identification plate
(/ page 459).
Vehicle width excluding out‐ 1820 mm
side mirrors Roof load
Model Maximum roof load
Wheelbase 2865 mm
All models 100 kg
Vehicle height
Model Vehicle
height Trailer hitch
General notes on the trailer hitch
C 180 1456 mm
Modifications to the engine cooling system may
C 300 d 1454 mm be necessary, depending on the vehicle model.
All other models 1453 mm The retrofitting of a trailer hitch is only permissi‐
ble if a towing capacity is specified in your vehi‐
cle documents. 1 Fastening points
Further information can be obtained at a quali‐ 2 Overhang dimension
fied specialist workshop. 3 Rear axle centre line
472 Technical data
The overhang dimension and fastening points Towing capacity, unbraked * NOTE Damage caused by the bicycle
are valid for a trailer hitch installed at the fac‐ Model Towing capacity, rack coming loose
tory. unbraked
When using a bicycle rack, both the maximal
Model 2 Over‐ All models 750 kg tongue weight and the maximal load capacity
hang dimen‐ should be observed.
sion # Do not exceed the permissible load
Maximum tongue weight and load capacity capacity.
All models 1203 mm
* NOTE Damage caused by the trailer Observe the additional notes on load capacity
coming loose (/ page 262).
Towing capacity
If the tongue weight used is too low, the Tongue weight
The tongue weight is not included in the towing trailer may come loose.
capacity. Model Maximum tongue
# The tongue weight must not be below
Towing capacity, braked (at a minimum start- weight
50 kg.
off gradeability of 12%) # Use a tongue weight that is as close as All models 75 kg
Model Towing capacity, possible to the maximum permissible
braked tongue weight. Missing values were not available at the time of
going to press.
All models 1800 kg
Load capacity
Model Maximum load
All models
Technical data 473
Occupant safety
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
6
* The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 36).
6
* The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 36).
6
* The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 36).
& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a malfunction in the windowbag
Left windowbag malfunc- The windowbag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident.
tion Consult work- # Have the windowbag checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
shop (example)
476 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
& WARNING ‑ Risk of injury or even fatal injury when the front passenger airbag is disabled
If the front passenger airbag is disabled, It will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform
its intended protective function.
A person in the front passenger seat could then, for example, come into contact with the vehicle interior, espe‐
cially if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard.
# Be aware of the status of the front passenger airbag both before and during the journey.
The system may detect objects or forces that are adding to the weight applied to the seat.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 477
NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.
# Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
# Check the status of automatic front passenger airbag actuation (/ page 46).
# If necessary, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
PRE-SAFE inoperative See * The PRE‑SAFE® functions are malfunctioning.
Owner's Manual # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
PRE-SAFE impulse side * The PRE‑SAFE® Impulse Side system is malfunctioning or inoperative after having already been triggered.
inoperative See Owner's # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Manual
478 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
Key
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Á
* Have the key replaced.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Replace key
Á
* The key battery is discharged.
# Replace the battery (/ page 73).
Á
* The key is currently undetected.
# Change the location of the key in the vehicle.
# If the key is still not recognised, place it in the slot for starting with the key (/ page 162).
Key not detected (white dis‐
play message)
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 479
Á
* The key cannot be detected and may no longer be in the vehicle.
The key is no longer in the vehicle and you switch off the engine:
R You can no longer start the engine.
Key not detected (red dis‐ R You cannot centrally lock the vehicle.
play message)
# Ensure that the key is in the vehicle.
If the key detection function has a malfunction due to a strong radio signal source:
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.
# Place the key in the slot for starting the engine with the key (/ page 162).
Á
* The vehicle is processing in order to teach in the new key.
# Wait until processing is complete.
Lights
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
:
* The corresponding light source is defective.
# Drive on carefully.
:
* The exterior lighting is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
:
* The light sensor for automatic driving lights is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
:
* You are driving without low-beam headlamps.
# Turn the light switch to the L or à position.
Switch on headlamps
:
* You are leaving the vehicle and the lights are still switched on.
# Turn the light switch to the à position.
Check dipped-beam set- * The type of traffic has been selected manually.
ting (left/right-side traffic) # Check the setting and change it manually if necessary (/ page 138).
Dipped-beam setting (left/ * The automatic headlamp conversion for left-hand/right-hand traffic has malfunctioned.
right-side traffic) Manual # Change the headlamps over manually (/ page 138).
adjustment only
482 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
# Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist is available again.
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
# Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus is available again.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 483
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Hazard warning lamp sys- * The hazard warning lamp switch is malfunctioning.
tem Malfunction # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Climate control
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
&
* The stationary heater is temporarily malfunctioning.
# When the vehicle is stationary on a level surface and the engine has cooled down, make up to four attempts to
switch on the stationary heater, waiting several minutes between each attempt.
inoperative See Owner's # If the stationary heater does not switch on, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Man. % The stationary heater cannot be activated if the outside temperature is above 15°C.
484 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
&
* The on-board electrical system voltage is too low.
The stationary heater has switched itself off.
# Drive an extended distance until the battery has reached a sufficient charge level again.
inoperative Battery low
&
* There is too little fuel in the fuel tank. The stationary heater cannot be switched on.
# Refuel the vehicle.
Vehicle
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The driver display is inoperative due to a failed software update.
The display message is shown every time the engine is started.
If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired, park the vehicle immediately and safely. Contact a qualified spe‐
cialist workshop.
If the driver display fails, you may not recognise function restrictions affecting systems relevant to safety or the
speed display, for example. The operating safety of the vehicle may be impaired (/ page 281).
# Have the vehicle checked by a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
d
* You are leaving the vehicle in a ready-to-drive state.
# When you leave the vehicle, switch off the ignition, secure the vehicle against rolling away and take the key with
you.
Vehicle is operational # If you do not leave the vehicle, switch off the electrical consumers, e.g. the seat heating. Otherwise, the 12‑V
Switch off vehicle before battery may discharge and starting the engine may be possible only with the help of a second battery (jump
exiting start).
ï
* The trailer hitch is not operational during a journey with a trailer.
If the display message does not disappear, the trailer hitch is malfunctioning and the ball neck is not locked.
# Do not couple up the trailer. Drive on without the trailer. Note the reduced ground clearance due to the
unlocked ball neck.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
* The trailer hitch will not be operational when the vehicle is stationary.
# Uncouple the coupled trailer and secure it against rolling away.
# If the ball neck has been folded in: unlock the ball neck (/ page 259).
# Swivel the ball neck into the end position manually and let it engage.
# If the ball neck has been folded out: unlock the ball neck (/ page 259).
# Swivel the ball neck beneath the bumper manually and let it engage.
If the display message does not disappear, the trailer hitch is malfunctioning and the ball neck is not locked.
# Do not couple up the trailer. Drive on without the trailer. Note the reduced ground clearance due to the
unlocked ball neck.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 487
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and switch the ignition off and on again.
# If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Head-up display inoperative * The head-up display has an internal error.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Head-up display Brightness * The brightness of the head-up display is reduced. Possible causes:
currently reduced See Own- R Dirt on the windscreen in the camera's field of vision
er's Manual
R Faulty exterior brightness signals
Ù
* A power steering malfunction has occurred. Steering characteristics may be impaired as a result.
# Drive on carefully.
Ù
* The power steering assistance is malfunctioning.
Ù
* The steering is malfunctioning. Steering capability is significantly impaired.
Ù
* The rear axle steering is temporarily unavailable. The turning circle may become wider.
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
Rear axle steering cur- If the display message does not disappear:
rently malfunctioning # Drive on carefully.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Ù
* The rear axle steering is malfunctioning.
The rear axle has no steering capability.
The steering wheel may be tilted when you drive in a straight line.
Rear axle steering Malfunc- # Adapt your speed and drive on carefully.
tion Visit workshop
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Ù
* The rear axle steering is malfunctioning.
The rear axle has no steering capability.
The steering wheel may be tilted when you drive in a straight line.
Rear axle steering Malfunc-
tion Stop immediately & WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle's operating safety is jeopardised.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.
Do not continue driving under any circumstances.
490 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
Active bonnet malfunction * The active bonnet (pedestrian protection) is malfunctioning or inoperative after having already been triggered.
See Owner's Manual # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
C
* At least one door is open.
# Close all doors.
?
* The bonnet is open.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to driving with the bonnet unlocked
The bonnet may open and block your view.
# Never release the bonnet when driving.
# Before every trip, ensure that the engine bonnet is locked.
A
* The tailgate is open.
# Close the tailgate.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 491
Ambient light warning sup- * The ambient lighting may not provide full visual warning support.
port inoperative # Lock the vehicle and unlock it again after a few minutes.
Function blocked as centre * You cannot electrically unlock the left seat backrest.
backrest is folded down # Fold the centre seat backrest back until it engages.
_
* The seat backrest of the corresponding seat is not engaged.
# Fold the seat backrest back until it engages.
¥
* The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum.
# Top up the washer fluid (/ page 324).
Engine
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
To switch off the vehicle, * You have pressed the start/stop button while the vehicle is in motion.
press the Start/Stop but- # Information about switching off the engine while driving (/ page 162).
ton for at least 3 seconds
or 3 times
Cannot start vehicle See * The vehicle cannot be started.
Owner's Manual # Switch the ignition off and switch it back on.
+
* The coolant level is too low.
ÿ
* The coolant is too hot.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions and switch off the engine.
Coolant Stop Switch off & WARNING Risk of burns when opening the bonnet
the vehicle
If you open the bonnet when the engine has overheated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment, the
following situations may occur:
R You could come into contact with hot gases.
R You could come into contact with other hot, escaping operating fluids.
ÿ
* There is a malfunction in the engine cooling system.
# Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that
the coolant temperature display remains below 120°C.
Reserve fuel level * The fuel supply has dropped into the reserve range.
# Refuel.
!
* Vehicles with diesel engines: the fuel filter is dirty or the water in the fuel filter needs to be drained.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
ý
* Vehicles with diesel engines: the engine air filter is dirty and must be replaced.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Transmission
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Only select P when vehicle * It is possible to select the park position j only if the vehicle is stationary.
is stationary # Depress the brake pedal to stop.
Apply brake to deselect P * You have attempted to shift the transmission out of park position j and into another transmission position.
position # Depress the brake pedal.
Apply brake and start vehi- * You have attempted to shift the transmission out of park position j or neutral i and into another transmission
cle to shift out of P or N position.
# Depress the brake pedal.
# Until then, always select park position j manually before you switch off the engine.
Risk of vehicle rolling away * The driver's door is not fully closed and transmission position h, k or neutral i is selected.
Driver's door open Trans- The vehicle may roll away.
mission not in P
# Select park position j when switching off the vehicle.
Risk of vehicle rolling away * The transmission is malfunctioning. Park position j cannot be selected.
Apply parking brake to park # Park the vehicle safely.
# Use the electric parking brake to secure the vehicle against rolling away.
# On gradients, turn the front wheels so that the vehicle will roll towards the kerb if it starts moving.
Risk of vehicle rolling away * While the vehicle was at a standstill or driving at very low speed, neutral i was engaged with the engine running
N activated manually No or the ignition switched on.
automatic switch to P
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to it rolling away
When the ignition is being switched off or the driver's door opened, automatic engagement of park position j
is deactivated.
The vehicle may roll away.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 497
# Engage park position j when the vehicle is stationary with the brake pedal depressed.
# To continue driving with the brake pedal depressed, select transmission position h or k.
Reversing not poss. Con- * The transmission is malfunctioning. It is not possible to select transmission position k.
sult workshop # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Transmission Malfunction * The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission shifts to neutral i automatically.
Stop # Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.
Drive overheated. Drive on * The transmission is overheating. When the display message is active, start-up and driving characteristics may be
with care temporarily impaired.
# Drive at low engine speed.
# Before pulling away on uphill gradients, let the transmission cool down until the display message disappears.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 499
# Until then, always select park position j manually before you switch off the engine.
Brakes
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
!
* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
To apply:
# Switch the ignition off and switch it back on.
Parking brake See Owner's # Apply the electric parking brake manually (/ page 189).
Manual
If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake:
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
500 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
or
# Release the electric parking brake automatically (/ page 189).
If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:
# Do not continue driving. Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit and the red ! indicator lamp is flashing. The electric parking brake is mal‐
functioning.
The electric parking brake could not be applied or released.
# Switch the ignition off and switch it back on.
To apply:
# Release and then apply the electric parking brake manually (/ page 189).
To release:
# Apply and then release the electric parking brake manually.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 501
# Where necessary, also secure the parked vehicle against rolling away.
* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit and the red ! indicator lamp flashes for approximately ten seconds after
the electric parking brake has been applied or released. It then remains lit or goes out. The electric parking brake is
malfunctioning.
If the state of charge is too low:
# Charge the 12 V battery.
To apply:
# Apply the electric parking brake manually.
To release:
# If the conditions for automatic release are fulfilled and the electric parking brake is not released automatically,
release the electric parking brake manually (/ page 189).
!
* The red ! indicator lamp is flashing.
The electric parking brake is applied while you are driving:
R A condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake has not been fulfilled (/ page 189).
Release parking brake R You are performing emergency braking using the electric parking brake (/ page 189).
# Check the conditions for automatic release of the electric parking brake.
# Release the electric parking brake manually.
!
* The red ! indicator lamp is lit.
You have attempted to release the electric parking brake with the ignition switched off.
# Switch on the ignition.
Parking brake Switch on
vehicle to release
J
* A malfunction has occurred while the HOLD function was activated.
A horn may also sound at regular intervals.
You cannot start the engine.
Brake immediately # Immediately depress the brake pedal firmly until the display message disappears.
You can restart the engine.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 503
J
* There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.
Check brake pads See * The brakepads have reached the wear limit.
Owner's Manual # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Driving systems
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
ë
* The HOLD function is deactivated because the vehicle is slipping or a condition for activation is not fulfilled.
# Reactivate the HOLD function later or check the activation conditions for the HOLD function (/ page 197).
Off
504 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
é
* ATTENTION ASSIST is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
é
* ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or an increasing lack of concentration on the part of the driver
(/ page 199).
# If necessary, take a break.
h
* Cruise control cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are fulfilled.
# Observe the activation conditions for cruise control (/ page 201).
- - - km/h
Cruise control inoperative * Cruise control is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Cruise control and Limiter * Cruise control and the limiter are malfunctioning.
inoperative # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 505
È
* The limiter can temporarily not be engaged. Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be
available again.
- - - km/h
È
* If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the point of resistance (kickdown), the limiter will be switched to pas‐
sive mode (/ page 201).
passive
Limiter inoperative * The limiter is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
ç
* Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are fulfilled.
# Comply with the activation conditions of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 206).
- - - km/h
506 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
ç
* If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the setting of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the system will
switch to passive mode (/ page 203).
suspended
ç
* Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC was deactivated. If a warning tone also sounds, Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC has deactivated automatically (/ page 206).
Off
Active Distance Assist cur- * Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is temporarily unavailable.
rently unavailable See Own- The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 203).
er's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on
or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Active Distance Assist inop- * Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is malfunctioning.
erative Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.
# Drive on
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 507
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
508 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
ð
* You have exceeded the maximum permissible speed (for certain countries only).
# Drive more slowly.
Active Steering Assist inop- * Active Steering Assist is malfunctioning. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC remains available.
erative # Drive on
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Ø
* Active Steering Assist has reached the system limits (/ page 211).
You have not steered independently for a considerable period of time.
# Take over the steering and drive on in accordance with the traffic conditions.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 509
Ø
* Your hands are not on the steering wheel. The Active Steering Assist will initiate an emergency stop (/ page 211).
# Put your hands on the steering wheel.
or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
* Vehicles without the Driving Assistance Package: Active Emergency Stop Assist is temporarily unavailable due
to multiple emergency stops.
# Take over the steering and stop in accordance with the traffic conditions.
510 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Active Lane Change Assist * Active Lane Change Assist is temporarily unavailable.
currently unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 215).
Owner's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on
or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Active Lane Change Assist * Active Lane Change Assist is malfunctioning.
inoperative # Drive on
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 511
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
512 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Blind Spot Assist inopera- * Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.
tive # Drive on
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Active Blind Spot Assist * Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.
currently unavailable See The system limits have been reached (/ page 228).
Owner's Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
# Drive on
or
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 513
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Active Lane Keeping Assist * Active Lane Keeping Assist is temporarily unavailable.
currently unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 232).
Owner's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
514 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
Ø
* Your hands are not on the steering wheel. The Active Lane Keeping Assist will initiate an emergency stop
(/ page 232).
# Put your hands on the steering wheel.
¸
* Front and corner radar sensors and/or lidar (hereafter "sensors") are malfunctioning. Possible causes:
R The sensors are dirty or damaged
R Heavy rain or snow
Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system,
ç
steering and drive system will continue to function normally.
# Drive on
Ä
Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be avail‐
able again and the corresponding symbols will be switched off.
If the display message does not disappear:
temporarily unavailable # Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.
Sensors dirty # Clean all sensor covers from the outside and check for damage (/ page 192).
á
* The view of the multifunction camera is restricted. Possible causes:
R Dirt on the windscreen in the field of vision of the multifunction camera
R Heavy rain, snow or fog
ð R Mist on the inside of the windscreen: in certain weather conditions, mist can form on the inside of the wind‐
screen during cold times of year in particular.
Ä
% This mist on the windscreen will be removed automatically within a short time with the aid of a heater. The
restriction is temporary.
Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system,
Ô Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be avail‐
able again and the corresponding symbols will be switched off.
If the display message does not disappear:
temporarily unavailable # Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.
Camera view restricted # Clean the windscreen, especially in the position of the multifunction camera (/ page 192).
ð
* When the trailer socket is occupied, some driving systems will be available only to a limited extent.
# Drive carefully if you are towing a trailer or have the bicycle rack mounted.
¸
Ø
Restricted during trailer
operation
Limited availability of * Active Parking Assist’s manoeuvring assistant is temporarily unavailable or only partially available.
Active Parking Assist # Clean all sensors of the parking and camera system (/ page 328).
manoeuvring assistant See
# If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Owner's Manual
PARKTRONIC and manoeu- * When you establish the electrical connection to the trailer, the rear Parking Assist PARKTRONIC and manoeuvring
vring assistant not availa- assistant will be unavailable.
ble at rear when towing a # Press the left-hand Touch Control and acknowledge the display message.
trailer
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 517
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
Active Parking Assist and * Active Parking Assist and Parking Assist PARKTRONIC are malfunctioning.
PARKTRONIC inoperative Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
See Owner's Manual
# Continue driving while paying attention to the vehicle's surroundings.
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
!
* ABS and ESP® are temporarily unavailable.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be temporarily unavailable.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situa‐
÷ tion.
# If the display message does not disappear, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately. Drive care‐
fully.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 519
!
* ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situa‐
÷ tion.
÷
* ESP® is temporarily unavailable.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
÷
* ESP® is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situa‐
inoperative See Owner's tion.
Manual
& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilisation. In addition, other driving safety systems
are switched off.
# Drive on carefully.
T
* EBD, ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
!
& WARNING Risk of skidding if EBD, ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning
The wheels may block during braking and ESP® does not perform any vehicle stabilization.
÷
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi‐
tion, other driving safety systems are switched off.
# Drive on carefully.
inoperative See Owner's # Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
Manual
Active Brake Assist Func- * For vehicles with the Driving Assistance Package, the following functions may be temporarily unavailable or only
tions currently limited See partially available:
Owner's Manual R Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
R Evasive Steering Assist
R PRE‑SAFE® PLUS
Vehicles without the Driving Assistance Package: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable or only partially
available.
# Drive on
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 523
G
* The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system malfunctioning The Mercedes me connect system is also malfunction‐
ing.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Inoperative
Battery
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
#
* The 12 V on-board electrical system is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
12 V on-board electrical
system Visit workshop
#
* The 12 V battery is no longer being charged and the charge level is too low.
#
* The vehicle is off and the state of charge of the 12 V battery is too low.
# Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.
#
* The 12 V battery charge level is too low.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving.
#
* The 48 V on-board electrical system is malfunctioning.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving.
Û
* The 48 V on-board electrical system has function restrictions. Comfort functions may be restricted.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Ý
* The 48 V battery is discharged. You have switched on the ignition while the 12 V battery was being charged with a
suitable charger or while another vehicle was providing starting assistance.
The discharged 48 V battery is charged automatically via the voltage converter. After a few minutes, the driver dis‐
Please wait 48 V battery play will show the Possible to start the engine again display message.
charging # Start the vehicle.
# Drive the vehicle for a while to charge the 12 V battery and the 48 V battery after disconnecting the charger
from the vehicle.
If the Possible to start the engine again display message does not appear after a few minutes:
# Try to start the vehicle.
526 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
# Connect a suitable charger approved for Mercedes-Benz with sufficient charge output to the jump-start connec‐
tion point of the 12 V battery (/ page 344).
The 48 V battery is charged via the voltage converter in the vehicle.
Possible to start the engine * The 48 V battery has been charged automatically via the voltage converter.
again # Start the vehicle and drive for a while to charge the 12 V battery and the 48 V battery.
Tyre press. monitor inoper- * The tyre pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
ative
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 527
Tyre press. monitor inoper- * The wheels fitted do not have suitable tyre pressure sensors. The tyre pressure monitoring system is deactivated.
ative No wheel sensors # Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors.
h
* There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or more wheels. No pressure value is displayed for the
affected tyre.
# Have the faulty tyre pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop.
h
* The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped significantly.
The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone also sounds.
Check tyre(s) & WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tyre pressure
R The tyres can burst.
R The tyres can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
528 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
h
* The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or the difference in tyre pressure between the individual
wheels is too great.
# Check the tyre pressure and add air, if necessary.
Rectify tyre pressure # When the tyre pressure is correct, restart the tyre pressure monitoring system (/ page 359).
h
* The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped suddenly. The wheel position will be displayed.
Tyre(s) overheated * At least one tyre is overheating. The affected tyres are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value,
the tyres are displayed in yellow.
Reduce speed * At least one tyre is overheating. The affected tyres are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value,
the tyres are displayed in yellow.
Ø
* The AdBlue® level has fallen into the reserve range.
# Top up AdBlue® immediately (/ page 182).
Ø
* The low AdBlue® level will lead to limited performance after the remaining distance displayed has been covered.
# Top up AdBlue® immediately (/ page 182).
Ø
* The low AdBlue® level will lead to limited performance from the speed displayed.
After the remaining distance displayed has been covered, it will no longer be possible to start the engine.
# Add at least the amount of AdBlue® displayed (/ page 182).
XX,X l Top up AdBlue
Emerg. op.: max. XXX
km/h Start not poss. in
XXX km
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 531
Ø
* The AdBlue® tank is empty. You can no longer start the engine.
# Add at least the amount of AdBlue® displayed (/ page 182).
¯
* The AdBlue® system is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
¯
* The AdBlue® system is malfunctioning. Performance will be reduced once the remaining distance displayed has
been covered.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
AdBlue system malfunction
Emergency op. in XXX km
See Owner's Manual
532 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
¯
* Power restriction due to the AdBlue® system fault. After the distance displayed has been covered, it will no longer
be possible to start the engine.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
AdBlue system malfunction
Emerg. op.: max. XXX
km/h Start not poss. in
XXX km
¯
* The AdBlue® system is malfunctioning. You can no longer start the engine.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Engine oil
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
5
* The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.
5
* The engine oil level is too high.
5
* The engine oil level is too low.
5
* The oil pressure is too low.
5
* The electrical connection to the oil level sensor has been interrupted or the oil level sensor is faulty.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Warning and indicator lamps ü Seat belt (/ page 536) J Brakes (yellow) (/ page 542)
Overview of indicator and warning lamps ï Trailer hitch (/ page 537) J Brakes (red) (/ page 542)
Ù Power steering (yellow) L Distance warning (/ page 544)
Some systems will perform a self-test when the (/ page 537)
ignition is switched on. Some indicator and ! ABS (/ page 545)
warning lamps may briefly light up or flash. This Ù Power steering (red) (/ page 537) ÷ ESP®(/ page 545)
behaviour is non-critical. These indicator and Ù Rear axle steering (yellow) å ESP® OFF (/ page 545)
warning lamps indicate a malfunction only if they (/ page 537)
light up or flash after the engine has been star‐ H Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys‐
ÿ Coolant temperature (/ page 539)
ted or during a journey. tem (/ page 548)
; Engine diagnostics (/ page 539)
Driver display h Tyre pressure monitoring system
p Vehicles with a petrol engine: (/ page 548)
power output is reduced
T Standing lights (/ page 130)
(/ page 539)
L Low beam (/ page 130)
% Vehicles with a diesel engine: pre‐
glow K High beam (/ page 132)
# Electrical fault (/ page 539) #! Turn signal light (/ page 132)
8 Reserve fuel with fuel filler flap loca‐ R Rear fog light (/ page 130)
tion indicator (/ page 539)
! Electric parking brake (red)
(/ page 542)
Indicator and warning lamps: ! Electric parking brake (yellow)
6 Restraint system (/ page 536) (/ page 542)
536 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
Occupant safety
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
6
* The red restraint system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 36).
# Drive on carefully.
# Comply with the messages on the driver display.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
ü
* The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent warning tone sounds.
The driver or front passenger has not fastened his/her seat belt while the vehicle is in motion.
# Fasten your seat belt (/ page 39).
Seat belt warning lamp There are objects on the front passenger seat.
flashes # Remove the objects from the front passenger seat.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 537
ü
* The red seat belt warning lamp lights up once the engine has started.
In addition, an intermittent warning tone may sound.
The red seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts.
Seat belt warning lamp # Fasten your seat belt (/ page 39).
lights up
If you have placed objects on the front passenger seat, the red seat belt warning lamp may remain lit.
Vehicle
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
ï
* The red trailer hitch warning lamp is lit.
The trailer hitch is not operational.
# Initiate a new swivel movement and do not re-couple the trailer until the warning/indicator lamp goes out.
Ù
* The yellow power steering warning lamp is lit when the engine is running.
The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning.
# Note the messages on the driver display.
Ù
* The red power steering warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning.
Ù
* The yellow rear axle steering warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
The rear axle steering is malfunctioning.
# Note the messages on the driver display.
Engine
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
ÿ
* The red coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
Possible causes:
R The temperature sensor is malfunctioning
Coolant warning lamp (red) R The coolant level is too low
R The air supply to the radiator is obstructed
R The radiator fan is faulty
R The engine coolant pump is faulty
If there is an additional warning tone, the coolant temperature has exceeded 120°C.
# Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not obstructed.
# Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the
coolant temperature display remains below 120°C.
ÿ
* The yellow coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
Possible causes:
R The temperature sensor is malfunctioning
Coolant warning lamp (yel‐ R The charge air, transmission oil or battery cooling is faulty
low)
R The radiator shutters are blocked or defective
# Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 541
;
* The yellow engine diagnostics warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
A malfunction has occurred in the engine, the exhaust system or the fuel system.
The emissions limit value may have been exceeded and the engine may be running in emergency operation mode.
Engine diagnosis warning # Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop.
lamp Vehicles with a diesel engine: the fuel tank may have been run dry.
# Start the engine three to four times after refuelling.
If the yellow engine diagnosis warning lamp goes out, emergency operation mode is cancelled. The vehicle need
not be checked.
p
*Vehicles with a petrol engine: after a cold start, the blue reduced power output warning lamp is on.
The engine output and engine torque will remain reduced while this remains the case.
# Take this into consideration in your driving style.
Engine operating tempera‐
ture warning lamp
#
* The red electrical fault warning lamp is lit.
There is a fault in the electrics.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.
8
* The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while the engine is running.
The fuel supply has dropped into the reserve range.
# Refuel.
Brakes
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
!
* The red electric parking brake indicator lamp flashes or is lit.
The yellow electric parking brake indicator lamp is also lit in the event of a malfunction.
# Note the messages on the driver display.
!
The electric parking brake
(yellow) indicator lamp
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 543
J
* The yellow brake system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
# Adjust your speed and drive on carefully, leaving a suitable distance to the vehicle in front.
# If the driver's display shows a display message, observe it.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
J
* The red brake system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
Possible causes:
R The brake force boosting is malfunctioning and the braking characteristics may be affected.
Brake system warning lamp R There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.
(red)
# Note the messages on the driver's display.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury if brake force boosting is malfunctioning
If brake force boosting is malfunctioning, increased brake pedal force may be necessary for braking. The braking
characteristics may be impaired. The braking distance can increase in emergency braking situations.
544 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
Driving systems
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
L
* The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion.
The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speed selected.
If there is an additional warning tone, you are approaching an obstacle at too high a speed.
Warning lamp for distance # Be prepared to brake immediately.
warning function # Increase the distance.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 545
Ä
* The Active Brake Assist yellow warning lamp is lit.
The system is restricted or unavailable.
# Note the messages on the driver display.
!
* The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
ABS is malfunctioning.
If an additional warning tone sounds, EBD is malfunctioning.
ABS warning lamp Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.
# Note the messages on the driver display.
÷
* The yellow ESP® warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion.
One or more wheels have reached their grip limit (/ page 194).
# Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.
÷
* The yellow ESP® warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
ESP® is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
ESP® warning lamp lights # Note the messages on the driver display.
up
& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilisation. In addition, other driving safety systems
are switched off.
# Drive on carefully.
å
* The yellow ESP® OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.
ESP® is deactivated.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be inoperative.
ESP® OFF warning lamp
& WARNING Risk of skidding when driving with ESP® deactivated
ESP® does not act to stabilise the vehicle. The availability of further driving safety systems is also limited.
# Drive on carefully.
H
*The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is malfunctioning. The Mercedes me connect system is also malfunction‐
ing.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Mercedes-Benz emergency
call system warning lamp
h
*The yellow tyre pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) flashes for approximately one minute
and then remains lit.
The tyre pressure monitor is malfunctioning.
Tyre pressure monitoring & WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tyre pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
system warning lamp
flashes The tyre pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tyres.
Tyres with insufficient tyre pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.
# Have the tyre pressure monitoring system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 549
h
* The yellow tyre pressure monitoring system warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.
The tyre pressure monitoring system has detected tyre pressure loss in at least one of the tyres.
Centre airbag (driver, front passenger).... 41 Anti-skid chains ATA (anti-theft alarm system)
Front airbag (driver, front passenger)....... 41 see Snow chains Deactivating the alarm............................ 93
Installation locations................................ 41 Anti-theft protection Function.................................................. 92
Knee airbag............................................. 41 Additional door lock................................ 75 Function of interior protection................. 94
Overview.................................................. 41 Immobiliser............................................. 92 Priming/deactivating interior protec‐
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp....... 46 tion.......................................................... 94
Protection................................................ 43 Anti-theft protection Priming/deactivating tow-away pro‐
Reduced protection................................. 44 see ATA (anti-theft alarm system) tection..................................................... 94
Side airbag............................................... 41 Anticipatory occupant protection Tow-away protection function.................. 93
Window airbag......................................... 41 see PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu‐ ATTENTION ASSIST
Airflow pant protection) Function................................................ 199
Setting................................................... 148 see PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory System limitations................................. 199
Alarm system occupant protection plus) Attention assistant
see ATA (anti-theft alarm system) Apple CarPlay® see ATTENTION ASSIST
Alternative route see Smartphone integration Authorised workshop
see Route Assistance systems see Qualified specialist workshop
Ambient lighting see Driving safety system Automatic co-driver airbag shutoff
Setting (MBUX multimedia system)....... 139 ASSYST PLUS Function of co-driver airbag shutoff........ 44
Android Auto Battery disconnection periods............... 319 Automatic distance control
see Smartphone integration Displaying the service due date............. 318 see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Function/notes...................................... 318
Animals Regular maintenance work.................... 318 Automatic driving lights........................... 131
Pets in the vehicle................................... 70 Special service requirements................. 318 Automatic engine start (ECO start/
Anti-lock braking system stop function)............................................ 169
see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)
Index 553
Changing hub caps................................... 364 Securing on the rear seat........................ 64 Activating/deactivating the synchro‐
Charging Top Tether................................................ 61 nisation function (rear operating unit)... 153
Battery (vehicle).................................... 344 Children Air-recirculation mode........................... 153
Mobile phone (wireless)......................... 126 Avoiding dangers in the vehicle............... 52 Automatic control.................................. 151
USB port................................................ 126 Basic instructions.................................... 51 Calling up the air conditioning menu...... 151
Defrost................................................... 151
Child safety lock Chock Demisting the windscreen..................... 148
Rear door................................................ 68 Storage location.................................... 363 Demisting windows............................... 153
Rear side windows................................... 69 Chock Front air vents....................................... 159
Child seat see Chock Information on the windscreen heater... 155
Approval categories................................. 56 City lighting............................................... 135 Inserting/removing the flacon (fra‐
Attaching (notes)..................................... 55 grance system)...................................... 154
Basic instructions.................................... 51 Cleaning
Ionisation............................................... 153
Front passenger seat (notes)................... 66 see Care
Note...................................................... 148
Front passenger seat (without auto‐ Climate control Pre-entry climate control at depar‐
matic airbag shutoff)............................... 65 Activating/deactivating (rear operat‐ ture time................................................ 156
ISOFIX/i-Size (fitting).............................. 59 ing unit)................................................. 151 Rear air vents........................................ 160
Notes on risks and dangers..................... 52 Activating/deactivating the A/C Rear operating unit................................ 150
Recommended child restraint systems.... 54 function (MBUX multimedia system)...... 151 Residual heat......................................... 153
Seats suitable for belt-secured child Activating/deactivating the fra‐ Setting (MBUX multimedia system)........ 151
restraint systems..................................... 63 grance system....................................... 154 Setting the air distribution..................... 148
Seats suitable for i‑Size child Activating/deactivating the synchro‐ Setting the airflow................................. 148
restraint systems..................................... 59 nisation function (control panel)............ 152 Setting the fragrance system................. 154
Seats suitable for ISOFIX child Activating/deactivating the synchro‐ Setting the temperature........................ 148
restraint systems..................................... 58 nisation function (MBUX multimedia Stationary heater/ventilation................ 158
Securing on the co-driver seat................. 67 system).................................................. 152 Switching on/off................................... 150
556 Index
J Brake immediately....................... 502 6 Front left malfunction Consult : Malfunction See Owner's Man‐
Á Change key batteries.................... 478 workshop (example).............................. 475 ual......................................................... 480
J Check brake fluid level................. 503 & inoperative Battery low................ 484 ð Maximum speed exceeded........... 508
ï Check trailer hitch lock................ 485 & Inoperative Refuel vehicle............ 484 ç Off................................................ 506
h Check tyre(s)................................ 527 & inoperative See Owner's Man...... 483 ë Off................................................ 503
! Clean the fuel filter....................... 494 ! inoperative See Owner's Manual.. 519 ! Parking brake See Owner's
ÿ Coolant Stop Switch off the ÷ inoperative See Owner's Man‐ Manual.................................................. 499
vehicle................................................... 493 ual......................................................... 520 ! Parking brake Switch on vehi‐
! currently unavailable See Own‐ T inoperative See Owner's Man‐ cle to release......................................... 502
er's Manual............................................ 518 ual......................................................... 521 È passive......................................... 505
÷ currently unavailable See Own‐ G Inoperative................................... 523 Ý Please wait 48 V battery charg‐
er's Manual............................................ 519 Á Key being initialised Please wait... 479 ing......................................................... 525
5 Engine oil level cannot be Á Key not detected (red display Ù Rear axle steering currently
measured.............................................. 534 message)............................................... 479 malfunctioning...................................... 489
5 Engine oil level Reduce oil level.... 533 Á Key not detected (white display Ù Rear axle steering Malfunction
5 Engine oil level Stop Switch off message)............................................... 478 Stop immediately.................................. 489
the vehicle............................................. 533 : Left dipped beam (example)......... 480 Ù Rear axle steering Malfunction
5 Engine oil pressure Stop 6 Left windowbag malfunction Visit workshop....................................... 489
Switch off the vehicle............................ 534 Consult workshop (example)................. 475 _ Rear left seat backrest not
locked (Example)................................... 491
Index 559
h Rectify tyre pressure.................... 528 # Stop vehicle See Owner's Man‐ Ø XX,X l Top up AdBlue Emerg.
Ø Refill AdBlue See Owner’s ual................................................. 523, 525 op.: max. XXX km/h Start not poss.
Manual.................................................. 530 ç suspended................................... 506 in XXX km.............................................. 530
! Release parking brake.................. 502 : Switch off lights........................... 481 Ø XX,Xl Top up AdBlue Switch
ý Replace air cleaner....................... 494 : Switch on headlamps................... 481 vehicle on, wait 60 sec. or engine
Á Replace key.................................. 478 á temporarily unavailable Cam‐ start not poss........................................ 531
6 Restraint system malfunction era view restricted................................. 515 Active Blind Spot Assist currently
Consult workshop.................................. 475 ¸ temporarily unavailable Sen‐ unavailable See Owner's Manual........... 512
ð Restricted during trailer opera‐ sors dirty............................................... 514 Active Blind Spot Assist inoperative....... 513
tion........................................................ 516 Ø Top up AdBlue Emergency op. Active bonnet malfunction See Own‐
# Start the vehicle to charge the in XXX km See Owner's Manual............ 530 er's Manual........................................... 490
12 V battery........................................... 524 + Top up coolant See Owner’s Active Brake Assist Functions cur‐
Ù Steering malfunction Drive Manual.................................................. 493 rently limited See Owner's Manual........ 521
carefully Visit workshop........................ 488 ¥ Top up washer fluid...................... 491 Active Brake Assist Functions limited
Ù Steering malfunction Increased d Vehicle is operational Switch See Owner's Manual............................. 522
physical effort See Owner's Manual...... 488 off vehicle before exiting....................... 485 Active Distance Assist available again... 507
Ù Steering malfunction Stop h Warning tyre defect...................... 528 Active Distance Assist currently
immediately See Owner's Manual......... 488 h Wheel sensor(s) missing.............. 527 unavailable See Owner's Manual........... 506
# Stop vehicle Leave vehicle on Active Distance Assist inoperative........ 506
to charge the 12 V battery..................... 524
560 Index
Active Emergency Stop Assist cur‐ Active Steering Assist inoperative......... 508 Apply brake to engage R........................ 495
rently unavailable See Owner's Man‐ Active Stop-and-Go Assist currently Apply parking brake to park Visit
ual......................................................... 509 unavailable see Owner's Manual............ 511 workshop.............................................. 496
Active Emergency Stop Assist inop‐ Active Stop-and-Go Assist inopera‐ Auxiliary battery malfunction (red
erative.................................................... 510 tive See Owner's Manual........................ 511 display message)................................... 499
Active Lane Change Assist currently Adaptive Highbeam Assist currently Auxiliary battery malfunction (white
unavailable See Owner's Manual........... 510 unavailable See Owner's Manual........... 482 display message)................................... 499
Active Lane Change Assist inoperative.. 510 Adaptive Highbeam Assist inoperative.. 482 Blind Spot Assist currently unavaila‐
Active Lane Keeping Assist currently Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus cur‐ ble See Owner's Manual........................ 512
unavailable See Owner's Manual........... 513 rently unavailable See Owner's Man‐ Blind Spot Assist inoperative................. 512
Active Lane Keeping Assist inopera‐ ual......................................................... 482 Cannot start vehicle See Owner's
tive......................................................... 513 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus inop‐ Manual.......................................... 492, 526
Active Parking Assist and erative................................................... 483 Check brake pads See Owner's Man‐
PARKTRONIC inoperative See Own‐ Ambient light warning support inop‐ ual......................................................... 503
er's Manual............................................ 517 erative................................................... 491 Check dipped-beam setting (left/
Active Steering Assist currently Anti-theft alarm system Malfunction..... 491 right-side traffic).................................... 481
unavailable due to multiple emer‐ Apply brake and start vehicle to shift Consult workshop without changing
gency stops........................................... 509 out of P or N.......................................... 495 the transmission position...................... 498
Active Steering Assist currently Apply brake to deselect P position........ 495 Cruise control and Limiter inoperative.. 504
unavailable See Owner's Manual........... 508 Apply brake to engage D or R................ 495 Cruise control inoperative..................... 504
Index 561
Cruise control off.................................. 505 Head-up display Brightness currently Possible to start the engine again......... 526
DIGITAL LIGHT Functions limited........... 481 reduced See Owner's Manual................ 487 PRE-SAFE impulse side inoperative
Dipped-beam setting (left/right-side Head-up display currently unavaila‐ See Owner's Manual.............................. 477
traffic) Manual adjustment only............. 481 ble See Owner's Manual........................ 487 PRE-SAFE inoperative See Owner's
Drive malfunction Stop Consult Head-up display inoperative.................. 487 Manual.................................................. 477
workshop.............................................. 498 Limited availability of Active Parking Reduce speed........................................ 529
Drive malfunction Stop Restart vehi‐ Assist manoeuvring assistant See Reserve fuel level.................................. 494
cle......................................................... 498 Owner's Manual..................................... 516 Reversing not poss. Consult work‐
Drive overheated. Drive on with care.... 498 Limiter inoperative................................ 505 shop...................................................... 497
Front passenger airbag disabled See N automatically activated Please Risk of vehicle rolling away Apply
Owner's Manual..................................... 476 engage transmission position again...... 497 parking brake to park............................ 496
Front passenger airbag enabled See Only select P when vehicle is station‐ Risk of vehicle rolling away Driver's
Owner's Manual..................................... 476 ary......................................................... 495 door open Transmission not in P........... 496
Function blocked as centre backrest PARKTRONIC and manoeuvring Risk of vehicle rolling away N activa‐
is folded down....................................... 491 assistant not available at rear when ted manually No automatic switch to
Function blocked due to partitioning towing a trailer....................................... 516 P............................................................ 496
net......................................................... 491 PARKTRONIC inoperative See Own‐ Speed limit (winter tyres) XXX km/h..... 507
Hazard warning lamp system Mal‐ er's Manual............................................ 517 Speed Limit Assist currently unavail‐
function................................................. 483 Place the key in the marked space able See Owner's Manual...................... 507
See Owner's Manual............................. 479 Speed Limit Assist inoperative.............. 507
562 Index
To switch off the vehicle, press the Locking/unlocking (emergency key)........ 78 Driver's seat
Start/Stop button for at least 3 sec‐ Opening (from inside).............................. 75 see Seat
Unlocking (from inside)........................... 75 Driving abroad
onds or 3 times..................................... 492
Door control panel....................................... 12 Light adjustment (low beam)................. 130
Traffic Sign Assist currently unavaila‐
Drawbar Driving safety system
ble See Owner's Manual........................ 511 see Tow-bar system ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)............. 194
Traffic Sign Assist inoperative................ 511 Active Brake Assist................................ 217
Drive Away Assist...................................... 254
Transmission Malfunction Stop............. 497 Adaptive brake lights............................. 198
Drive position BAS (Brake Assist System).................... 194
Tyre press. monitor currently unavail‐ Engaging................................................ 176 Cameras................................................ 192
able....................................................... 526 Drive program display............................... 173 EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribu‐
Tyre press. monitor inoperative............. 526 Drive programs tion)....................................................... 196
Tyre press. monitor inoperative No see DYNAMIC SELECT ESP® Crosswind Assist.......................... 196
wheel sensors....................................... 527 Driver display ESP® trailer stabilisation....................... 196
48 V on-board electrical system............ 270 Overview............................................... 193
Tyre(s) overheated................................. 529
Displaying the service due date............. 318 Radar and ultrasonic sensors................ 192
Wiper Malfunction................................. 492 Responsibility........................................ 192
EQ Boost technology............................. 270
Distance control Function/notes..................................... 266 STEER CONTROL................................... 197
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Notes on menus.................................... 267 Driving system
DISTRONIC Operating.............................................. 266 see 360° Camera
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Overview of displays.............................. 270 see Active Blind Spot Assist
Door Warning/indicator lamps...................... 535 see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Driver's display.............................................. 8 see Active Emergency Stop Assist
Additional door lock................................ 75
see Active Lane Change Assist
Child safety lock (rear door).................... 68
see Active Lane Keeping Assist
Index 563
Removing the warning triangle.............. 332 Starting assistance................................ 344 Error message
Safety vest............................................ 332 Switching off (start/stop button).......... 184 see Display message
Setting up the warning triangle............. 333 Engine bonnet ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
Emergency braking................................... 189 Opening/closing.................................... 319 see ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)
Emergency braking Engine data ESP®
see BAS (Brake Assist System) Displaying.............................................. 174 Crosswind Assist................................... 196
Emergency call Engine electronics Trailer stabilisation................................ 196
see Mercedes-Benz emergency call system Notes..................................................... 370 ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)
Emergency engine start............................ 351 Engine number.......................................... 459 Activating/deactivating......................... 196
Emergency key Engine oil Function/notes...................................... 194
Inserting/removing................................. 73 Additives................................................ 467 EU type approval number......................... 459
Locking/unlocking the doors.................. 78 Capacity................................................ 468 Exterior lighting
Unlocking the tailgate............................. 84 Checking the oil level with the driver Care...................................................... 328
Emergency operation mode display................................................... 321
MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval................. 468 Exterior lighting
Starting the vehicle............................... 162 see Lights
Quality................................................... 468
Emergency spare wheel Topping up............................................. 322
Notes.................................................... 369 F
EQ Boost technology
Engine Notes..................................................... 270 Fatigue detection
ECO start/stop function........................ 169 Operating safety...................................... 19 see ATTENTION ASSIST
Engine number...................................... 459 Favourites
Starting (emergency operation mode)... 162 ERA-GLONASS test mode
Starting/ending..................................... 311 Adding................................................... 278
Starting (Remote Online)....................... 163
Starting (start/stop button).................. 162 Fire extinguisher....................................... 333
Index 565
First-aid kit (soft sided)............................ 333 Frequencies Fuse assignment diagram...................... 351
Flacon Mobile phone......................................... 371 Fuse box in the boot.............................. 354
Inserting/removing............................... 154 Two-way radio........................................ 371 Fuse box in the engine compartment.... 352
Front airbag (driver, front passenger)....... 41 Fuse box in the front passenger foot‐
Flat towing well....................................................... 353
see Tow-bar system Front passenger seat Fuse box on the dashboard................... 353
Flat tyre see Seat Notes..................................................... 351
MOExtended tyres................................. 335 Fuel
Notes.................................................... 334 Additives............................................... 464 G
TIREFIT kit............................................. 336 Diesel.................................................... 464 Garage door opener
Wheel change........................................ 364 E10........................................................ 463 Clearing the memory............................. 187
Floor mats.................................................. 128 Fuel reserve.......................................... 465 Programming buttons............................ 185
Low outside temperatures..................... 464 Resolving problems............................... 187
Fog light (enhanced)................................. 134 Petrol..................................................... 463
Foil covering Quality (diesel)...................................... 464 Garage door openers
Radar and ultrasonic sensors................ 192 Quality (petrol)...................................... 463 Opening/closing the door..................... 187
Refuelling............................................... 178 Synchronising the rolling code.............. 186
Fragrance
see Fragrance system Sulphur content..................................... 463 Genuine parts.............................................. 18
Tank content......................................... 465 Glide mode................................................. 177
Fragrance system
Activating/deactivating......................... 154 Fuel consumption indicator Gross mass................................................ 459
Adjusting the fragrance intensity........... 154 Calling up............................................... 174
Inserting/removing the flacon............... 154 Function seat H
Setting................................................... 154 see Door control panel Handbrake
Free software.............................................. 34 Fuses see Electric parking brake
Before replacing a fuse.......................... 351
566 Index
Handling characteristics (unusual)......... 355 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus.............. 137 Immobiliser.................................................. 92
HANDS-FREE ACCESS................................. 82 High beam Implied warranty
Hazard warning lights............................... 133 see Adaptive Highbeam Assist Vehicle.................................................... 30
Head restraint High-pressure cleaner (care)................... 326 In-Car Office
Front (adjusting mechanically) (4-way).. 100 Hill Start Assist......................................... 198 Features................................................ 303
front (adjusting mechnically) (two-way)... 99 HOLD function Indicator lamp
Rear (adjusting)..................................... 101 Function/notes...................................... 197 see Warning/indicator lamp
Rear (removing/fitting).......................... 101 Switching on/off................................... 197 Individual drive program
Head-up display Home screen (central display) Configuring............................................ 173
Care...................................................... 330 Overview............................................... 273 Selecting................................................ 173
Function................................................ 268 Inspection
Operating.............................................. 268 I see ASSYST PLUS
Operating the memory function............. 110
i-Size child seat securing system Instrument cluster
Switching on/off................................... 269
Fitting...................................................... 59 see Driver display
Headlamp flashing.................................... 132 Seats suitable for attaching..................... 59 Intelligent Light System
Headlamps Identification plate Activating/deactivating......................... 135
see Automatic driving lights Engine................................................... 459 Active headlamps.................................. 133
Heating Vehicle.................................................. 459 Adaptive Highbeam Assist..................... 135
see Climate control Ignition Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus.............. 137
Help call Switching on (start/stop button)........... 161 Bad weather light.................................. 135
see Mercedes-Benz emergency call system City lighting........................................... 135
Ignition key Cornering light....................................... 134
High beam see Key Fog light (enhanced).............................. 134
Activating/deactivating......................... 132
Index 567
Adaptive Highbeam Assist..................... 135 Switching the locator lighting on/off..... 139 Load compartment cover
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus.............. 137 Turn signal indicator.............................. 132 Extending/retracting............................. 119
Automatic driving lights......................... 131 Limiter Notes..................................................... 118
Bad weather light.................................. 135 Activating.............................................. 201 Removing/fitting.................................... 119
City lighting........................................... 135 Buttons.................................................. 201 Load protection net
Combination switch............................... 132 Calling up a speed................................. 201 Attaching............................................... 122
Cornering light....................................... 134 Deactivating.......................................... 201
Driving abroad (low beam light Loading
Function................................................ 201 Bag hook............................................... 124
adjustment)........................................... 130 Passive mode........................................ 201
Fog light (enhanced).............................. 134 Notes..................................................... 110
Permanent setting................................. 203 Roof luggage rack.................................. 124
Hazard warning lights............................ 133 Requirements........................................ 201
Headlamp flashing................................. 132 Tie-down eyes........................................ 123
Selecting............................................... 201
High beam............................................. 132 Setting a speed...................................... 201 Loading guidelines.................................... 110
Intelligent Light System......................... 133 Storing a speed............................. 201, 206 Loads
Light switch........................................... 130 Switching off/deactivating.................... 206 Securing................................................ 110
Low beam.............................................. 130 Switching on/activating........................ 206 Locator lighting
Motorway mode..................................... 134 System limits......................................... 201 Activating/deactivating......................... 139
Parking lights......................................... 130
Rear fog light......................................... 130 Limiting speed Locking/unlocking
Responsibility for lighting systems........ 130 see Limiter Additional door lock................................ 75
Setting low beam................................... 138 Limiting the opening angle (tailgate)........ 84 Emergency key........................................ 78
Setting the exterior lighting switch- Live Traffic Information KEYLESS-GO............................................ 76
off delay time........................................ 138 Switching the traffic information dis‐ Opening the tailgate................................ 79
Standing lights....................................... 130 play on.................................................. 290 Switching the automatic locking fea‐
Switching the Intelligent Light Sys‐ ture on/off.............................................. 78
tem on/off............................................ 135
Index 569
Unlocking/opening the doors from Drive Away Assist.................................. 254 Collision detection (parked vehicle)
the inside................................................. 75 Manoeuvring brake function.................. 255 ...................................................... 189, 190
Low beam Manoeuvring assistant Configuring drive program I................... 173
Light adjustment (driving abroad).......... 130 Activating/deactivating......................... 256 Coupling the steering wheel heater
Setting................................................... 138 to the seat heating................................ 107
Manoeuvring brake function.................... 255 Home screen......................................... 273
Switching on/off................................... 130
Map Notes..................................................... 272
Lubricant additives Displaying online map contents............ 290 Operating the touchscreen.................... 274
see Additives Displaying weather information............. 290 Overview............................................... 272
Luggage Moving.................................................. 290 Resetting (factory setting)..................... 284
Securing................................................ 110 Selecting the map orientation............... 290 Setting route-based speed adaptation... 210
Lumbar support Setting the map scale............................ 290 Setting the air distribution..................... 152
see Lumbar support (4-way) Massage programmes Setting the fragrance system................. 154
Overview............................................... 102 Setting the rear climate control............. 152
Lumbar support (4-way)............................. 99
Resetting the settings............................ 103 Setting the stationary heater/venti‐
Selecting the front seats....................... 103 lation..................................................... 159
M
Switching ionisation on/off................... 153
Maintenance Maximum design speed
see Limiter MBUX multimedia system
see ASSYST PLUS see Display (MBUX multimedia system)
Malfunction Maximum permissible gross vehicle
weight........................................................ 459 MBUX Voice Assistant
Restraint system..................................... 36 Function................................................ 275
Manoeuvring Assist MBUX multimedia system
Voice prompting.................................... 276
see Trailer Manoeuvring Assist Activating/deactivating standby mode.. 191
Activating/deactivating the fra‐ Media
Manoeuvring assistance grance system....................................... 154 Overview of the functions and sym‐
Cross traffic warning............................. 255 bols........................................................ 313
570 Index
ü Seat belt warning lamp flashes.... 536 Weather information................................. 290 Removing............................................... 367
ü Seat belt warning lamp lights up.. 537 Web browsers Replacing...................................... 359, 364
Overview............................................... 304 Replacing the hub cap........................... 364
! The electric parking brake (yel‐ Restarting the tyre pressure monitor‐
low) indicator lamp................................ 542 Wheel change ing system............................................. 359
Fitting a new wheel................................ 367 Selection............................................... 359
ï Trailer tow hitch warning lamp..... 537 Lowering the vehicle............................. 368 Snow chains.......................................... 355
h Tyre pressure monitoring sys‐ Preparation........................................... 364 Storing.................................................. 363
tem warning lamp flashes..................... 548 Raising the vehicle................................ 365 TIREFIT kit............................................. 336
h Tyre pressure monitoring sys‐ Removing a wheel................................. 367 Tyre pressure (Notes)............................ 356
Removing/fitting hub caps.................... 364 Tyre pressure monitoring system
tem warning lamp lights up................... 549
Wheel change (function)............................................... 358
L Warning lamp for distance see Emergency spare wheel Tyre pressure table................................ 357
warning function................................... 544 Wheel rotation........................................... 362 Unusual handling characteristics.......... 355
Overview............................................... 535 Wheels Wi-Fi
Warning/indicator lamps Care...................................................... 328 Configuring........................................... 282
PASSENGER AIR BAG.............................. 46 Checking............................................... 355 Window airbag............................................. 41
Warranty...................................................... 30 Checking the tyre pressure (tyre Window lifter
pressure monitoring system)................. 358 see Side windows
Washer fluid Fitting.................................................... 367
see Windscreen washer fluid Flat tyre................................................. 334 Windows
Washing by hand (care)............................ 327 Interchanging........................................ 362 Care...................................................... 328
Water tank MOExtended tyres................................. 335 Windows
see Air-water duct Noise..................................................... 355 see Side windows
Notes on fitting..................................... 359
Index 583